ILLINOIS
    POLLUTION
    CONTROL
    BOARD
    June
    11,
    1991
    IN THE
    MATTER OF:
    )
    )
    RACT DEFICIENCIES IN THE
    )
    CHICAGO
    AREA:
    AMENDMENTS
    )
    R91-7
    TO
    35
    ILL.ADM.CODE
    PART
    215
    )
    (Rulemaking)
    AND
    THE
    ADDITION
    OF
    PART
    218
    )
    PROPOSED
    RULE.
    SECOND
    NOTICE.
    OPINION
    AND
    ORDER’
    OF
    THE
    BOARD
    (by
    J.
    Theodore
    Meyer):
    This
    matter
    is
    before
    the
    Board
    on
    a
    regulatory
    proposal
    filed by the Illinois Environmental Protection Agency
    (Agency).
    Additionally, on June 3,
    1991,
    the
    Agency filed a motion to amend
    the
    proposal.
    The Board today takes action, on that motion to
    amend,
    and proposes these rules for second notice.
    This opinion
    and order will contain only the procedural history of this
    proceeding and the text of the rules themselves.
    The Board will
    issue a supplemental opinion shortly.
    Procedural History
    On January 17,
    1991, the Agency filed this proposal for
    rulemaking.
    The proposa.l seeks to correct deficiencies
    identified by the United States Environmental Protection Agency
    (USEPA)
    in Illinois’ state implementation plan
    (SIP)
    for ozone in
    the Chicago area, and contains regulations requiring the
    implementation of reasonably available control technology
    (RACT)
    for certain sources of volatile organic material (VON).
    The
    proposed regulations are intended to be identical in effect to
    the federal. implementation plan
    (FIP) promulgated by the United
    States Environmental’Protection Agency (USEPA) for the Chicago
    area.
    (55 Fed. Rag. 26814, June 29, 1990.)
    The Board accepted
    the propo~’a1for hearing on February 7,
    1991.
    The Board also
    accepted the Agency’s certification that this rulemaking is
    federally required pursuant to Section 28.2 ‘of the Environmental
    Protection Act (Act)
    (Ill.Rev.Stat.
    1989,
    ch.
    111 1/2, par.
    1028.. 2), as amended by P.A. 86-1409.
    The Board sent the rules,
    as proposed by the Agency, to first notice on February 28,
    1991.
    The rules were published in the Illinois Reaister on March 15,
    1991,
    at 15 Ill.Reg.
    3675.
    On March 28,
    1991, the Board found
    that no economic impact study was necessary, in this proceeding.
    Hearings were heI4 on April 10 and 15,
    1991.
    The first notice
    comment period in this rulemaking expired on April 29, 1991.
    On May 2,
    1991, the Agency filed a motion to suspend
    emergency rulemaking.
    The Board had previously expressed its

    2
    intention to proceed with these proposed rules on an emergency
    basis,
    as provided by Section 5.02 of the Administrative
    Procedure Act
    (APA)
    (Ill.Rev.Stat.
    1989,
    ch. 127,
    par. 1005.02)
    and Section 27(c) of the Act.
    The Board intended to adopt the
    rules on an emergency basis in order to meet the May 15, 1991
    deadline set forth in the federal Clean Air Act Amendments of
    1990,
    and also proceed with “regular” rulemaking.
    The Agency
    moved that the Board suspend consideration of the proposal as an
    emergency rulemaking,
    alleging that the proposal was not
    appropriate for emergency rulemaking.
    Among other things, the
    Agency noted that a representative from USEPA had stated at
    hearing that USEPA believed that only
    “permanent”
    rules were
    sufficient to meet the May 15 deadline, and that USEPA did not
    view emergency rules to be “permanent”.
    On May 3,
    1991, the
    Illinois Environmental Regulatory Group
    (IERG)
    filed a motion in
    support of the Agency’s motion to suspend emergency rulemaking.
    IERG stated that emergency rules would be a “futile” attempt to
    meet the May 15 date.
    IERG also stated that it was involved in
    serious negotiations with USEPA and the Agency on points of
    disagreement in these proposed rules.
    At a May 6,
    1991 Board
    meeting, the Board deferred action on the motion for one week,
    in
    order to allow the participants additional time to continue
    discussions with USEPA.
    On May 13,
    1991, the Agency filed a status report and a
    “motion to extend first notice”.
    The Agency updated that Board
    on the continuing discussions between USEP~L, IERG,
    and the
    Agency.
    The Ager~cystated that the negotiations involved
    discussions on maxilaum theoretical emissionE
    (MTE), compliance
    and applicability dates for the proposed rules, and the rules
    proposed as Subpart TT.
    The status report included a letter from
    Stephen Rothblatt, Chief of the Regulation Development Branch for
    Region V of USEPA.
    That letter confirmed that USEPA was invo.ved
    with “serious” negotiations with IERG and the Agency.
    The Agency
    moved that the Board .Ielay moving into second notice until May
    30,
    1991.
    The Agency contended that it looked very favorable
    that all participants would reach an agreement, and ncted that if
    the Board moved to second notice before the completion of the
    negotiations, it would be unable to make changes in the proposed
    rule (as a result of any agreement) without returning to first
    notice.
    Thr~Agency noted that Illinois is working within a very
    tight time fram~f~r
    this
    rulemaking, so that there would be no
    time to return to first notice.
    The Agency summarized:
    Therefore, despite the Agency’s earlier, fervent pleas
    that the Boaid go to second notice
    May 9, 1991,
    the
    Agency requests that the
    Board
    delay
    second notice
    until May 30,
    1991.
    Once the Board goes to second
    notice, no changes, other than in response to comment
    from the
    Joint Committee on Administrative Rules
    JCAR,
    can be made to the rules.
    The Agency, then,
    would submit the rules at second notice to USEPA as our

    3
    state
    implementation plan)
    SIP.
    We would’ supplement
    the SIP submittal with the final rules once they are
    promulgated.
    These activities should have the effect
    of having Illinois removed from the deficiency list
    prior to publication while at the same time allowing
    the negotiating parties the opportunity to complete
    negotiations.
    (Agency motion to extend first notice,
    p.
    6.)
    On May 14,
    1991,
    in reliance on the statements and requests made
    by the Agency,
    IERG,
    and USEPA, the Board granted the Agency’s
    motions to suspend emergency rulemaking and to delay second
    notice
    until
    after
    May
    30,
    1991.
    Motion to Amend ProDosal
    On June 3,
    1991, the Agency filed a motion to amend its
    proposal.
    The proposed amendments are a result of the
    negotiations between the Agency, USEPA,
    and. IERG.
    The Agency
    states that although no formal agreement has yet been reached
    between the three participants, the Agency believes that the
    proposed amendments are approvable by USEPA.
    The Agency suggests
    amendments to the definition of NTE (Section 218. 104), the
    addition of a definition of “rolling limit”
    (Section 218.104),
    changes to the applicability and compliance date provisions
    (Sections 218.103 and 218.106), amendments to the applicability
    provisions of Subpart TT (Section 218.980), and revisions to
    the
    testing provisions in non-CTG categories in Subparts PP,
    QQ,
    BR,
    and TT (Sections 218.105, 218.928, 218.948,
    218.968, 218.988, and
    218.991).
    The Agency maintains that these proposed amendments
    are in the best interests of the State and will result in no
    negative impact on the environment.
    The Agency states that the
    amendments are the product of great
    effort
    to produce an
    acceptable and effective SIP revision for the State.
    Although
    USEPA has not yet indicated that it can approve all of the
    suggested revisions,
    the Agency believes that ultimate approval
    by USEPA can. be obtained.
    IERG filed a motion in support of the Agency~smotion to
    amend the proposal on June 4, 1991.
    IERG
    states that it supports
    the suggested amendments,
    and agrees with the reasons given by
    the Agency.
    IERG maintains that although it and USEPA have beers
    unable to reach a settlement,
    IERG believes that the amendments
    proposed by the Agency are federally approvable.
    Thus, IERG asks
    that the Board adopt second notice., of the proposed rules,
    including
    the Agency’s suggested amendments.
    After a review of
    the
    pleadings,
    the
    Board
    grants
    the
    Agency’s motion to amend its proposal.
    Eased
    on.
    the statements
    made by the Agency and IERG, the Board believes that the proposed
    amendments are federally approvable, and will protect the

    4
    amendments are
    federally
    approvable,
    and will
    protect
    the
    viability
    of
    the
    various
    federal
    court
    appeals’of
    the
    FIP,
    on
    which these proposed rules are based.
    Language
    added to the
    ~rules
    is
    indicated
    by
    underlining,
    while
    deletions
    are
    shown
    by
    strike-throughs.
    Many
    of
    the
    motions
    and
    other
    filings
    received
    during
    the
    course of this proceeding have urged the Board
    to
    act
    as
    quickly
    as possible.
    The Board shares the participants’ concern for
    timely action, and has expedited this proceeding.
    Because of its
    sensitivity to quick action, the Board today proposes these
    rules, as amended,
    for second notice.
    The Board does so only
    eight days after the Agency filed its motion to amend.
    This
    short time period has not allowed preparation of a full opinion
    to accompany the proposed rules.
    Although the Board usually
    delays adoption of rules until a complete opinion is prepared,
    the unusual circumstances of this proceeding merit a change in
    this policy.
    As stated above,
    today the Board proceeds to second
    notice of these proposed rules.
    The Board will issue a
    supplemental opinion as soon as possible.
    Additionally. the
    Board notes that it has made no attempt to address any Dossible
    draftina Droblems in the Aaencv’s proDosal which may be of
    concern to JCAR.
    ORDER
    The Board hereby proposes the following amendments for
    second notice, to be filed with the Joint Committee on
    Administrative Rules:
    TITLE 35:
    ENVIRONMENTAL
    PROTECTION
    SUBTITLE B:
    AIR POLLUTION
    CHAPTER I:
    POLLUTION CONTROL BOARD
    SUBCHAPTER c:
    EMISSIONS STANDARDS
    AND
    LIMITATIONS FOR STATIONARY SOURCES
    PART’ 215
    ORGANIC
    MATERIAL
    EMISSION
    STANDARDS
    AND
    LIMITATIONS
    SUBPART
    A:
    GENERAL PROVISIONS
    Section
    215.100
    Introduction
    215.101
    Clean-up and Disposal Operations
    215102
    Testing Methods
    215.103
    Abbreviations and Conversion Factors
    215.104
    Definitions
    215.105
    Incorporations
    by
    Reference
    215.106
    Afterburners
    215.107
    Determination
    of
    Applicability

    5
    SUBPART B:
    ORGANIC EMISSIONS FROM STORAGE
    AND
    LOADING OPERATIONS
    Section
    215.121
    215.122
    215.123
    215.124
    215.125
    215.126
    215.127
    215.128
    Storage Containers
    Loading Operations
    Petroleum Liquid Storage Tanks
    External Floating Roofs
    Compliance
    Dates
    and
    Geographical
    Areas
    Compliance Plan
    Emissions
    Testing
    Measurement of Seal Gaps
    SUBPART C:
    ORGANIC EMISSIONS FROM MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT
    Section
    215.141
    215.142
    215.143
    215.144
    Separation Operations
    Pumps
    and
    Compressors
    Vapor
    Blowdown
    Safety
    Relief
    Valves
    SUBPART E:
    SOLVENT CLEANING
    SUBPART
    F:
    COATING
    OPERATIONS
    Section
    215.202
    215.204
    215.205
    215.206
    215.207
    215.208
    215.209
    215.210
    215.211
    215.212
    215.213
    215.214
    Compliance
    Schedules
    Emission
    Limitations
    for
    Manufacturing
    Plants
    Alternative Emission Limitations
    Exemptions from Emission Limitations
    Compliance by Aggregation of Emission Sources
    Testing Methods for Volatile Organic Material
    Exemption from General Rule on Use of Organic
    Alternative Compliance Schedule
    Compliance Dates and Geographical Areas
    Compliance Plan
    Special Requirements for Compliance Plan
    Roadmaster
    Emissions
    Limitations
    Content
    Material
    SUBPART
    Section
    215.240
    215.241
    H:
    SPECIAL LIMITATIONS
    FOR SOURCES
    IN
    MAJOD-
    AREAS
    WHICH
    ARE
    NONATTAINMENT
    FOR OZONE
    Applicability
    External
    Floating
    Roofs
    Section
    215.181
    215.182
    215.183
    215.184
    215.185
    Solvent Cleaning in General
    Cold Cleaning
    Open Top Vapor Degreasing
    Conveyorized Degreasing
    Compliance Plan

    6
    215.245
    Flexographic and Rotogravure Printing
    215.249
    Compliance Dates
    SUBPART I:
    ADJUSTED RACT EMISSIONS LIMITATIONS
    Section
    215.260
    Applicability
    215.261
    Petition
    215.263
    Public Hearing
    215.264
    Board Action
    215.267
    Agency Petition
    SUBPART
    K:
    USE
    OF
    ORGANIC
    MATERIAL
    Section
    215.301
    Use
    of
    Organic
    Material
    215.302
    Alternative Standard
    215.303
    Fuel
    Combustion
    Emission
    Sources
    215.304
    Operations with Compliance Program
    215.305
    Viscose Exemption
    (Repealed)
    SUBPART
    N:
    VEGETABLE OIL PROCESSING
    Section
    215.340
    Hexane Extraction Soybean Crushing
    215.342
    Hexane Extraction Corn Oil Processing
    215.344
    Recordkeeping For Vegetable Oil Processes
    215.345
    Compliance
    Determination
    215.346
    Compliance Dates and Geographical Areas
    215.347
    Compliance
    Plan
    SUBPART
    P:
    PRINTING
    AND
    PUBLISHING
    Section
    215.401
    Flexographic and Rotogravure Printing
    215.402
    Exemptions
    215.403
    Applicability of Subpart K
    215.404
    Testing and Monitoring
    (Repealed)
    215.405
    Compliance Dates and Geographical Areas
    ‘215.406
    Alternative Compliance Plan
    215.407
    Compliance Plan
    215.408
    Heatset
    Web
    Offset Lithographic Printing
    215.409
    Testing
    Methods
    for
    Volatile
    Organic
    Material
    Content
    215.410
    Emissions
    Testing
    SUBPART
    Q:
    LEAKS
    FROM SYNTHETIC ORGANIC
    CHEMICAL
    AND
    POLYMER
    MANUFACTURING EQUIPMENT
    Section
    215.420
    Applicability
    215.421
    General
    Requirements
    215.422
    Inspection Program Plan for
    Leaks

    7
    215.423
    215.424
    215. 425
    215.426
    215.427
    215.428
    215.429
    215.430
    215.431
    215.432
    215.433
    215.434
    215.435
    215.436
    215.437
    215.438
    215.439
    SUBPART R:
    Section
    215.441
    215.442
    215.443
    215.444
    215.445
    215.446
    215.447
    215.448
    215.449
    215.450
    215.451
    215.452
    215.453
    Inspection Program for Leaks
    Repairing
    Leaks
    Recordkeeping for Leaks
    Report for Leaks
    Alternative Program for Leaks
    Compliance Dates
    Compliance Plan
    General Requirements
    Inspection Program Plan for Leaks
    Inspection Program for Leaks
    Repairing Leaks
    Recordkeeping for Leaks
    Report for Leaks
    Alternative Program for Leaks
    Open-Ended Valves
    Standards for Control Devices
    Compliance Date
    PETROLEUM
    REFINING
    AND
    RELATED INDUSTRIES; ASPHALT MATERIALS
    Petroleum Refinery Waste Gas Disposal
    Vacuum
    Producing
    Systems
    Wastewater
    (Oil/Water) Separator
    Process Unit Turnarounds
    Leaks:
    General Requirements
    Monitoring Program Plan for Leaks
    Monitoring
    Program
    for
    Leaks
    Recordkeeping for Leaks
    Reporting for Leaks
    Alternative Program for Leaks
    Sealing Device Requirements
    Compliance Schedule for Leaks
    Compliance
    Dates and Geographical Areas
    SUBPART
    S:
    RUBBER
    AND
    MISCELLANEOUS
    PLASTIC PRODUCTS
    Section
    215.461
    215.462
    215.463
    215.464
    215.465
    215.466
    215.467
    Section
    215.480
    215.481
    Manufacture of Pneumatic Rubber Tires
    Green Tire Spraying Operations
    Alternative Emission Reduction Systems
    Emission Testing
    Compliance Dates and Geographical Areas
    Compliance Plan
    Testing Methods for Volatile Organic Material Content
    SUBPART T:
    PHARMACEUTICAL MANUFACTURING
    Applicability of Subpart T
    Control of Reactors, Distillation Units,
    Crystallizers,
    Centrifuges and Vacuum Dryers

    8
    215.482
    Control of Air Dryers, Production Equipment Exhaust
    Systems
    and
    Filters
    Material
    Storage
    and
    Transfer
    In—Process Tanks
    Leaks
    Other Emission Sources
    Testing
    Monitors for Air Pollution Control Equipment
    Compliance
    Schedule
    SUBPART
    U:
    COKE
    MANUFACTURING
    AND
    BY-PRODUCT
    RECOVERY
    Section
    215.500
    215.510
    215.512
    215.513
    215.514
    215.515
    215.516
    215.517
    Section
    215.541
    Section
    215.561
    215.562
    215.563
    Section
    215.581
    215.582
    215.583
    215.584
    215.585
    215.586
    Exceptions
    Coke By-Product Recovery Plants
    Coke By-Product Recovery Plant Leaks
    Inspection
    Program
    Recordkeeping Requirements
    Reporting
    Requirements
    Compliance Dates
    Compliance
    Plan
    SUBPART
    V:
    AIR
    OXIDATION
    PROCESSES
    Applicability
    Definitions
    Emission
    Limitations
    for
    Air
    Oxidation
    Processes
    Testing and Monitoring
    Compliance Date
    SUBPART W:
    AGRICULTURE
    Pesticide Exception
    SUBPART X:
    CONSTRUCTION
    Architectural Coatings
    Paving Operations
    Cutback Asphalt
    SUBPART Y:
    GASOLINE DISTRIBUTION
    Bulk Gasoline Plants
    Bulk Gasoline Terminals
    Gasoline Dispensing Facilities
    Gasoline Delivery Vessels
    Gasoline Volatility Standards
    Emissions Testing
    215.483
    215.484
    215.485
    215.486
    215.487
    215.488
    215.489
    Section
    215.520
    215.521
    215.525
    215.526
    215.527

    9
    SUBPART
    Z:
    DRY
    CLEANERS
    Section
    215.601
    215.602
    215.603
    215.604
    215.605
    215.606
    215.607
    215.608
    215.609
    215.610
    215.611
    215.612
    215.613
    215.614
    Perchioroethylene Dry Cleaners
    Exemptions
    Leaks
    Compliance Dates and Geographical Areas
    Compliance Plan
    Exception to Compliance Plan
    Standards for Petroleum Solvent Dry Cleaners
    Operating Practices for Petroleum Solvent Dry Cleaners
    Program for Inspection and Repair of Leaks
    Testing
    and
    Monitoring
    Exemption for Petroleum Solvent
    Dry
    Cleaners
    Compliance Dates and Geographical Areas
    Compliance Plan
    Testing Method for Volatile Organic Material
    Wastes
    215.615
    Emissions
    Testing
    SUBPART
    AA:
    PAINT
    AND
    INK
    MANUFACTURING
    Section
    215.620
    215.621
    215.623
    215.624
    215.625
    215. 628
    215.630
    215.636
    Applicability
    Exemption for Waterbase Material and Heatset
    Permit Conditions
    Open-top Mills,
    Tanks, Vats or Vessels
    Grinding
    Mills
    Leaks
    Clean Up
    Compliance
    Dates
    Offset Ink
    SUBPART
    BB:
    POLYSTYRENE
    PLANTS
    Section
    215.875
    215.877
    215.879
    215.881
    215.883
    215.886
    Applicability of Subpart BB
    Emissions Limitation at Polystyrene Plants
    Compliance Date
    Compliance Plan
    Special Requirements for Compliance Plan
    Emissions Testing
    SUBPART PP:
    MISCELLANEOUS FABRICATED PRODUCT MANUFACTURING PROCESSES
    Section
    215. 920
    215. 923
    215.926
    Applicability
    Permit Conditions
    Control
    Requirements
    Content
    of

    10
    SUBPART
    QQ:
    MISCELLANEOUS FORMULATION MANUFACTURING
    PROCESSES
    Section
    215.940
    Applicability
    215.943
    Permit Conditions
    215.946
    Control Requirements
    SUBPART
    RR:
    MISCELLANEOUS ORGANIC CHEMICAL MANUFACTURING
    PROCESSES
    Section
    215.960
    Applicability
    215.963
    Permit Conditions
    215.966
    Control Requirements
    Appendix A
    Rule Into Section Table
    Appendix B
    Section Into Rule Table
    Appendix C
    Past Compliance Dates
    Appendix
    D
    List
    of
    Chemicals
    Defining
    Synthetic
    Organic
    Chemical
    and
    Polymer Manufacturing
    Appendix E
    Reference Methods and Procedures
    Appendix F
    Coefficients for the Total Resource Effectiveness
    Index
    (TRE)
    Equation
    AUTHORITY:
    Implementing Section 10 and authorized by Section 27
    of the Environmental Protection Act
    (Ill. Rev.
    Stat.
    1989,
    ch.
    111 1/2,
    pars. 1010 and 1027).
    SOURCE:
    Adopted
    as
    Chapter
    2:
    Air Pollution, Rule 205:
    Organic
    Material
    Emission
    Standards
    and
    Limitations,
    R71—23,
    4
    PCB
    191,
    filed and effective April 14,
    1972; amended in R77—3, 33 PCB 357,
    at
    3
    Ill.
    Reg.
    18,
    p.
    41,
    effective
    May
    3,
    1979; amended in R78-3
    and R78-4,
    35 PCB 75, at 3 Ill.
    Reg.
    30,
    p.
    124, effective July
    28,
    1979;
    amended
    in
    R80-5
    at
    7
    Ill.
    Reg.
    1244, effective January
    21,
    1983;
    codified
    at
    7
    Ill.
    Reg.
    13601;
    Notice
    of
    Corrections
    at
    7 Ill. Reg.
    14575; amended in R82—l4 at 8 Ill. Reg.
    13254,
    effective July 12,
    1984;
    amended in R83—36 at 9 Ill. Reg.
    9114,
    effective May 30,
    1985; amended in R82—14 at 9 Ill. Reg.
    13960,
    effective August 28,
    1985; amended in R85—28 at 11 Ill. Reg.
    3127, effective
    February
    3, 1987; amended in R82—l4 at 11 Ill.
    Reg. 7296,
    effective April
    3,
    1987; amended in R85-21(A) at 11
    Ill. Reg.
    11770, effective June 29,
    1987; recodified in R86—39 at
    11 Ill. Reg.
    13541; amended in R82—14 and R86—l2 at 11 Ill. Reg.
    16706,
    effective September 30, 1987;
    amended in R85-21(B) at 11
    Ill. Reg.
    19117, effective November 9,
    1987; amended in R86—36,
    R86—39, R86—40 at 11
    Iii.
    Reg. 20829, effective December 14,
    1987; amended in R82—14 and R86—37 at 12 Ill. Reg. 815, effective
    December 24,
    1987; amended in R86—18 at 12 Ill.
    Reg.
    7311,
    effective April
    8,
    1988; amended in R86—10 at 12 Ill. Reg.
    7650,
    effective April 11,
    1988; amended in R88-23 at 13 Ill. Reg.
    10893, effective June 27,
    1989; amended in R88—30(A) at 14
    Ill.

    11
    Reg.
    3555, effective February 27,
    1990; emergency amendments
    adopted in R88-30(A)
    at 14 Iii. Req.
    6421, effective April 11,
    1990,
    for a maximum of 150 days; amended in R88—19 at 14 Ill.
    Reg.
    7596, effective May 8,
    1990; amended in P89-16(A) at 14
    Ill.
    Reg.
    9173, effective May 23,
    1990;
    amended inR88—30(B)
    at 15
    Ill. Reg.
    3309, effective February 13,
    1991; amended in R91-7 at
    15 Ill. Reg.
    _________,
    effective
    _________________
    SUBPART A:
    GENERAL PROVISIONS
    Section 215.100
    Introduction
    a)
    This Part contains standards and limitations for
    emissions of organic material from stationary sources
    located in areas other than the Chicago area counties
    of Cook. DuPage.
    Kane. Lake. McHenrv. and Will and the
    Metro East area counties of Madison. Monroe. and St.
    Clair.
    Standards and limitations aDDivina in the
    Chicago area are set forth in Part 218.
    Standards and
    limitations ap~1vinain the Metro East area’ are set
    forth in Part 219.
    .~J
    NotwithstandinQ any other provision of this Part.
    the provisions of this Part shall not a~plvto
    sources located in the Chicacto area counties of
    Cook.
    DuPaae, Kane.
    Lake.
    Mcflenry and Will unless
    the provisions of 35 Ill. Ada. Code Part 218
    a~p1icab1eto such sources are voided or otherwise
    made
    ineffective
    pursuant
    to
    Section
    218.100
    of
    35
    Ill. Ada. Code Part 218.
    ~j
    Notwithstanding any other provision of this Part.
    the provisions of this Part shall not apply to
    sources in the Metro East area counties of
    Madison. Monroe and St. Clair unless the
    provisions
    of
    35
    Ii..
    Ada.
    Code
    Part
    219
    a~p1icab1eto such sources are voided or
    otherwise
    made ineffective pursuant to Section 219.100 of 35
    Ill. Ada. Code Part 219.
    b)
    Sources subject to this Part may be subject to the
    following:
    1)
    Permits required under 35 Ill. Ada. Code 201;
    2)
    Air quality standards under 35 Ill. Ada. Code 243.
    c)
    This Part is divided into Subparts which are grouped as
    follows:
    1)
    Subpart A:
    General provisions;

    12
    2)
    Subparts B
    -
    J:
    Emissions from equipment and
    operations
    in
    common
    to
    more
    than
    one
    industry;
    3)
    Subparts
    K
    M:
    Emissions from use of organic
    material;
    4)
    Subparts N
    -
    end:
    Special rules for various
    industry groups.
    (Source:
    Amended
    at
    15
    Ill.
    Reg.
    ___________,
    effective
    SUBPART Y:
    GASOLINE DISTRIBUTION
    Section 215.581
    Bulk Gasoline Plants
    a)
    Subject to subsection
    (e), no person may cause or allow
    the transfer of gasoline from a delivery vessel into a
    stationary storage tank located at a bulk gasoline
    plant unless:
    1)
    The delivery vessel and the stationary storage
    tank are each equIpped with a vapor collection
    system that meets the requirements of subsection
    (d) (4);
    2)
    Each vapor collection system is operating;
    3)
    The delivery vessel displays the appropriate
    sticker pursuant to the requirements of Section
    215.584(b) or
    (d);
    4)
    The pressure relief valve(s) on the stationary
    storage tank and the delivery vessel are set to
    release at no less than 0.7 psi or the highest
    pressure allowed by state or local fire codes or
    the guidelines of the National Fire Prevention
    Association; and
    5)
    The stationary storage tank is equipped with a
    submerged loading
    pipe.
    b)
    Subject to subsection
    (f), no person may cause or allow
    the transfer of gasoline from a stationary storage tank
    located
    at
    a
    bulk
    gasoline
    plant
    into
    a
    delivery
    vessel
    unless:
    1)
    The requirements set forth in subsections
    (a) (1)
    through
    (a) (4) are met; and
    2)
    Equipment is available at the bulk gasoline plant
    to provide for the submerged filling of the

    13
    delivery vessel or the delivery vessel is equipped
    for bottom loading.
    c)
    Subject to subsection
    (e), each owner of a stationary
    storage tank located at a bulk gasoline plant shall:
    1)
    Equip each stationary storage tank with a vapor
    control
    system
    that
    meets
    the requirements of
    subsection
    (a) or
    (b), whichever is applicable;
    2)
    Provide instructions to the operator of the bulk
    gasoline plant describing necessary maintenance
    operations and procedures for prompt notification
    of the owner in case of any malfunction of a vapor
    control system; and
    3)
    Repair, replace or modify any worn out or
    malfunctioning component or element of design.
    d)
    Subject to subsection
    (e), each operator of a bulk
    gasoline plant shall:
    1)
    Maintain and operate each vapor control system in
    accordance with the owner’s instructions;
    2)
    Promptly notify the owner of any scheduled
    maintenance or malfunction requiring replacement
    or repair of a major component of a vapor control
    system; and
    3)
    Maintain gauges, meters or other specified testing
    devices in proper working order;
    4)
    Operate the bulk plant vapor collection system and
    gasoline loading equipment in a manner that
    prevents:
    A)
    Gauge pressure from exceeding 18 inches of
    water and vacuum from exceeding 6 inches of
    water,
    as
    measured
    as
    close
    as
    possible
    to
    the vapor hose connection; and
    B)
    A reading equal to or greater than 100
    percent of the lower explosive limit (LEL
    measured as propane) when tested in
    accordance with the procedure described in
    EPA 450/2-78—051 Appendix B; and
    C)
    Avoidable leaks of liquid during loading or
    unloading operations.
    5)
    Provide a pressure
    tap
    or equivalent on the bulk

    14
    plant vapor collection system
    in. order to allow
    the determination of compliance with
    215.581(d) (4) (A); and
    6)
    Within 15 business days after discovery of the
    leak by the owner, operator, or the Agency, repair
    and retest a vapor collection system which exceeds
    the limits of subsection (d)(4)(A) or
    (B).
    e)
    The requirements of subsections
    (a),
    (c) and
    (d)
    shall
    not apply to:
    1)
    Any stationary storage tank with a capacity of
    less than 575 gallons; or
    2)
    Any bulk gasoline plant whose annual gasoline
    throughput is less than 350,000 gallons as
    averaged over the preceding three calendar years.
    f)
    The requirements of subsection
    (b)
    shall only apply to
    bulk gasoline plants:
    1)
    That have an annual gasoline throughput greater
    than or equal to 1,000,000 gallons, as averaged
    over the preceding three calendar years; and
    2)
    That either distribute gasoline to gasoline
    dispensing facilities subject to the
    requirements
    of Section 215.583(a) (2)1
    35 Ill. Ada. Code
    218.583(b) (2)
    or 35 Ill. Ada. Code 219.583(a) (2)
    or that are located in the following counties:
    Boone,
    Cook, Durage, Kane,
    Lake,
    Hadi3on, MeHenry,
    Peoria, Rock Island, St.
    Clair, Ta~ewell,t~i1lor
    Winnebago.
    g)
    Bulk gasoline plants were required to take certain
    actions to achieve compliance which are summarized in
    Appendix C.
    (Source:
    Amended at 15
    Ill. Reg.
    _______________,
    effective
    TITLE 35:
    ENVIRONMENTAL
    PROTECTION
    SUBTITLE B:
    AIR POLLUTION
    CHAPTER I:
    POLLUTION CONTROL
    BOARD
    SUBCHAPTER c:
    EMISSIONS STANDARDS AND LIMITATIONS FOR STATIONARY SOURCES

    15
    PART
    218
    ORGANIC MATERIAL EMISSION STANDARDS
    AND
    LIMITATIONS
    FOR THE CHICAGO AREA
    SUBPART
    A:
    GENERAL PROVISIONS
    Section
    218.100
    218.101
    218.102
    218.103
    218.104
    218.105
    218.106
    218.107
    218.108
    218.109
    218.110
    218.111
    218.112
    Introduction
    Clean-up and Disposal Operations
    Abbreviations and Conversion Factors
    Applicability
    Definitions
    Test Methods and Procedures
    Compliance Dates
    Afterburners
    Exemptions; Variations,
    and Alternative Means of
    Control or Compliance Determinations
    Vapor Pressure of Volatile Organic Liquids
    Vapor Pressure of Organic Material or Solvents
    Vapor Pressure of Volatile Organic Material
    Incorporations by Reference
    SUBPART B:
    ORGANIC EMISSIONS FROM STORAGE
    AND
    LOADING OPERATIONS
    Section
    218.121
    218.122
    218.123
    218.124
    218.125
    218.126
    Storage
    Containers
    Loading Operations
    Petroleum Liquid Storage Tanks
    External Floating Roofs
    Compliance
    Dates
    Compliance Plan
    SUBPART C:
    ORGANIC EMISSIONS FROM MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT
    Section
    218.141
    218.142
    218.143
    218.144
    Section
    218.181
    218.182
    218.183
    218.184
    218.185
    218.186
    Separation
    Operations
    Pumps
    and
    Compressors
    Vapor Blowdown
    Safety Relief Valves
    SUBPART E:
    SOLVENT CLEANING
    Solvent Cleaning in General
    Cold Cleaning
    Open Top Vapor Degreasing
    Conveyorized Degreasing
    Compliance Schedule
    Test Methods

    16
    SUBPART F:
    COATING OPERATIONS
    6ection
    218.204
    218.205
    218.206
    218.207
    218.208
    218.209
    218.210
    218.211
    Section
    218.301
    218.302
    218.303
    218.304
    Section
    218.401
    218.402
    218.403
    218.404
    218.405
    SUBPART
    Section
    218.421
    218.422
    218.423
    218.424
    218.425
    218.426
    218.427
    218.428
    218.429
    218.430
    Emission
    Limitations
    for
    Manufacturing
    Plants
    Daily-Weighted Average Limitations
    Solids Basis Calculation
    Alternative Emission Limitations
    Exemptions from Emission Limitations
    Exemption from General Rule on Use of Organic Material
    Compliance Schedule
    Recordkeeping and Reporting
    SUBPART
    G:
    USE
    OF
    ORGANIC
    MATERIAL
    Use of Organic Material
    Alternative
    Standard
    Fuel
    Combustion
    Emission
    Sources
    Operations
    with
    Compliance
    Program
    SUBPART
    H:
    PRINTING
    AND
    PUBLISHING
    Flexographic and Rotogravure Printing
    Applicability
    Compliance Schedule
    Recordkeeping and Reporting
    Heatset Web Offset Lithographic Printing
    Q:
    LEAKS
    FROM
    SYNTHETIC
    ORGANIC
    CHEMICAL
    AND
    POLYMER
    MANUFACTURING
    EQUIPMENT
    General Requirements
    Inspection
    Program ~Planfor Leaks
    Inspection Program for Leaks
    Repairing
    Leaks
    Recordkeeping for Leaks
    Report for Leaks
    Alternative Program for Leaks
    Open-ended Valves
    Standards for Control Devices
    Compliance Date
    SUBPART
    R:
    PETROLEUM
    REFINING
    AND
    RELATED
    INDUSTRIES;
    ASPHALT
    MATERIALS
    Section
    218.441
    218.442
    218.443
    Petroleum Refinery Waste Gas Disposal
    Vacuum
    Producing
    Systems
    Wastewater
    (Oil/Water)
    Separator

    17
    218.444
    218.445
    218.446
    218.447
    218.448
    218.449
    218.450
    218.451
    218.452
    218.453
    Process
    Unit
    Turnarounds
    Leaks:
    General
    Requirements
    Monitoring Program Plan for Leaks
    Monitoring Program for Leaks
    Recordkeeping for Leaks
    Reporting
    for
    Leaks
    Alternative Program for Leaks
    Sealing Device Requirements
    Compliance Schedule for Leaks
    Compliance Dates
    SUBPART
    S:
    RUBBER
    AND
    MISCELLANEOUS
    PLASTIC
    PRODUCTS
    Section
    218.461
    218.462
    218.463
    218.464
    218.465
    218.466
    Section
    218.480
    218.481
    Manufacture
    of
    Pneumatic
    Rubber Tires
    Green
    Tire
    Spraying
    Operations
    Alternative Emission Reduction Systems
    Emission
    Testing
    Compliance
    Dates
    Compliance Plan
    SUBPART T:
    PHARMACEUTICAL MANUFACTURING
    Applicability
    of
    Subpart
    T
    Control
    of Reactors, Distillation Units,
    Crystallizers,
    Centrifuges and Vacuum Dryers
    218.482
    Control of Air Dryers, Production Equipment Exhaust
    Systems and Filters
    Material Storage and Transfer
    In—Process Tanks
    Leaks
    Other Emission Sources
    Testing
    Monitoring and Recordkeeping for Air Pollution Control
    Equipment
    218.489
    Recordkeeping for Air Pollution Control Equipment
    Section
    218.541
    SUBPART V:
    AIR OXIDATION PROCESSES
    Definitions
    Emission Limitations for Air Oxidation Processes
    Testing and Monitoring
    Compliance Date
    SUBPART
    W:
    AGRICULTURE
    218.483
    218.484
    218.485
    218.486
    218.
    487
    218. 488
    Section
    218.521
    218.525
    218.526
    218.527
    Pesticide Exception

    18
    SUBPART
    X:
    CONSTRUCTION
    Perchioroethylene Dry Cleaners
    Exemptions
    Leaks
    Compliance
    Dates
    Compliance Plan
    Exception to Compliance Plan
    Standards for Petroleum Solvent Dry Cleaners
    Operating
    Practices for Petroleum Solvent Dry Cleaners
    Program for Inspection and Repair of Leaks
    Testing
    and
    Monitoring
    Exemption for Petroleum Solvent
    Dry
    Cleaners
    Compliance
    Dates
    Compliance
    Plan
    SUBPART AA:
    PAINT
    AND
    INK MANUFACTURING
    Applicability
    Exemption for Waterbase Material and Heatset Offset Ink
    Permit
    Conditions
    Open-top Mills,
    Tanks, Vats or Vessels
    Grinding
    Mills
    Storage Tanks
    Leaks
    Clean Up
    Compliance Schedule
    Recordkeeping
    and
    Reporting
    SUBPART
    BB:
    POLYSTYRENE
    PLANTS
    Architectural Coatings
    Paving Operations
    Cutback Asphalt
    SUBPART Y:
    GASOLINE DISTRIBUTION
    Bulk
    Gasoline
    Plants
    Bulk
    Gasoline
    Terminals
    Gasoline Dispensing Facilities
    Gasoline Delivery Vessels
    Gasoline Volatility Standards
    SUBPART
    Z:
    DRY
    CLEANERS
    Section
    218.561
    218.562
    218.563
    Section
    218.581
    218.582
    218.583
    218.584
    218.585
    Section
    218.601
    218.602
    218.603
    218.604
    218.605
    218.
    606
    218.607
    218. 608
    218.609
    218.610
    218.611
    218.612
    218.613
    Section
    218.620
    218.
    621
    218.623
    218.624
    218.625
    218.626
    218.628
    218.630
    218.636
    218.637
    Section
    218.875
    Applicability
    of
    Subpart
    BB

    19
    218.877
    218.879
    218.881
    218.883
    218.886
    Emissions
    Limitation
    at
    Polystyrene
    Plants
    Compliance Date
    Compliance Plan
    Special Requirements for Compliance ?lan
    Emissions Testing
    BPART
    PP:
    MISCELLANEOUS FABRICATED PRODUCT MANUFACTURING
    PROCESSES
    Section
    218.920
    218.923
    218.926
    218.927
    218.928
    Applicability
    Permit Conditions
    Control Requirements
    Compliance Schedule
    Testing
    SUBPART
    QQ:
    MISCELLANEOUS FORMULATION MANUFACTURING PROCESSES
    Section
    218.940
    218.943
    218.946
    218.947
    218.948
    Applicability
    Permit Conditions
    Control
    Requirements
    Compliance Schedule
    Testing
    •UBPART
    PR:
    MISCELLANEOUS
    ORGANIC
    CHEMICAL
    MANUFACTURING PROCESSES
    Section
    218.960
    218.963
    218.
    966
    218.967
    218.968
    Section
    218.980
    218.983
    218.986
    218.987
    218.988
    Applicability
    Permit
    Conditions
    Control Requirements
    Compliance Schedule
    Testing
    SUBPART TT:
    OTHER EMISSION SOURCES
    Applicability
    Permit Conditions
    Control Requirements
    Compllance Schedule
    Testing
    SUBPART UU:
    RECORDKEEPING AND REPORTING FOR
    NON-CTG SOURCES
    Section
    218.990
    218.991
    Appendix A:
    Exempt Emission Sources
    Subject Emission Sources
    List of Chemicals Defining Synthetic Organic
    Chemical and Polymer Manufacturing

    20
    Appendix B:
    VOM Measurement Techniques for Capture Efficiency
    Appendix C:
    Reference Methods and ProcedureS
    Appendix D:
    Coefficients for the Total Resource Effectiveness
    Index
    (TRE)
    Equation
    AUTHORITY:
    Implementing Section 10 and authorized by Section
    28.2 of the Environmental Protection Act
    (Ill. Rev. Stat.
    1989,
    ch.
    111 1/2, pars.
    1010 and 1028.2)
    SOURCE:
    Adopted in R91-7 at 15
    Ill. Reg.
    _____,
    effective
    SUBPART A:
    GENERAL PROVISIONS
    Section 218.100
    Introduction
    a)
    This Part contains standards and limitations for
    emissions of organic material from stationary sources
    located in the Chicago area, which is comprised of
    Cook, DuPage, Kane,
    Lake, McHenry and Will Counties.
    b)
    Sources subject to this Part may be subject to the
    following:
    1)
    Permits required under 35
    Ill. Adm. Code 201;
    2)
    Air quality standards under 35 Ill. Ada. Code 243;
    C)
    This Part is divided into Subparts which are grouped as
    follows:
    1)
    Subpart A:
    General Provisions
    2)
    Subparts B-F:
    Emissions from equipment and
    operations in common to more than
    one
    industry;
    3)
    Subpart G:
    Emissions from use of organic
    material;
    4)
    Subparts H-end:
    Special rules for various
    industry groups.
    Section 218.101
    Cleanup and Disposal Operation
    Emission of organic material released during clean—up operations
    and disposal shall be included with other emissions of organic
    material from the related emission source or air pollution
    control
    equipment
    in
    determining total emissions.
    Section 218.102
    Abbreviations and Conversion Factors
    a)
    The following abbreviations are used in this Part:

    21
    ASTM
    American
    Society
    for
    Testing
    and
    Materials
    bbl
    barrels
    (42
    gallons)
    °C
    degrees Celsius or centigrade
    cm
    centimeters
    CU
    lfl.
    cubic
    inches
    ‘F
    degrees Fahrenheit
    FIP
    Federal Implementation Plan
    ft
    feet
    ft2
    square feet
    g
    grams
    gpm
    gallons per minute
    g/mole
    grams per mole
    gal
    gallons
    hr
    hours
    in
    inches
    ‘K
    degrees
    Kelvin
    kcal
    kilocalories
    kg
    kilograms
    kg/hr
    kilograms
    per
    hour
    kPa
    kilopascals; one thousand newtons per square
    meter
    1
    liters
    1/sec
    liters
    per
    second
    lbs
    pounds
    lbs/hr pounds per hour
    lbs/gal pounds per gallon
    LEL
    lower explosive limit
    a
    meters
    in2
    square meters
    a3
    cubic meters
    ing
    milligrams
    Mg
    Megagrams, metric tons or tonnes
    ml
    milliliters
    mm
    minutes
    MJ
    megajoules
    mm Hg
    millimeters of mercury
    ppm
    parts per million
    ppmv
    parts
    per
    million
    by
    volume
    psi
    pounds
    per
    square
    inch
    psia pounds per square inch absolute
    psig
    pounds
    per
    square
    inch
    gauge
    scf
    standard cubic feet
    scm
    standard
    cubic
    meters
    sec
    seconds
    SIP
    State
    Implementation
    Plan
    TTE
    temporary
    total
    enclosure
    sq cm
    square centimeters
    sq
    in
    square
    inches
    T
    English ton
    ton
    English ton
    USEPA
    United Statee Environmental Protection

    22
    Agency
    VOC
    volatile organic compounds
    VOL
    volatile
    organic
    liquids
    VOM
    volatile organic materials
    b)
    The
    following
    conversion
    factors
    are
    used
    in this Part.
    English
    Metric
    1 gal
    3.785
    1
    1,000 gal 3,785
    1 or 3.785 m3
    1 psia
    6.897 kPa (51.71 mm Hg)
    2.205 lbs 1 kg
    1 bbl
    159.0
    1
    1 cu in
    16.39 ml
    1 lb/gal
    119,800 mg/l
    1 ton
    0.907 Mg
    1 T
    0.907 Mg
    Section 218.103
    Applicability
    The provisions of this Part shall apply to all sources located in
    Cook, DuPage,
    Kane, Lake, McHenry or Will Counties.
    a)
    The provi3ion3 of this
    Part
    shall
    become
    effective
    oixty
    day3
    after a final decision by the federal
    appellate court of the general- appeal (Illinois
    Environmental
    Regulatory
    Croup
    v.
    UCEPA,
    No.
    90
    2770
    (and
    consolidated
    cases)
    (7th
    dr.))
    of
    the
    federal
    implementation plan
    (PIP)
    for the Chicago area
    promulgated by the U.C. Environmental Protection Agency
    (55 Fed.
    fleg.
    26104, June 29,
    1990;
    55 red..
    Rcg. 31001,
    August
    6,
    1990;
    55 Fed.
    fleg.
    39774, Ceptember 20,
    1900), provided,
    however, that if a provision of the
    FIF
    is
    voided or made ineffective by
    a federal
    court,
    the corresponding provision in this proceeding shall
    b)
    The provisions of this
    Part
    specifically applicable to
    each appellant who appealed the
    r~r
    for the Chicago
    erea shall become effective
    sicty
    days after a final
    decision of that appellant’s appoal by the federal
    appellate court; provided, -hovever,
    that
    if
    the
    provisions of the~FIPapplioable to that
    i~ni~vnr~
    madc ineffectiv—
    —“-
    -
    edcral
    ~t,
    th
    corresponciing provisions in this procecaing shall not
    become effective.
    r~rnit-
    ~j
    The
    provisions
    of
    this Part shall become effective on
    July
    1.
    1991 with the following exceptions:
    fl
    The
    ~rovisions of
    this
    Part
    shall
    become
    effective

    23
    on September 1.
    1991 for each a~el1ant,includino
    the constituents represented by ap~el1antswho are
    associations, who has a~~ealedthe federal
    implementation elan
    (FIP)
    for ~he Chicago area
    (Illinois Reaulatorv Group v. USEPA. No. 90—2778
    (and consolidated cases)
    (7th Cir.)1.
    ~J.
    The effectiveness of any provision of this Part
    a~~1icable
    to any individual source or cateaorv of
    sources which has aopealed the PIP shall be stayed
    to
    the
    extend
    that
    such
    individual
    source
    or
    category of sources received a stay of the
    effectiveness of
    the
    PIP from USEPA or from a
    court.
    When the court has taken final action or
    when USEPA has published in the Federal Register
    final
    -action
    to
    revise
    or
    affirm
    the
    provisions
    of
    the
    FIP
    specifically
    ao~licable
    to
    such
    ind~.vidual
    source or category of sources or such stay i.~
    terminated, the Board shall take correspoñd~,~
    action,
    if necessary, by the adoption of a
    Peremptory rule pursuant to 35 Xli. Ada. Code
    102.347 and Section 5,03 of the Administrative
    Procedure Act
    (Ill. I~ev. Stat.
    1989.
    ch.
    127.
    ch.
    1005. 03~’.
    ~
    The provisions of the Part shall not airnlv to Viskase
    Corporation; Allsteel, Incorporated; Ste~anCompany; or
    Ford Motor Company to the extent such source has
    obtained an adiusted standard from the Board or an
    exclusion from the General AssemblY for any Subpart of
    this Part or of Part 215.
    Section 218.104
    Definitions
    The following terms are defined for the purpose of this Part.
    “Accelacota” means a pharmaceutical coating operation
    which consists of a horizontally rotating perforated
    drum
    in which tablets are placed,
    a coating is applied
    by spraying, and the coating is dried by the flow of
    air across the drum through the perforations.
    “Accumulator” means the reservoir of a condensing unit
    receiving the condensate from a surface condenser.
    “Acid gases” means for the purposes of Section 9.4 of
    the Environmental Protection Act
    (the Act)
    (Ill. Rev.
    Stat.
    1987,
    ch. 111 1/2,
    par. 1009.4), hydrogen
    chloride, hydrogen fluoride and hydrogen bromide, which
    exist as gases,
    liquid mist, or any combination
    thereof.

    24
    “Actual emissions” means the actual quantity of VON
    emissions from an emission source during a particular
    time period.
    “Actual heat input” means the quantity of heat produced
    by the combustion of fuel using the gross heating value
    of the fuel.
    “Adhesive”
    means
    any
    substance
    or
    mixture
    of
    substances
    intended to serve as a joining compound.
    “Afterburner” means a control device in which materials
    in gaseous effluent are combusted.
    “Air contaminant” means any solid,
    liquid, or gaseous
    matter,
    any odor, or any form of energy, that is
    capable of being released into the atmosphere from an
    emission source.
    “Air dried coatings” means any coatings that dry by use
    of air or forced air at temperatures up to 363.15 K
    (194°F).
    “Air pollution” means the presence in the atmosphere of
    one or more air contaminants in sufficient quantities
    and of such characteristics and duration as to be
    injurious to human, plant,
    or animal
    life, to health,
    or to property, or to unreasonably interfere with the
    enjoyment
    of
    life
    or
    property.
    “Air
    pollution
    control
    equipment”
    means
    any
    equipment
    or facility of a type intended to eliminate, prevent,
    reduce or control the emission of specified air
    contaminants to the atmosphere.
    “Air suspension coater/dryer” means a pharmaceutical
    coating
    operation
    which consists of vertical chambers
    in
    which
    tablets
    or
    particles
    are placed, and a coating
    is applied and then dried while the tablets or
    particles are kept in a fluidized state by the passage
    of air upward through the chambers.
    “Airless spray” means a spray coating method in which
    the coating is atomized by forcing it through a small
    opening at high pressure.
    The coatingliquid is not
    mixed with air before exiting from the nozzle.
    “Air—assisted airless spray” means a spray coating
    method which combines compressed air with hydraulic
    pressure to atomize the coating material into finer
    droplets than is achieved with pure airless spray.
    Lower hydraulic pressure is used than with airless

    25
    spray.
    “Allowable emissions” means the quantity of VON
    emissions during a particular time period from a
    stationary source calculated using the maximum rated
    capacity of the source (unless restricted by federally
    enforceable limitations on operating rate, hours of
    operation, or both) and the most stringent of:
    the
    applicable standards in 40 CFR Parts 60 and 61; the
    applicable implementation plan; or a federally
    enforceable permit.
    “Ambient
    air
    quality
    standards”
    means
    those
    standards
    designed to protect the public health and welfare
    codified in 40 CFR Part 50
    and promulgated from time
    to time by the USEPA pursuant to authority contained in
    Section
    108
    of the Clean Air Act,
    42 U.S.C.
    7401 et
    seq.,
    as amended from time to time.
    “Applicator” means a device used ma
    coating line to
    apply
    coating.
    “As applied” means the exact formulation of a coating
    during application on or impregnation into a substrate.
    “Architectural coating” means any coating used for
    residential
    or
    commercial
    buildings
    or
    their
    appurtenances, or for industrial buildings, which is
    site applied.
    “Asphalt” means the dark—brown to black cementitious
    material (solid,
    semisolid, or liquid in consistency)
    of which the main constituents are bitumens which occur
    naturally or as a residue of petroleum refining.
    “Asphalt Prime Coat” means a low-viscosity liquid
    asphalt applied to an absorbent surface as the first of
    more than one asphalt coat.
    “Automobile” means a motor vehicle capable of carrying
    no more than 12 passengers.
    “Automobile or light-duty truck assembly plant” means a
    facility where parts are assembled or finished for
    eventual inclusion into a finished automobile or
    light-duty truck ready for sale to vehicle dealers, but
    not including customizers, body shops, and other
    repainters.
    “Automobile
    or light-duty truck refinishing” means the
    repainting of used automobiles and light-duty trucks.

    26
    “Baked coatings” means any coating which is cured or
    dried in an oven where the oven air temperature exceeds
    90°C
    (194°F).
    “Batch loading” means the process of loading a number
    of individual parts at the same time for degreasing.
    “Bead-dipping” means the dipping of an assembled tire
    bead into a solvent-based cement.
    “Binders” means organic materials and resins which do
    not contain VON.
    “Bituminous
    coatings”
    means
    black
    or
    brownish
    coating
    materials
    which
    are
    soluble
    in
    carbon
    disulfide,
    which
    consist
    mainly
    of
    hydrocarbons,
    and
    which are obtained
    from natural deposits or as residues from the
    distillation of crude oils or of low grades of coal.
    “British thermal unit” means the quantity of heat
    required to raise one pound of water from 60°Fto 61°F
    (abbreviated btu).
    “Brush or wipe coating” means a manual method of
    applying a coating using a brush, cloth, or similar
    object.
    “Bulk gasoline plant” means a gasoline storage and
    distribution facility with an average throughput of
    76,000 1 (20,000 gal) or less on a 30—day rolling
    average that distributes gasoline to gasoline
    dispensing
    facilities.
    “Bulk gasoline terminal” means any gasoline storage and
    distribution facility that receives gasoline by
    pipeline,
    ship
    or
    barge,
    and.distributes
    gasoline
    to
    bulk gasoline plants or gasoline dispensing facilities.
    “Can” means any metal container, with or without a top,
    cover, spout or handles,
    into which solid or liquid
    materials are packaged.
    “Can coating” means any coating applied on a single
    walled container that is manufactured from metal sheets
    thinner than 29 gauge
    (0.0141 in.).
    “Can
    coating
    facility”
    means
    a facility that includes
    one or more can coating line(s).
    “Can
    coating
    line” means a coating line in which any
    protective, decorative,
    or functional coating is
    applied onto the surface of cans or can components.

    27
    “Capture” means the containment or recovery of
    emissions
    from
    a
    process
    for
    direction into a duct
    which may be exhausted through a stack or vent to a
    control device.
    The overall abatement of emissions
    from
    a process with an add—on control device is a
    function both of the capture efficiency and of the
    control
    device.
    “Capture device” means a hood, enclosed room floor
    sweep or other means of collecting solvent or other
    pollutants into a duct.
    The pollutant can then be
    directed to a pollution control device such as an
    afterburner or carbon adsorber.
    Sometimes the term is
    used loosely to include the control device.
    “Capture efficiency” means the fraction of all VON
    generated by a process that are directed to an
    abatement
    or
    recovery
    device.
    “Capture system” means all equipment (including, but
    not limited to, hoods, ducts,
    fans, ovens, dryers,
    etc.) used to contain, collect and transport an air
    pollutant
    to
    a
    control
    device.
    “Clean Air Act” means the Clean Air Act of 1963, as
    amended, including the Clean Air Act Amendments of
    1977,
    (42 U.S
    C.
    7401
    et
    seq.), and the Clean Air Act
    Amendments
    of
    1990,
    (P.A.
    101549).
    “Clear coating” means coatings that lack color and
    opacity or are transparent using the undercoat as a
    reflectant
    base
    or undertone color.
    “Clear topcoat” means the final coating which contains
    binders, but not opaque pigments, and is specifically
    formulated to form a transparent or translucent solid
    protective
    film.
    “Closed purge system” means a system that is not open
    to the atmosphere and that is composed of piping,
    connections, and,
    if necessary, flow inducing devices
    that transport liquid or vapor from a piece or pieces
    of equipment to a control device, or return the liquid
    or vapor to the process line.
    “Closed vent system” means a system that is not open to
    the atmosphere and is composed of piping, connections,
    and,
    if necessary,
    flow inducing devices that transport
    gas or vapor from an emission source to a control
    device.

    28
    “Coating” means a material applied onto or impregnated
    into a substrate for protective, decorative,
    or
    functional purposes.
    Such materials include, but are
    not limited to, paints, varnishes,
    éealers, adhesives,
    thinners, diluents, and inks.
    “Coating applicator” means equipment used to apply a
    coating.
    “Coating line” means an operation consisting of a
    series of one or more coating applicators and any
    associated flash—off areas,
    drying areas,
    and
    ovens
    wherein a surface coating is applied, dried, or cured.
    (It is not necessary for an operation to have an oven,
    or flash-off area, or drying area to be included in
    this definition.)
    “Coating plant” means any plant that contains one or
    more coating line(s).
    “Coil” means any flat metal sheet or strip that is
    rolled or wound in concentric rings.
    “Coil coating” means any coating applied on any flat
    metal sheet or strip that comes
    in rolls or coils.
    “Coil coating facility” means a facility that includes
    one or more coil coating line(s).
    “Coil coating line” means a coating line in which any
    protective,
    decorative
    or
    functional
    coating
    is
    applied
    onto the surface of flat metal sheets, strips,
    rolls,
    or coils for industrial
    or commercial use.
    “Cold cleaning”
    means
    the process of cleaning and
    removing soils from surfaces by spraying, brushing,
    flushing, or immersion while maintaining the organic
    solvent below its boiling point.
    Wipe cleaning is not
    included in this definition.
    “Complete combustion” means a process in which all
    carbon contained in a fuel or gas stream is converted
    to carbon dioxide.
    “Component” means, with respect to synthetic organic
    chemical and polymer manufacturing equipment, and
    petroleum refining and related industries, any piece of
    equipment which has the potential to leak VON
    including, but not limited to, pump seals, compressor
    seals,
    seal oil degassing vents, pipeline valves,
    pressure relief devices,process drains, and open ended
    pipes.
    This definition excludes valves which are not

    29
    externally regulated,
    flanges, and equipment in heavy
    liquid service.
    For purposes of Subpart
    Q
    of this
    Part, this definition also excludes bleed ports of gear
    pumps in polymer service.
    “Concrete curing compounds” means any coating applied
    to freshly poured concrete to retard the evaporation of
    water.
    “Condensate” means volatile organic liquid separated
    from its associated gases, which condenses due to
    changes in the temperature or pressure and
    remains
    liquid at standard conditions.
    “Continuous process” means, with respect to polystyrene
    resin, a method of manufacture in which the styrene raw
    material is delivered on a continuous basis to the
    reactor in which the styrene is polymerized to
    polystyrene.
    “Control device” means equipment (such as an
    afterburner or adsorber) used to remove or prevent the
    emission of air pollutants from a contaminated exhaust
    stream.
    “Control device efficiency” means the ratio of the
    pollution prevented by a control device and the
    pollution introduced to the control device, expressed
    as a percentage.
    “Conveyorized degreasing” means the continuous process
    of cleaning and removing soils from surfaces utilizing
    either cold or vaporized solvents.
    “Crude oil” means a naturally occurring mixture which
    consists of hydrocarbons and sulfur, nitrogen, or
    oxygen derivatives of hydrocarbons and which is a
    liquid at standard conditions.
    “Crude oil gathering” means the transportation of crude
    oil or condensate after custody transfer between a
    production facility and a reception point.
    “Custody transfer” means the transfer of produced
    petroleum and/or condensate after processing and/or
    treating in the producing operations,
    from storage
    tanks or automatic transfer facilities to pipelines or
    any other forms of transportation.
    “Cutback asphalt” means any asphalt which has been
    liquifled by blending with petroleum solvents other
    than residual fuel oil and has not been emulsified with

    30
    water.
    “Daily—weighted average VON content” means the average
    VON content of two or more coatings-as applied on a
    coating line during any day, taking into account the
    fraction of total coating volume that each coating
    represents, as calculated with the following equation:
    VOMW
    =
    ~
    V1C~/V1
    =1
    where:
    VOMW
    =
    The average VON content of two or more
    coatings as applied each day on
    a
    coating line in units of kg VON/i
    (lbs
    VON/gal) of coating
    (minus water and any
    compounds which are specifically
    exempted from the definition of VON),
    n
    =
    The number of different coatings as
    applied each day on a coating line,
    V~
    The volume of each coating (minus water
    and any compounds which are specifically
    exempted from the definition of VON) as
    applied each day on a coating line in
    units of
    1
    (gal).
    C~
    =
    The VON content of each coating as
    applied each day on a coating line in
    units of kg VON/i
    (lbs VON/gal)
    of
    coating (minus water and any compounds
    which are specifically exempted from the
    definition of VON), and
    V1
    =
    The total volume of all coatings (minus
    water and any compounds which are
    specifically exempted from the
    definition of VON) as applied each day
    on a coating line in units of 1
    (gal).
    “Day” means the consecutive 24 hours beginning at 12:00
    AM (midnight)
    local time.
    “Degreaser” means any equipment or system used in
    solvent cleaning.
    “Delivery vessel” means any tank truck or trailer
    equipped with a storage tank that is used for the
    transport of gasoline to a stationary storage tank at a

    31
    gasoline dispensing facility, bulk gasoline plant, or
    bulk gasoline terminal.
    “Dip coating” means a method of applying coatings in
    which the part is submerged in a tank filled with the
    coating.
    “Distillate fuel oil” means fuel oils of grade No.
    1 or
    2 as specified in detailed requirements for fuel oil
    ASTM D—369—69
    (1971).
    “Dry cleaning facility” means a facility engaged in the
    cleaning of fabrics using an essentially nonaqueous
    solvent by means of one or more solvent washes,
    extraction of excess solvent by spinning and drying by
    tumbling in an airstreain.
    The facility includes, but
    is not limited to, washers, dryers,
    filter and
    purification systems, waste disposal systems, holding
    tanks, pumps and attendant piping and valves.
    “Effluent water separator” means any tank,
    box,
    suinp or
    other apparatus
    in which any organic material floating
    on or entrained or contained in water entering such
    tank, box, sump or other apparatus is physically
    separated and removed from such water prior to outfall,
    drainage or recovery of such water.
    “Electrostatic bell or disc spray” means an
    electrostatic spray coating method in which a
    rapidly-spinning bell- or disc-shaped applicator is
    used to create a fine mist and apply the coating with
    high transfer efficiency.
    “Electrostatic spray” means a spray coating method in
    which opposite electrical charges are applied to the
    substrate and the coating.
    The coating is attracted to
    the object due to the electrostatic potential between
    them.
    “Emission rate” means total quantity of any air
    contaminant discharge into the atmosphere in any
    one—hour period.
    “Emission source” and “source” mean any facility from
    which VON is emitted or capable of being emitted into
    the atmosphere.
    “Enamel” means
    a coating that cures by chemical
    cross-linking
    of
    its
    base
    resin.
    Enamels
    can
    be
    distinguished from lacquers because enamels are not
    readily resoluble in their original solvent.

    32
    “Enclose” means to cover any VOL surface that is
    exposed to the atmosphere.
    “End sealing compound coat” means a~compoundapplied to
    can ends which functions as a gasket when the end is
    assembled onto the can.
    “Excess air” means air supplied in addition to the
    theoretical
    quantity
    necessary
    for
    complete
    combustion
    of all fuel and/or combustible waste material.
    “Excessive release” means a discharge of more than 295
    g
    (0.65 lbs)
    of mercaptans and/or hydrogen sulfide into
    the atmosphere in any 5—minute period.
    “Exterior base coat” means a coating applied to the
    exterior of a can body, or flat sheet to provide
    protection to the metal or to provide background for
    any lithographic or printing operation.
    “Exterior end coat” means a coating applied to the
    exterior end of a can to provide protection to the
    metal.
    “External—floating roof” means a cover over an open top
    storage tank consisting of a double deck or pontoon
    single deck which rests upon and is supported by the
    volatile organic liquid being contained and is equipped
    with a closure seal or seals to close the space between
    the roof edge and tank shell.
    “Extreme environmental conditions” means exposure to
    any or all of the following: ambient weather
    conditions; temperatures consistently above 95°C
    (203
    °F);
    detergents; abrasive and scouring agents;
    solvents; or corrosive atmospheres.
    “Extreme performance coating” means any coating which
    during intended use is exposed to extreme environmental
    conditions.
    “Fabric coating” means any coating applied on textile
    fabric.
    Fabric coating includes the application of
    coatings by impregnation.
    “Fabric coating facility” means a facility that
    includes one or more fabric coating lines.
    “Fabric coating line” means a coating line in which any
    protective,
    decorative,
    or functional coating or
    reinforcing material is applied on or impregnated into
    a textile fabric.

    33
    “Federally enforceable” means all limitations and
    conditions which are enforceable by the Administrator
    including those requirements developed pursuant to 40
    CFR Parts 60 and 61; requirements within any applicable
    implementation plan;
    and any permit requirements
    established pursuant to 40 CFR 52.21 or under
    regulations approved pursuant to 40 CFR Part 51 Subpart
    I and 40 CFR 51.166.
    “Final repair coat” means the repainting of any topcoat
    which is damaged during vehicle assembly.
    “Firebox” means the chamber or compartment of a boiler
    or furnace in which materials are burned, but not the
    combustion chamber or afterburner of an incinerator.
    “Fixed—roof tank” means a cylindrical shell with a
    permanently affixed roof.
    “Flexographic printing” means the application of words,
    designs, and pictures to a substrate by means of a roll
    printing technique in which the pattern to be applied
    is raised above the printing roll and the image carrier
    is made of elastomeric materials.
    “Flexographic printing line” means a printing line in
    which each roll printer uses a roll with raised areas
    for applying an image such as words,
    designs, or
    pictures to a substrate.
    The image carrier on the roll
    is made of
    rubber
    or other elastomeric material.
    “Floating roof” means a roof on a stationary tank,
    reservoir,
    or other container which moves vertically
    upon change in volume of the stored material.
    “Fountain solution” means the solution which is applied
    to the image plate to maintain hydrophilic properties
    of the non—image areas.
    “Freeboard height” means for open top vapor degreasers,
    the distance from the top of the vapor zone to the top
    of the degreaser tank.
    For cold cleaning degreasers,
    the distance from the solvent to the top of the
    degreaser tank.
    “Fuel combustion emission source” means any furnace,
    boiler, or similar equipment used for the primary
    purpose of producing heat or power by indirect heat
    transfer.
    “Fuel
    gas
    system”
    means
    a
    system
    for
    collection
    of

    34
    refinery fuel gas including, but not limited to, piping
    for collecting tail gas from various -process units,
    mixing
    drums
    and
    controls,
    and
    distribution
    piping.
    “Gas service” means that the component contains process
    fluid that is in the gaseous state at operating
    conditions.
    “Gas/gas method” means either of two methods for
    determining capture which rely only on gas phase
    measurements.
    The first method requires construction
    of a temporary total enclosure
    (TTE)
    to ensure that all
    would—be fugitive emissions are measured.
    The second
    method uses the building or room which houses the
    facility
    as
    an
    enclosure.
    The
    second
    method
    requires
    that all other VON sources within the room be shut down
    while the test is performed, but all fans and blowers
    within the room must be operated according to normal
    procedures.
    “Gasoline” means any petroleum distillate or petroleum
    distillate/alcohol blend having a Reid vapor pressure
    of 27.6 kPa or greater which is used as a fuel for
    internal combustion engines.
    “Gasoline dispensing facility” means any site where
    gasoline is transferred from a stationary storage tank
    to a motor vehicle gasoline tank used to provide fuel
    to the engine of that motor vehicle.
    “Green tire spraying” means the spraying of green
    tires, both inside and outside, with release compounds
    which help remove air from the tire during molding and
    prevent the tire from sticking to the mold after
    curing.
    “Green tires” means assembled tires before molding and
    curing have occurred.
    “Gross vehicle weight” means the manufacturer’s gross
    weight rating for the individual vehicle.
    “Gross vehicle weight rating” means the value specified
    by the manufacturer as the maximum design loaded weight
    of
    a
    single
    vehicle.
    “Heated airless spray” means an airless spray coating
    method in which the coating is heated just prior to
    application.
    “Heatset” means a class of web—offset lithography which
    requires a heated dryer to solidify the printing inks.

    35
    “Heatset-web-offset lithographic printing line” means a
    lithographic printing line in which a blanket cylinder
    is used to transfer ink from a plate cylinder to a
    substrate continuously fed from a rOll, or an extension
    process and an oven is used to solidify the printing
    inks.
    “Heavy liquid” means liquid with a true vapor pressure
    of less than 0.3 kPa (0.04 psi) at 294.3°K(70°F)
    established in a standard reference text or as
    determined by ASTM method D2879-86 (incorporated by
    reference in Section 218.112); or which has 0.1 Reid
    Vapor Pressure as determined by ASTM method D323-82
    (incorporated by reference in Section 218.112); or
    which when distilled requires a temperature of 42l.95’K
    (300°F)or greater to recover 10 percent of the
    -
    liquid
    as determined by ASTN method D86-82
    (incorporated by
    reference in Section 218.112).
    “Heavy off-highway vehicle products” means,
    for the
    purpose of Subpart F of this Part,
    heavy construction,
    mining,
    farming, or material handling equipment; heavy
    industrial engines; diesel-electric locomotives and
    associated power generation equipment; and the
    components of such equipment or engines.
    “Heavy off-highway vehicle products coating facility”
    means a facility that includes one or more heavy
    off—highway vehicle products coating line(s).
    “Heavy off—highway vehicle products coating line” means
    a coating line in which any protective, decorative, or
    functional coating is applied onto the surface of heavy
    off-highway vehicle products.
    “High temperature aluminum coating” means a coating
    that is certified to withstand a temperature of 537.8°C
    (1000°F)for 24 hours.
    “Hood” means a partial enclosure or canopy for
    capturing and exhausting,
    by means of a draft, the
    organic vapors or other fumes rising from a coating
    process or other source.
    “Hood capture efficiency” means the emissions from a
    process which are captured by the hood and directed
    into a control device, expressed as a percentage of all
    emissions.
    “Hot well” means the reservoir of a condensing unit
    receiving the condensate from a barometric condenser.

    36
    “Hour” means a block period of 60 minutes
    (e.g.,
    1:00am
    to 2:00am).
    “In—process
    tank”
    means
    a
    container
    used
    for
    mixing,
    blending,
    heating,
    reacting,
    holding,
    crystallizing,
    evaporating or cleaning operations in the manufacture
    of pharmaceuticals.
    “In-situ sampling systems” means nonextractive samplers
    or in—line samplers.
    “In vacuum service” means,
    for the purpose of Subpart Q
    of this Part, equipment which is operating at an
    internal pressure that is at least
    5 kPa
    (0.73 psia)
    below ambient pressure.
    “Incinerator” means a combustion apparatus in which
    refuse
    is burned.
    “Indirect heat transfer” means transfer of heat in such
    a way that the source of heat does not come into direct
    contact
    with
    process
    materials.
    “Ink” means a coating used in printing,
    impressing, or
    transferring an image onto a substrate.
    “Interior body spray coat” means a coating applied by
    spray to the interior of a can body.
    “Internal-floating roof” means a cover or roof in a
    fixed-roof tank which rests upon and is supported by
    the volatile organic liquid being contained and is
    equipped with a closure seal or seals to close the
    space between the roof edge and tank shell.
    “Lacquers” means any clear wood finishes formulated
    with nitrocellulose or synthetic resins to dry by
    evaporation without chemical reaction, including clear
    lacquer sanding sealers.
    “Large appliance” means any residential and commercial
    washers, dryers, ranges, refrigerators, freezers, water
    heaters, dishwashers, trash compactors,
    air
    conditioners, and other similar products.
    “Large appliance coating” means any coating applied to
    the component metal parts (including, but not limited
    to,
    doors, cases,
    lids, panels, and interior support
    parts)
    of residential and commercial washers, dryers,
    ranges,
    refrigerators, freezers, water heaters,
    dishwashers, trash compactors, air conditioners, and

    37
    other similar products.
    “Large appliance coating facility” means a facility
    that includes one or more large appI-~ancecoating
    line(s)
    “Large appliance coating line” means a coating line in
    which any protective,
    decorative, or functional coating
    is applied onto the surface of large appliances.
    “Light liquid” means VON in the liquid state which is
    not defined as heavy liquid.
    “Light—duty truck” means any motor vehicle rated at
    3,850 kg gross vehicle weight or less, designed mainly
    to transport property.
    “Liquid/gas method” means either of two methods for
    determining capture which require both gas phase and
    liquid phase measurements and ana1ysis~ The first
    method requires construction of a TTE.
    The second
    method uses the building or room which houses the
    facility as an enclosure.
    The second method requires
    that all other VON sources within the room be shut down
    while the test is performed, but all fans and blowers
    within the room must be operated according to normal
    procedures.
    “Liquid—mounted
    seal”
    means
    a
    primary
    seal mounted in
    continuous contact with the liquid between the tank
    wall and the floating roof edge around the
    circumference of the roof.
    “Liquid service” means that the equipment or component
    contains process fluid that is in a liquid state at
    operating conditions.
    “Liquids dripping” means any visible leaking from a
    seal. including spraying, misting, clouding and ice
    formation.
    “Lithographic printing line” means a printing line,
    except that the substrate is not necessarily fed from
    an unwinding roll,
    in which each roll printer uses a
    roll where both the image and non—image areas are
    essentially in the same plane (planographic).
    “Low solvent coating” means a coating which contains
    less organic solvent than the conventional coatings
    used by the industry.
    Low solvent coatings include
    water-borne, higher solids, electro—deposition and
    powder coatings.

    38
    “Magnet wire” means aluminum or copper wire formed into
    an electromagnetic coil.
    “Magnet wire coating” means any coating or electrically
    insulating varnish or enamel applied to magnet wire.
    “Magnet wire coating facility” means a facility that
    includes one or more magnet wire coating line(s).
    “Magnet wire coating line” means a coating line in
    which any protective,
    decorative, or functional coating
    is applied onto the surface of a magnet wire.
    “Malfunction” means any sudden and unavoidable failure
    of air pollution control equipment, process equipment,
    or a process to operate in a normal or usual manner.
    Failures that are caused entirely or in part by poor
    maintenance, careless operation, or any other
    preventable
    upset
    condition
    or
    preventable
    equipment
    breakdown shall not be considered malfunctions.
    !‘Manufacturing process” means a method whereby a
    process emission source or series of process emission
    sources is used to convert raw materials,
    feed stocks,
    subassemblies,
    or other components into a product,
    either for sale or for use as a component in a
    subsequent manufacturing process.
    “Material recovery section” means any equipment
    designed to transport and recover styrene monomer and
    other impurities from other products and by-products in
    a polystyrene plant, including but not limited to the
    styrene devolatilizer unit and styrene recovery unit.
    “Maximum theoretical emissions” means the quantity of
    volatile organic material emissions that theoretically
    could
    be
    emitted
    by
    a
    stationary source before add—on
    controls based on the design capacity or maximum
    production capacity of the source and 8760 hours per
    year.
    The
    design
    capacity
    or
    maximum
    production
    capacity
    includes
    use
    of
    coating(s)
    or
    ink(s) with the
    highest volatile organic material content actually used
    in practice by the source.
    Provided. however, the
    A~encv shall,
    when
    apProDriate.
    and
    upon reauest by the
    permit at~1lcant.
    limit
    the
    “maximum theoretical
    emissions”
    of a source by the imposition of conditions
    in a federally enforceable oierating permit for such
    source.
    Such
    conditions
    shall.
    not
    be
    inconsistent
    with
    requirement
    of
    the
    Clean
    Air
    Act,
    as
    amended,
    or
    any
    a~rnlicablerequirements established by the Board.
    Such
    conditions shall be established in ~1ace of design

    39
    catacity of maximum production capacity in calculating
    the “maximum theoretical emissions” for such source and
    may include, among other things. the establishment of
    production
    limitations,
    capacity
    1i~itations.
    emission
    limitations, or limitations on the volatile organic
    material content of coatinas or inks, or the hours of
    operation of any emission source, or a combination of
    any such limitations.
    Production
    or
    capacity
    limitations
    shall
    be
    established
    on
    basis
    of
    no
    longer
    than
    one
    month
    exceot
    in
    those
    cases where a limit
    spanning p longer
    period
    of time is
    aDoroDriate.
    In
    such cases,
    a “rolling limit”
    shall. be em~loved. Any
    production or ca~acitvlimitations shall be verified
    through appropriate recordkeeping.
    (Board
    Note:
    The
    USEPA
    may
    deem
    operating
    permits
    which do nOt conform to the operatina permit program
    reauirements and the reauirements of USEPA’s underlying
    reaulations. including the reauirement that limitations
    be quantifiable and enforceable as a practical matter,
    not “federally enforceable.”)
    “Metal furniture” means a furniture piece including,
    but
    not
    limited
    to,
    tables,
    chairs,
    waste
    baskets,
    beds, desks, lockers, benches, shelving, file cabinets,
    lamps,
    and
    room
    dividers.
    “Metal
    furniture
    coating”
    means
    any
    non—adhesive
    coating applied to any furniture piece made of metal or
    any metal part which is or will be assembled with other
    metal,
    wood, fabric, plastic or glass parts to form a
    furniture piece including, but not limited to,
    tables,
    chairs, waste baskets, beds, desks, lockers, benches,
    shelving, file cabinets, lamps, and room dividers.
    This definition shall not apply to any coating line
    coating miscellaneous metal parts or products.
    “Metal furniture coating facility” means a facility
    that includes one or more metal furniture coating
    line(s).
    “Metal furniture coating line” means a coating line in
    which any protective, decorative, or functional coating
    is applied onto the surface of metal furniture.
    “Metallic shoe-type seal” means a primary or secondary
    seal constructed of metal sheets (shoes) which are
    joined together to form a ring,
    springs, or levers
    which attach the shoes to the floating roof and hold
    the shoes against the tank wall, and a coated fabric
    which is suspended from the shoes to the floating roof.

    40
    “Miscellaneous
    fabricated
    product
    manufacturing
    process”
    means:
    A
    manufacturing
    process
    involving
    one
    or
    more
    of
    the
    following
    applications,
    including
    any
    drying
    and curing of formulations, and capable of
    emitting VON:
    Adhesives to fabricate or assemble components
    or
    products
    Asphalt
    solutions
    to
    paper
    or
    fiberboard
    Asphalt
    to
    paper
    or
    felt
    Coatings
    or
    dye
    to
    leather
    Coatings
    to
    plastic
    Coatings to
    rubber
    or glass
    Disinfectant material to manufactured items
    Plastic
    foam
    scrap
    or
    “fluff”
    from
    the
    manufacture of foam containers and packaging
    material
    to
    form
    resin
    pallets
    Resin
    solutions
    to
    fiber
    substances
    Viscose solutions for food casings
    The
    storage
    and
    handling
    of
    formulations
    associated with the process described above, and
    the
    use
    and
    handling of organic liquids and other
    substances
    for
    clean—up
    operations
    associated
    with
    the process described in this definition.
    “Miscellaneous formulation manufacturing process”
    means:
    A manufacturing process which compounds one or
    more of the following and is capable of emitting
    VON:
    Adhesives
    Asphalt solutions
    Caulks, sealants, or waterproofing agents
    Coatings, other than paint and ink

    41
    Concrete curing compounds
    Dyes
    Friction materials and compounds
    Resin
    solutions
    Rubber solutions
    Viscose solutions
    The storage and handling of formulations
    associated with the process described above, and
    the use and handling of organic liquids and other
    substances
    for
    clean—up operations associated with
    the
    process
    described in this definition.
    “Miscellaneous metal parts or products” means any metal
    part or metal product, even if -~attachedto or combined
    with a nonmetal part or product, except cans, coils,
    metal
    furniture, large appliances, magnet wire,
    automobiles, ships, and airplane bodies.
    “Miscellaneous metal parts and products coating” means
    any coating applied to any metal part or metal product,
    even if attached to or combined with a nonmetal part or
    product, except cans,
    coils, metal furniture,
    large
    appliances, and magnet wire.
    Prime coat, prime
    surfacer
    coat,
    topcoat,
    and final repair coat for
    automobiles and light-duty trucks are not miscellaneous
    metal parts and products coatings.
    However, underbody
    anti-chip (e.g., underbody plastisol) automobile, and
    light-duty truck coatings are miscellaneous metal parts
    and products coatings.
    Also, automobile or light-duty
    truck refinishing coatings, coatings applied to the
    exterior of marine vessels, coatings applied to the
    exterior of airplanes, and the customized topcoating of
    automobiles and trucks if production is less than 35
    vehicles per day are not miscellaneous metal parts and
    products coatings.
    “Miscellaneous metal parts or products coating
    facility” means a facility that includes one or more
    miscellaneous metal parts or products coating lines.
    “Miscellaneous metal parts or products coating line”
    means
    a coating line in which any protective,
    decorative,
    or functional coating is applied onto the
    surface of miscellaneous metal parts or products.
    “Miscellaneous organic chemical manufacturing process”

    42
    means:
    A manufacturing process which produces by chemical.
    reaction, one or more of the following organic
    compounds or mixtures of organic compounds and
    which is capable of emitting VON:
    Chemicals listed in Appendix A of this Part
    Chlorinated and sulfonated compounds
    Cosmetic,
    detergent, soap, or surfactant
    intermediaries or specialties and products
    Disinfectants
    Food additives
    Oil and petroleum product additives
    Plasticizers
    Resins or polymers
    Rubber
    additives
    Sweeteners
    Varnishes
    The
    storage
    and
    handling
    of formulations
    associated with the process described above and
    the
    use and handling of organic liquids and other
    substances
    for
    clean—up
    operations
    associated
    with
    the
    process
    described
    in
    this
    definition.
    “Monitor” means to measure and record.
    “Multiple package coating” means a coating made from
    more than one different ingredient which must be mixed
    prior to using and has a limited pot life due to the
    chemical reaction which occurs upon mixing.
    “No detectable volatile organic material emissions”
    means a discharge of volatile organic material into the
    atmosphere as indicated by an instrument reading of
    less
    than
    500
    ppm above background as determined in
    accordance
    with
    40
    CFR 60.485(c).
    “Offset” means,
    with respect to printing and publishing
    operations,
    use of a blanket cylinder to transfer ink
    from the plate cylinder to the surface to be printed.

    43
    “Opaque stains” means all stains that are not
    semi—transparent stains.
    “Open top vapor degr’easing” means the batch process of
    cleaning and removing soils from surfaces by condensing
    hot solvent vapor on the colder metal parts.
    “Open—ended
    valve” means any valve, except pressure
    relief devices, having one side of the valve in contact
    with
    process
    fluid
    and
    one
    side
    open
    to
    the atmosphere,
    either
    directly or through open piping.
    “Operator of gasoline dispensing facility” means any
    person who is the lessee of or operates, controls or
    supervises a gasoline dispensing facility.
    “Organic compound” means any compound of carbon,
    excluding carbon monoxide, carbon dioxide, carbonic
    acid, metallic carbides or carbonates, and ammoniuin
    carbonate.
    “Organic material” means any chemical compound of
    carbon including diluents and thinners which are
    liquids at standard conditions and which are used as
    dissolvers,
    viscosity
    reducers,
    or
    cleaning agents, but
    excluding methane, carbon monoxide, carbon dioxide,
    carbonic acid, metallic carbonic acid, metallic
    carbide, metallic carbonates, and ammonium carbonate.
    “Organic vapor” means the gaseous phase of an organic
    material or a mixture of organic materials present in
    the
    atmosphere.
    “Oven” means a chamber within which heat
    is
    used
    for
    one
    or
    more
    of
    the
    following
    purposes:
    dry,
    bake,
    cure, or polymerize a coating or ink.
    “Overall control” means the product of the capture
    efficiency and the control device efficiency.
    “Overvarnish” means a transparent coating applied
    directly over ink or coating.
    “Owner of gasoline dispensing facility” means any
    person who has legal or equitable title to a stationary
    storage tank at a gasoline dispensing facility.
    “Owner or operator” means any person who owns,
    operates,
    leases,
    controls, or supervises an emission
    source or air pollution control equipment.

    44
    “Packaging rotogravure printing” means rotogravure
    printing upon paper, paper board, metal foil, plastic
    film, and other substrates, which are, in subsequent
    operations,
    formed into packaging products or labels
    for articles to be sold.
    “Packaging rotogravure printing line” means a
    rotogravure printing line in which surface coatings are
    applied to paper, paperboard,
    foil,
    film, or other
    substrates which are to be used to produce containers,
    packaging products, or labels for articles.
    “Paint manufacturing plant” means a plant that mixes,
    blends, or compounds enamels, lacquers, sealers,
    shellacs, stains, varnishes,
    or pigmented surface
    coatings.
    “Paper coating” means any coating applied on paper,
    plastic film, or metallic foil to make certain
    products,
    including
    (but
    not
    limited to) adhesive tapes
    and labels, book covers, post cards,
    office copier
    paper, drafting paper, or pressure sensitive tapes.
    Paper
    coating
    includes
    the
    application
    of
    coatings
    by
    impregnation and/or saturation.
    “Paper
    coating
    facility”
    means
    a facility that includes
    one
    or
    more
    paper
    coating
    lines.
    “Paper
    coating
    line”
    means
    a
    coating line in which any
    protective, decorative,
    or functional coating is
    applied on, saturated into,
    or impregnated into paper,
    plastic film, or metallic foil to make certain
    products,
    including (but not limited to) adhesive tapes
    and
    labels,
    book covers, post cards, office copier
    paper,
    drafting paper, and pressure sensitive tapes.
    “Parts per million (volume)” means a volume/volume
    ratio
    which
    expresses
    the
    volumetric
    concentration
    of
    gaseous
    air
    contaminant
    in
    a
    million
    unit
    volume
    of
    gas.
    “Person” means any individual,
    corporation,
    partnership, association, State, municipality,
    political
    subdivision
    of
    a
    State;
    any
    agency,
    department, or instrumentality of the United States;
    and any officer, agent,
    or employee thereof.
    “Petroleum”
    means
    the
    crude
    oil
    removed
    from
    the
    earth
    and
    the
    oils
    derived
    from
    tar
    sands,
    shale,
    and
    coal.
    “Petroleum liquid” means crude oil, condensate or any
    finished or intermediate product manufactured at a

    45
    petroleum
    refinery,
    but
    not including Number
    2 through
    Number
    6
    fuel
    oils
    as
    specified
    in
    ASTM D—396—69, gas
    turbine fuel oils Numbers 2-GT through 4-GT as
    specified in ASTN D-2880-7l or diesil fuel oils Numbers
    2—D and 4—D, as specified in ASTM D—975—68.
    “Petroleum refinery” means any facility engaged in
    producing gasoline, kerosene, distillate fuel oils,
    residual fuel oils,
    lubricants, or other products
    through distillation of petroleum, or through
    redistillation,
    cracking, or reforming of unfinished
    petroleum derivatives.
    “Pharmaceutical” means any compound or mixture, other
    than
    food,
    used
    in
    the
    prevention,
    diagnosis,
    alleviation,
    treatment,
    or
    cure of disease in human and
    animal.
    “Pharmaceutical coating operation” means a device in
    which a coating is applied to a pharmaceutical,
    including air drying or curing of the coating.
    “Photochemically reactive material” means any organic
    material
    with
    an
    aggregate
    of more than
    20
    percent
    of
    its
    total
    volume
    composed of the chemical compounds
    classified
    below
    or
    the
    composition
    of
    which
    exceeds
    any of the following individual percentage composition
    limitations.
    Whenever any photochemically reactive
    material
    or
    any
    constituent
    of
    any
    organic material may
    be
    classified
    from
    its
    chemical structure into more
    than
    one
    of
    the
    above
    groups
    of
    organic
    materials
    it
    shall
    be
    considered
    as
    a
    member
    of
    the
    most
    reactive
    group, that is, the group having the least allowable
    percent of the total organic materials.
    A combination of hydrocarbons, alcohols,
    aldehydes, esters, ethers or ketones having an
    olefinic
    or
    cyclo—olefinic
    types of unsaturation:
    5 percent.
    This definition does not apply to
    perchloroethylene or trichloroethylene.
    A combination of aromatic compounds with eight or
    more carbon atoms to the molecule except
    ethylbenzene:
    8 percent.
    A combination of ethylbenzene, ketones having
    branched
    hydrocarbon structures or toluene:
    20
    percent.
    “Pigmented coatings” means opaque coatings containing
    binders and colored pigments which are formulated to
    conceal the wood surface either as an undercoat or

    46
    topcoat.
    “Plant”
    means
    all
    of
    the
    pollutant-emitting
    activities
    which belong to the same industrial grouping, are
    located on one or more contiguous or adjacent
    properties,
    and are under the control of the same
    person
    (or persons under common control), except the
    activities of any marine vessel.
    Pollutant-emitting
    activities shall be considered as part of the same
    industrial grouping if they belong to the same “Major
    Group”
    (i.e.,
    which have the same two—digit code)
    as
    described in the “Standard Industrial Classification
    Manual,
    1987”
    (incorporated by reference in Section
    218.112).
    “Plasticizers”
    means
    a
    substance
    added
    to
    a
    polymer
    composition
    to
    soften
    and
    add
    flexibility
    to
    the
    product.
    “Pneumatic rubber tire manufacture” means the
    production of pneumatic rubber tires with a bead
    4iameter
    up
    to
    but
    not including 20.0 inches and cross
    section dimension up to 12.8 inches, but not including
    specialty
    tires
    for antique or other vehicles when
    produced on equipment separate from normal production
    lines
    for
    passenger
    or
    truck
    type
    tires.
    “Polystyrene plant” means any plant using styrene to
    manufacture polystyrene resin.
    “Polystyrene resin” means substance consisting of
    styrene polymer and additives which is manufactured at
    a polystyrene plant.
    “Pressure release” means the emission of materials
    resulting from system pressure being greater than set
    pressure of the pressure relief device.
    “Pressure tank” means
    a tank in which fluids are stored
    at a pressure greater than atmospheric pressure.
    “Prime coat” means the first of two or more coatings
    applied
    to
    a surface.
    “Prime surfacer coat” means a coating used to touch up
    areas on the surface of automobile or light—duty truck
    bodies
    not
    adequately
    covered
    by
    the
    prime
    coat
    before
    application of the top coat.
    The prime surfacer coat
    is applied between the prime coat and topcoat.
    An
    anti-chip coating applied to main body parts
    (e.g.,
    rocker panels, bottom of doors and fenders, and leading
    edge of roof)
    is a prim, surfacer coat.

    47
    “Primers” means any coatings formulated and applied to
    substrates to provide a
    firm
    bond between the substrate
    and subsequent coats.
    “Printing” means the application of words, designs, and
    pictures to a substrate using ink.
    “Printing line” means an operation consisting of a
    series of one or more roll printers and any associated
    roll coaters, drying areas, and ovens wherein one or
    more coatings are applied, dried, and/or cured.
    “Process” means any stationary emission source other
    than a fuel combustion emission source or an
    incinerator.
    “Process unit” means components assembled to produce,
    as intermediate or final products, one or moreof the
    chemicals listed in 35 Ill. Ada. Code 218 Appendix A.
    A process unit can operate independently if supplied
    with sufficient feed or raw materials and sufficient
    storage facilities for the product.
    “Process unit shutdown” means a work practice or
    operational procedure that stops production from a
    process unit or part of a process unit.
    An unscheduled
    work practice or operational procedure that stops
    production from a process unit or part of a process
    unit for less than 24 hours is not a process unit
    shutdown.
    The use of spare components and technically
    feasible
    bypassing
    of
    components
    without
    stopping
    production is not a process unit shutdown.
    “Production equipment exhaust system”
    means
    a system
    for collecting and directing into the atmosphere
    emissions of volatile organic material from reactors,
    centrifuges, and other process emission sources.
    “Publication rotogravure printing line” means a
    rotogravure printing line in which coatings are applied
    to
    paper
    which
    is
    subsequently
    formed
    into
    books,
    magazines, catalogues,
    brochures, directories,
    newspaper supplements, or other types of printed
    material.
    “Purged process fluid” means liquid or vapor from a
    process unit that contains volatile organic material
    and that results from flushing or cleaning the sample
    line(s)
    of a process unit so that an uncontaminated
    sample may then be taken for testing or analysis.

    48
    “Reactor” means a vat, vessel, or other device in which
    chemical reactions take place.
    “Reasonably Available Control Technology
    (RACT)” means
    the lowest emission limitation that an emission source
    is capable of meeting by the application of control
    technology that is reasonably available considering
    technological and economic feasibility.
    “Refiner” means any person who owns, leases, operates,
    controls, or supervises a refinery.
    “Refinery fuel gas” means any gas which is generated by
    a petroleum refinery process unit and which is
    combusted at the refinery, including any gaseous
    mixture of natural gas and fuel gas.
    “Refinery unit, process unit or
    unit”
    means a set of
    components which are a part of a basic process
    operation such as distillation, hydrotreating,
    cracking, or reforming of hydrocarbons.
    “Refrigerated condenser” means a surface condenser in
    which the coolant supplied to the condenser has been
    cooled by a mechanical device, other than by a cooling
    tower or evaporative spray cooling, such as
    refrigeration unit or steam chiller unit.
    “Reid vapor pressure” means the standardized measure of
    the vapor pressure of a liquid in pounds per square
    inch absolute
    (psia)
    at 100F
    (37.8’C).
    “Repair coatings” means coatings used to correct
    imperfections or damage to furniture surface.
    “Repaired” means,
    for the purpose of Subpart
    Q
    of this
    part, that equipment component has been adjusted, or
    otherwise altered, to eliminate a leak.
    “Residtlal fuel oil” means fuel oils of grade No.
    4,
    5
    and 6 as specified in detailed requirements for fuel
    oils A.S.T.M. D—396—69
    (1971).
    “Retail outlet” means any gasoline dispensing facility
    at which gasoline is sold or offered for sale for use
    in motor vehicles.
    “Roll coater” means an apparatus in which a uniform
    layer of coating is applied by means of one or more
    rolls across the entire width of a moving substrate
    “Roll printer” means an apparatus used in the

    49
    application of words, designs, or pictures to a
    substrate, usually by means of one ormore rolls each
    with only partial coverage.
    “Roll printing” means the application of words,
    designs, and pictures to a substrate usually by means
    of a series of hard rubber or metal rolls each with
    only partial coverage.
    “Roller coating” means a method of applying a coating
    to a sheet or strip in which the coating is transferred
    by a roller or series of rollers.
    “Rolling limit” means that a limit or limitation must
    not exceed an annual limit rolled on a monthly basis;
    that is.
    a monthly production or capacity level must be
    determined for each parameter subiect to a production
    or capacity limitation and added to the eleven prior
    monthly levels for monthly comparison with the annual
    limit.
    “Rotogravure printing” means the application of words,
    designs, and pictures to a substrate by means of a roll
    printing technique in which the pattern to be applied
    is recessed relative to the non—image area.
    “Rotogravure printing line” means a printing line in
    which each roll printer uses a roll with recessed areas
    for applying an image to a substrate.
    “Safety
    relief
    valve”
    means
    a
    valve
    which
    is
    normally
    closed and which is designed to open in order to
    relieve excessive pressures within a vessel or pipe.
    “Sanding sealers” means any coatings formulated for and
    applied to bare wood for sanding and to seal the wood
    for subsequent application of varnish.
    To be
    considered a sanding sealer a coating must be clearly
    labelled as such.
    “Sealer” means a coating containing binders which seals
    wood prior to the application of the
    subsequent
    coatings.
    “Sensor” means a device that measures a physical
    quantity or the change in a physical quantity such as
    temperature, pressure, flow rate, pH, or liquid level.
    “Semi—transparent stains” means stains containing dyes
    or semi- transparent pigments which are formulated to
    enhance
    wood
    grain
    and
    change
    the
    color of the surface
    but not to conceal the surface,
    including, but not

    50
    limited
    to,
    sap
    stain,
    toner,
    non—grain
    raising
    stains,
    pad stain,
    or spatter stain.
    “Set of safety relief valves” means one or more safety
    relief valves designed to open in order to relieve
    excessive pressures in the same vessel or pipe.
    “Sheet basecoat” means a coating applied to metal when
    the metal
    is in sheet form to serve as either the
    exterior or interior of a can for either two—piece or
    three-piece cans.
    “Side-seam spray coat” means a coating applied to the
    seam of a three—piece can.
    “Single coat” means one coating application applied to
    a metal surface.
    “Solvent” means a liquid substance that is used to
    dissolve or dilute another substance.
    “Solvent cleaning” means the process of cleaning soils
    from
    surfaces
    by
    cold
    cleaning, open top vapor
    degreasing, or conveyorized degreasing.
    “Specified air contaminant” means any air contaminant
    as to which this Part contains emission standards or
    other
    specific
    limitations.
    “Splash
    loading”
    means
    a method of loading a tank,
    railroad tank car, tank truck,
    or trailer by use of
    other than a submerged loading pipe.
    “Stack”
    means
    a flue or conduit, free—standing or with
    exhaust
    port
    above the roof of the building on which it
    is mounted, by which air contaminants are emitted into
    the
    atmosphere.
    “Standard conditions” means a temperature of 7ORF and a
    pressure
    of
    14.7
    psia.
    “Standard cubic foot (scf)” means the volume of one
    cubic
    foot
    of
    gas at standard conditions.
    “Standard Industrial Classification Manual” means the
    Standard Industrial Classification Manual
    (1987),
    Superintendent
    of
    Documents, U.S. Government Printing
    Office,
    Washington,
    DC
    20402
    (incorporated by reference
    in
    Section
    218.112).
    “Start—up” means the setting in operation of an
    emission source for any purpose.

    51
    “Stationary emission source” and “Stationary source”
    mean an emission source which is not self—propelled.
    “Storage tank or storage vessel” means any stationary
    tank,
    reservoir
    or
    container
    used
    for
    the storage of
    VOL.
    “Styrene devolatilizer unit” means equipment performing
    the function of separating unreacted styrene monomer
    and other volatile components from polystyrene in a
    vacuum devolatilizer.
    “Styrene recovery unit” means equipment performing the
    function of separating styrene monomer from other less
    volatile components of the styrene devolatilizer unit’s
    output.
    The separated styrene monomer may be reused as
    a raw material in the polystyrene plant.
    “Submerged loading pipe” means any discharge pipe or
    nozzle which meets either of the following conditions:
    Where the tank is filled from the top, the end of
    the discharge pipe or nozzle must be totally
    submerged when the liquid level is 15 cm
    (6 in.)
    above the bottom of the tank.
    Where the tank is filled from the side, the
    discharge pipe or nozzle must be totally submerged
    when the liquid level is 46 cm
    (18 in.) above the
    bottom of the tank.
    “Substrate” means the surface onto which a coating is
    applied or into which a coating is impregnated.
    “Surface condenser” means a device which removes a
    substance from a gas stream by reducing the temperature
    of the stream, without direct contact between the
    coolant and the stream.
    “Synthetic organic chemical or polymer manufacturing
    plant” means a plant that produces, as intermediates or
    final products, one or more of the chemicals or
    polymers listed in 35 Ill. Ada. Code 218 Appendix A.
    “Tablet
    coating
    operation”
    means
    a
    pharmaceutical
    coating operation in which tablets are coated.
    “Thirty-day rolling average” means any value
    arithmetically averaged over any consecutive
    thirty-days.

    52
    “Three-piece can” means a can which is made from a
    rectangular sheet and two circular ends.
    “Topcoat” means a coating applied
    jfl: a multiple coat
    operation other than prime coat,
    final repair coat,
    or
    prime surfacer coat.
    “Topcoat operation” means all topcoat spray booths,
    flash-off areas, and bake ovens at a facility which are
    used to apply,
    dry, or cure the final coatings (except
    final off—line repair) on components of automobile or
    light-duty truck bodies.
    “Transfer efficiency” means the ratio of the amount of
    coating solids deposited onto a part or product to the
    total amount of coating solids used.
    “Tread end cementing” means the application of a
    solvent—based cement to the tire tread ends.
    “True vapor pressure” means the equilibrium partial
    pressure exerted by a volatile organic liquid as
    c~etermined in
    accordance
    with
    methods
    described
    in
    ?~inericanPetroleum Institute Bulletin 2517,
    “Evaporation Loss From Floating Roof Tanks,” second
    edition, February 1980 (incorporated by reference in
    Section
    218.112).
    “Turnaround” means the procedure of shutting down an
    operating refinery unit, emptying gaseous and liquid
    contents to do inspection, maintenance and repair work,
    and putting the unit back into production.
    “Two—piece can” means a can which is drawn from a
    shallow cup and requires only one end to be attached.
    “Undercoaters” means any coatings formulated for and
    applied to substrates to provide a smooth surface for
    subsequent coats.
    “Undertread cementing” means the application of a
    solvent-based cement to the underside of a tire tread.
    “Unregulated safety relief valve” means a safety relief
    valve which cannot be actuated by a means other than
    high pressure in the pipe or vessel which it protects.
    “Vacuum producing system” means any reciprocating,
    rotary, or centrifugal blower or compressor or any jet
    ejector or device that creates suction from a pressure
    below atmospheric and discharges against a greater
    pressure.

    53
    “Valves not externally regulated” means valves that
    have no external controls, such as in—line check
    valves.
    “Vapor balance system” means any combination of pipes
    or hoses which creates a closed system between the
    vapor spaces of an unloading tank and a receiving tank
    such that vapors displaced from the receiving tank are
    transferred to the tank being unloaded.
    “Vapor collection system” means all piping,
    seals,
    hoses,
    connections, pressure—vacuum vents,
    and other
    possible sources between the gasoline delivery vessel
    and the vapor processing unit and/or the storage tanks
    and vapor holder.
    “Vapor control system” means any system that limits or
    prevents release to the atmosphere of organic material
    in the vapors displaced from a tank during the transfer
    of gasoline.
    “Vapor-mounted primary seal” means a primary seal
    mounted with an air space bounded by the bottom of the
    primary seal, the tank wall, the liquid surface and the
    floating roof.
    “Vapor recovery system” means a vapor gathering system
    capable of collecting all VOM vapors and gases
    discharged from the storage tank and a vapor disposal
    system capable of processing such VON vapors and gases
    so as to prevent their emission to the atmosphere.
    “Vehicle” means a device by which any person or
    property may be propelled,
    moved, or drawn upon a
    highway, excepting a device moved exclusively by human
    power or used exclusively upon stationary rails or
    tracks.
    “Vinyl coating” means any topcoat or printing ink
    applied to vinyl coated fabric or vinyl sheets.
    Vinyl
    coating does not include plastisols.
    “Vinyl coating facility” means a facility that includes
    one or more vinyl coating line(s).
    “Vinyl coating line” means a coating line in which any
    protective,
    decorative or functional coating is applied
    onto vinyl coated fabric or vinyl sheets.
    “Volatile organic liquid” means any substance which is
    liquid
    at
    storage conditions and which contains

    54
    volatile
    organic
    compounds.
    “Volatile organic material
    (VON)
    or volatile organic
    compound (VOC)” means any organic compound which
    participates in atmospheric photochemical reactions.
    This
    includes
    any
    organic
    compound
    other
    than
    the
    following compounds:
    methane, ethane, methyl
    chloroform (1,1,l-trichloroethane), CFC—1l3
    (trichiorotrifluoroethane),
    methylene
    chloride
    (dichloromethane), CFC-ll (trichlorofluoromethane),
    CFC-12 (dichiorodifluoromethane),
    CFC-22
    (chlorodifluoromethane),
    FC-23
    (trifluoromethane),
    CFC-114
    (dichlorotetrafluoroethane), CFC-115
    (chloropentafluoroethane), HCFC-l23
    (dichlorotrifluoroethane), HFC-134a
    (tetrafluoroethane),
    HCFC-l4
    lb (dichlorofluoroethane)
    and HCFC-l42b (chlorodifluoroethane).
    These compounds
    have
    been determined to have negligible photochemical
    reactivity.
    In
    addition,
    for
    the
    3M
    Bedford Park facility in Cook
    County,
    the
    following
    compounds
    shall
    not
    be considered
    as volatile organic material or volatile organic
    compounds
    (and
    are,
    therefore,
    to
    be
    treated
    as
    water
    for the purpose of calculating the “less water” part of
    the coating or ink composition)
    for a period of time
    not to exceed one year after the date USEPA acts on
    3M’s petition, pending as of the date of promulgation
    of
    this
    rule,
    which
    seeks
    to
    have
    these
    compounds
    classified as exempt compounds:
    (1)
    cyclic, branched,
    or
    linear,
    completely
    fluorinated alkanes,
    (2)
    cyclic,
    branched, or linear, completely fluorinated ethers with
    no unsaturations,
    (3)
    cyclic,
    branched, or linear,
    completely fluorinated tertiary amines with no
    unsaturations,
    and
    (4) sulfur containing
    perfluorocarbons
    with
    no unsaturations and with sulfur
    bonds
    only
    to
    carbon
    and
    fluorine.
    For purposes of determining compliance with emission
    limits, VOC will be measured by the approved test
    methods.
    Where such a method also inadvertently
    measures compounds with negligible photochemical
    reactivity, an owner or operator may exclude these
    negligibly reactive compounds when determining
    compliance
    with
    an
    emissions
    standard.
    “Volatile
    petroleum
    liquid”
    means
    any
    petroleum
    liquid
    with
    a
    true
    vapor
    pressure
    that is greater than 1.5
    psia
    (78
    millimeters
    of
    mercury)
    at
    standard
    conditions.
    “Wash coat” means a coating containing binders which

    55
    seals
    wood
    surfaces,
    prevents
    undesired
    staining,
    and
    controls
    penetration.
    “Wastewater
    (oil/water)
    separator”
    means
    any
    device
    or
    piece
    of
    equipment
    which
    utilizes
    the
    difference
    in
    density
    between
    oil
    and
    water
    to
    remove
    oil
    and
    associated chemicals of water, or any device, such as a
    flocculation tank or a clarifier, which removes
    petroleum derived compounds from waste water.
    “Web” means a substrate which is printed in continuous
    roll-fed presses.
    “Wood furniture” means room furnishings including
    cabinets
    (kitchen, bath, and vanity), tables, chairs,
    beds,
    sofas,
    shutters,
    art objects, wood paneling, wood
    flooring, and any other coated furnishings made of
    wood, wood composition, or fabricated wood materials.
    “Wood furniture coating facility” means a facility that
    includes one or more wood furniture coating line(s).
    “Wood
    furniture
    coating
    line” means a coating line in
    which
    any
    protective,
    decorative, or functional coating
    is
    applied
    onto
    wood
    furniture.
    “Woodworking”
    means
    the
    shaping,
    sawing,
    grinding,
    smoothing,
    polishing, and making into products of any
    form
    or
    shape
    of
    wood.
    Section
    218.105
    Testing
    Methods
    and
    Procedures
    a)
    Coatings, Inks and Fountain Solutions
    The following test methods and procedures shall be used
    to determine compliance of applied coatings,
    inks,
    and
    fountain
    solutions
    with
    the limitations set forth in
    this
    Part.
    1)
    Sampling:
    Samples collected for analyses shall be
    one—liter taken into a one—liter container at a
    location
    and
    time
    such
    that
    the
    sample
    will
    be
    representative of the coating as applied
    (i.e.,
    the sample shall include any dilution solvent or
    other VOM added during the manufacturing process)
    The container must be tightly sealed immediately
    after
    the
    sample
    is taken.
    Any solvent or other
    VON added after the sample is taken must be
    measured and accounted for in the calculations in
    subsection
    (a) (3).
    For multiple package coatings,
    separate samples of each component shall be
    obtained.
    A
    mixed
    sample
    shall
    not
    be
    obtained
    as

    56
    it
    will
    cure
    in
    the
    container.
    Sampling
    procedures
    shall
    follow
    the
    guidelines
    presented
    in:
    A)
    ASTM D3925-81(l985) standard practice for
    sampling liquid paints and related pigment
    coating. This practice is incorporated by
    reference in Section 218.112.
    B)
    ASTM E300-86 standard practice for sampling
    industrial chemicals. This practice is
    incorporated by reference
    in
    Section 218.112.
    2)
    Analyses:
    The applicable analytical methods
    specified below shall be used to determine the
    composition
    of
    coatings,
    inks,
    or
    fountain
    solutions
    as
    applied.
    A)
    Method
    24
    of
    40
    CFR
    60, Appendix A,
    incorporated by reference in Section 218.112,
    shall
    be
    used
    to
    determine
    the
    VON
    content
    and
    density
    of
    coatings.
    If
    it
    is
    demonstrated
    to
    the
    satisfaction
    of
    the
    Agency and the USEPA that plant coating
    formulation data are equivalent to Method 24
    results, formulation data may be used.
    In
    the event of any inconsistency between a
    Method
    24
    test
    and
    a
    facility’s
    formulation
    data, the Method 24 test will govern.
    B)
    Method 24A of 40 CFR Part 60, Appendix A,
    incorporated by reference in Section 218.112,
    shall
    be used to determine the VOM content
    and
    density
    of
    rotogravure
    printing
    inks
    and
    related coatings.
    If it is demonstrated to
    the
    sati~faction
    of
    the
    Agency
    and
    USEPA
    that
    the plant coating formulation data are
    equivalent to Method 24A results, formulation
    data may be used.
    In the event of any
    inconsistency between a Method 24A test and a
    facility’s formulation data,
    the Method 24A
    test will govern.
    C)
    The following ASTM methods are the analytical
    procedures for determining VON:
    i)
    ASTM Dl475-85: Standard test method for
    density of paint, varnish, lacquer and
    related products.
    This test method is
    incorporated by reference in Section
    218.112.

    57
    ii)
    ASTM D2369-87: Standard test method for
    volatile content of a coating. This test
    method is incorporated by reference in
    Section 218.112.
    iii) ASTM D3792-86: Standard test method for
    water content of water—reducible paints
    by direct injection into a gas
    chromatograph.
    This
    test
    method
    is
    incorporated
    by
    reference
    in
    Section
    218.112.
    iv)
    ASTM D4017—81(1987):
    Standard test
    method for water content in paints and
    paint materials by the Karl Fischer
    method.
    This
    test
    method
    is
    incorporated
    by reference in Section 218.112.
    v)
    ASTM D4457-85: Standard test method for
    determination of dichloromethané and
    1,1,1, trichioroethane in paints and
    coatings by direct injection into a gas
    chromatograph.
    (The procedure
    delineated above can be used to develop
    protocols for any compounds specifically
    exempted from the definition of VOM.)
    This test method is incorporated by
    reference in Section 218.112.
    vi)
    ASTN D2697-86: Standard test method for
    volume non-volatile matter in clear or
    pigmented coatings.
    This test method is
    incorporated by reference in Section
    218.112.
    vii) ASTN D3980-87: Standard practice for
    interlaboratory testing of paint and
    related materials. This practice is
    incorporated by reference in Section
    218.112.
    viii) ASTM E180-85: Standard practice for
    determining the precision data of ASTN
    methods for analysis of and testing of
    industrial chemicals. This practice is
    incorporated by reference in Section
    218.112.
    ix)
    ASTM D2372-85: Standard method of
    separation of vehicle from
    solvent-reducible paints. This method is
    incorporated
    by
    reference
    in
    Section

    58
    218.112.
    D)
    Use of an adaptation to any of the analytical
    methods
    specified
    in
    subsections
    (a)
    (2) (A),
    (B), and
    (C) may not be used unless approved
    by the Agency and USEPA.
    An owner or
    operator must submit sufficient documentation
    for the Agency and USEPA to find that the
    analytical methods specified in subsections
    (a) (2) (A),
    (B), and
    (C) will yield inaccurate
    results and that the proposed adaptation is
    appropriate.
    3)
    Calculations:
    Calculations for determining the
    VON content, water content and the content of any
    compounds which are specifically exempted from the
    definition of VON of coatings, inks and fountain
    solutions
    as
    applied
    shall
    follow
    the
    guidance
    provided in the following documents.
    A)
    “A
    Guide
    for
    Surface
    Coating
    Calculation”,
    EPA-340/1-86-016,
    incorporated
    by
    reference
    in Section 218.112.
    B)
    “Procedures for Certifying Quantity of
    Volatile Organic Compounds Emitted by Paint,
    Ink and Other Coatings”
    (revised June 1986),
    EPA-450/3—84—019, incorporated by reference
    in
    Section
    218.112.
    C)
    “A Guide for Graphic Arts Calculations”,
    August 1988, EPA—340/l—88-003,
    incorporated
    by reference in Section 218.112
    b)
    Automobile or Light-Duty Truck Test Protocol
    The protocol for testing, including determining the
    transfer efficiency, of coating applicators at topcoat
    coating
    operations
    at
    an
    automobile
    assembly
    facility
    shall follow the procedure in:
    “Protocol for
    Determining
    the Daily Volatile Organic Compound
    Emission Rate of Automobile and Light-Duty Truck
    Topcoat Operations”, December 1988, EPA—450/3—88-0l8,
    incorporated by reference in Section 218.112.
    c)
    Capture
    System
    Efficiency
    Test
    Protocols
    1)
    Applicability
    The requirements of subsection
    (c) (2) shall apply
    to
    all
    VON
    emitting
    processes
    employing
    capture
    equipment
    (e.g.,
    hoods, ducts), except those cases

    59
    noted
    below.
    A)
    If
    a
    source
    installs
    a
    permanent
    total
    enclosure
    (PTE)
    that meeti Agency and USEPA
    specifications, and which directs all VON to
    a control device, then the source is exempted
    from the requirements
    described
    in subsection
    (C)
    (2).
    The
    Agency
    and
    USEPA
    specifications
    to
    determine
    whether
    a
    structure
    is
    considered
    a
    PTE
    are
    given
    in
    Procedure
    T
    of
    Appendix
    B
    of
    this
    Part.
    In
    this
    instance,
    the
    capture
    efficiency
    is
    assumed
    to
    be
    100
    percent and the source is still required to
    measure control efficiency using appropriate
    test
    methods
    as
    specified
    in
    subsection
    (d).
    B)
    If a source uses a control device designed to
    collect
    and
    recover
    VON
    (e.g.,
    carbon
    adsorber),
    an
    explicit
    measurement
    of
    capture
    efficiency is not necessary provided that the
    conditions given below are met.
    The overall
    control of the system can be determined by
    directly comparing the input liquid VON to
    the recovered liquid VON.
    The general
    procedure for use in this situation is given
    in
    40
    CFR
    60.433, incorporated by reference
    in
    Section
    218.112,
    with
    the
    following
    additional restrictions:
    i)
    The
    source
    must
    be
    able
    to
    equate
    solvent usage with solvent recovery on a
    24-hour (daily)
    basis, rather than a
    30-day weighted average, within 72 hours
    following the 24—hour period.
    In
    addition, one of the following two
    criteria must be met:
    ii)
    The solvent recovery system (i.e.,
    capture and control system) must be
    dedicated to a single process line
    (e
    .
    g., one process line venting to a
    carbon adsorber system), or
    iii) If the solvent recovery system controls
    multiple process lines, then the source
    must be
    able
    to demonstrate that the
    overall control
    (i.e., the total
    recovered solvent VON divided by the sum
    of liquid VON input to all process lines
    venting to the control system) meets or
    exceeds the most stringent standard
    applicable for any process line venting

    60
    to
    the
    control
    system.
    2)
    Specific Requirements
    The capture efficiency of a process line shall be
    measured using one of the four protocols given
    below.
    Any error margin associated with a test
    protocol may not be incorporated into the results
    of a capture efficiency test.
    If these techniques
    are not suitable for a particular process, then
    the source may use an alternative capture
    efficiency protocol, provided that the alternative
    protocol is approved by the Agency and approved by
    the
    USEPA
    as
    a
    SIP
    revision.
    A)
    Gas/gas method using temporary total
    enclosure
    (TTE).
    The
    Agency
    and
    USEPA
    specifications to determine whether a
    temporary enclosure is considered a
    TTE
    are
    given in Procedure P of Appendix B of this
    Part.
    The
    capture
    efficiency
    equation
    to
    be
    used
    for
    this
    protocol
    is:
    CE
    =
    Gw/(Gw
    +
    Fw)
    where:
    CE
    =
    capture efficiency, decimal
    fraction
    Gw
    =
    mass
    of VON captured and delivered
    to control device using a
    TTE
    Fw
    =
    mass
    of
    fugitive
    VON
    that
    escapes
    from
    a
    TTE
    Procedure G.2 contained in Appendix B of this
    Part is used to obtain Gw.
    Procedure F.l in
    Appendix B of this Part is used to obtain Fw.
    B)
    Liquid/gas method using TTE.
    The Agency and
    USEPA specifications to determine whether a
    temporary enclosure is considered a TTE are
    given in Procedure T of Appendix B of this
    Part.
    The capture efficiency equation to be
    used for this protocol is:
    CE
    =
    (L
    -
    where: CE
    =
    capture efficiency, decimal
    fraction
    L
    =
    mass
    of
    liquid
    VON
    input
    to
    process

    6.
    Fw
    =
    mass of fugitive VON that escapes
    from
    a
    TTE
    Procedure L contained in Appendix B of this
    Part is used to obtain L.
    Procedure F.l in
    Appendix B of this Part is
    used
    to obtain Fw.
    C)
    Gas/gas
    method
    using the building or room
    (building
    or
    room
    enclosure)
    in
    which
    the
    affected source is located as the enclosure
    and in which “F” and “G” are measured while
    operating only the affected facility.
    All
    fans and blowers in the building or room must
    be operated as they would under normal
    production.
    The capture efficiency equation
    to
    be
    used
    for
    this
    protocol
    is:
    CE
    =
    G/(G
    +
    FB)
    where: CE
    =
    capture efficiency, decimal
    fraction
    mass of VON captured and
    delivered to control device
    F8
    =
    mass of fugitive VON that escapes
    from building enclosure
    Procedure G.2 contained in Appendix B of this
    Part
    is
    used
    to
    obtain
    G.
    Procedure
    F.2
    in
    Appendix B of this Part is used to obtain F8.
    D)
    Liquid/gas
    method
    using
    the
    building
    or
    room
    (building or room enclosure)
    in which the
    affected
    source
    is
    located
    as
    the
    enclosure
    and
    in
    which
    “F”
    and
    “L”
    are
    measured
    while
    operating only the affected facility.
    All
    fans and blowers in the building or room must
    be operated as they would under normal
    production.
    The capture efficiency equation
    to
    be
    used
    for
    this
    protocol
    is:
    CE
    =
    (L
    where:
    CE
    =
    capture efficiency,
    decimal
    fraction
    mass of liquid VON input to
    process
    F8
    =
    mass of fugitive VOM that escapes

    62
    from building enclosure
    Procedure L contained in Appendix B of this
    section
    is
    used
    to
    obtainL.
    Procedure
    F.2
    in
    Appendix
    B
    of
    this
    section
    is
    used
    to
    obtain
    F8.
    3)
    Recordkeeping and Reporting
    A)
    All affected facilities must maintain a copy
    of the capture efficiency protocol submitted
    to the Agency and the USEPA on file.
    All
    results of the appropriate test methods and
    capture efficiency protocols must be reported
    to the Agency within sixty
    (60) days of the
    test date.
    A copy of the results must be
    kept on file with the source for a period of
    three
    (3) years.
    B)
    If any changes are made to capture or control
    equipment, then the source is required to
    notify
    the
    Agency
    and
    the
    USEPA
    of
    these
    changes and a new test may be required by the
    Agency or the USEPA.
    C)
    The source must notify the Agency 30 days
    prior to performing any capture efficiency or
    control test.
    At that time, the source must
    notify the Agency which capture efficiency
    protocol and control device test methods will
    be used.
    D)
    Sources utilizing a
    PTE
    must
    demonstrate
    that
    this enclosure meets the requirement given in
    Procedure P
    (in Appendix B
    of
    this
    Part)
    for
    a
    PTE
    during any testing of their control
    device.
    E)
    Sources
    utilizing
    a
    TTE
    must
    demonstrate
    that
    their TTE meets the requirements given in
    Procedure T
    (in Appendix B of this
    Part)
    for
    a
    TTE during testing of their control device.
    The source must also provide documentation
    that the quality assurance criteria for a TTE
    have been achieved.
    d)
    Control
    Device
    Efficiency
    Testing
    and
    Monitoring
    1)
    The
    control
    device
    efficiency
    shall
    be
    determined
    by simultaneously measuring the inlet and outlet
    gas phase VOM concentrations and gas volumetric
    flow
    rates
    in
    accordance
    with
    the
    gas
    phase
    test

    63
    methods
    specified
    in
    subsection
    (f).
    2)
    Any
    owner or operator that uses, an afterburner or
    carbon adsorber to comply with eny Section of this
    Part
    shall
    use
    USEPA
    approved
    continuous
    monitoring equipment which is installed,
    calibrated,
    maintained,
    and
    operated
    according
    to
    vendor specifications at all times the afterburner
    or carbon adsorber is in use.
    The continuous
    monitoring equipment must monitor the following
    parameters:
    A)
    Combustion chamber temperature of each
    afterburner.
    B)
    Temperature rise across each catalytic
    afterburner bed or VON concentration of
    exhaust.
    C)
    The VON concentration of each carbon
    adsorption bed exhaust.
    e)
    Overall
    Efficiency
    1)
    The overall efficiency of the emission control
    system shall be determined as the product of the
    capture system efficiency and the control device
    efficiency or by the liquid/liquid test protocol
    as specified in 40 CFR 60.433, incorporated by
    reference in Section 218.112,
    (and revised by
    subsection
    (c) (1) (B)
    for each solvent recovery
    system.
    In those cases in which the overall
    efficiency is being determined for an entire line,
    the
    capture
    efficiency
    used
    to calculate the
    product of the capture and control efficiency is
    the
    total
    capture
    efficiency
    over
    the
    entire
    line.
    2)
    For coating lines which are both chosen by the
    owner or operator to comply with Section
    218.207(a),
    (d),
    (e),
    (f), or
    (g) by the
    alternative in Section 218
    207 (b) (2) and meet the
    criteria allowing them to comply with Section
    218.207 instead of Section 218.204, the overall
    efficiency of the capture system and control
    device,
    as determined by the test methods and
    procedures specified in subsections
    (c),
    (d) and
    (e) (1), shall be no less than the equivalent
    overall
    efficiency
    which
    shall
    be
    calculated
    by
    the
    following
    equation:
    E
    =
    (t~/0M~
    -
    VOM~/VON8) x 100

    64
    where:
    E
    =
    Equivalent overall efficiency of the
    capture system and control device as a
    percentage,
    VOMa
    =
    Actual VON content of a coating, or the
    daily-weighted average VON content of
    two or more coatings
    (if more than one
    coating is used), as applied to the
    subject
    coating line as determined by
    the applicable test methods and
    procedures specified in subsection
    (a)
    in units of kg VON/l
    (lb VON/gal) of
    coating solids as applied,
    VOML
    =
    The VON emission limit specified in
    Section 218.207(a) or
    (b)
    in units of kg
    VOM/l
    (lb VON/gal) of coating solids as
    applied.
    f)
    Volatile Organic Material Gas Phase Source Test Methods
    The
    methods
    in
    40
    CFR
    Part
    60,
    Appendix
    A,
    incorporated
    by reference in Section 218.112 delineated below shall
    be used to determine control device efficiencies.
    1)
    40 CFR Part 60, Appendix A, Method 18,
    25 or 25A,
    incorporated by reference in Section 218.112 as
    appropriate to the conditions at the site,
    shall
    be
    used
    to
    determine
    VON
    concentration.
    Method
    selection shall be based on consideration of the
    diversity of organic species present and their
    total
    concentration
    and
    on
    consideration
    of
    the
    potential presence of interfering gases.
    Except
    as
    indicated
    in
    subsectiøns
    (f)
    (1)
    (A)
    and
    (B)
    below, the test shall consist of three separate
    runs,
    each lasting a
    minimum
    of 60 mm, unless the
    Agency and the USEPA determine that process
    variables dictate shorter sampling times.
    A)
    When
    the method is to be used to determine
    the
    efficiency
    of
    a
    carbon
    adsorption
    system
    with
    a
    common
    exhaust
    stack for all the
    individual adsorber vessels, the test shall
    consist of three separate runs, each
    coinciding
    with
    one
    or
    more
    complete
    sequences
    through
    the
    adsorption
    cycles
    of
    all
    the
    individual
    adsorber
    vessels.
    B)
    When
    the
    method
    is
    to
    be
    used
    to
    determine
    the
    efficiency
    of
    a
    carbon
    adsorption
    system

    65
    with individual exhaust stacks for each
    adsorber vessel, each adsorber vessel shall
    be tested individually.
    The
    test for each
    adsorber vessel shall conSist of three
    separate runs.
    Each run shall coincide with
    one or more complete adsorption cycles.
    2)
    40
    CFR
    Part 60, Appendix A, Method 1 or lA,
    incorporated
    by
    reference
    in
    Section
    218.112,
    shall be used for sample and velocity traverses.
    3)
    40 CFR Part 60, Appendix A, Method 2,
    2A, 2C or
    2D, incorporated by reference in Section 218.112,
    shall be used for velocity and volumetric flow
    rates.
    4)
    40 CFR Part 60, Appendix A, Method
    3, incorporated
    by reference in Section 218.112, shall be used for
    gas
    analysis.
    5)
    40
    CFR
    Part
    60,
    Appendix
    A,
    Method
    4, incorporated
    by reference in Section 218.112, shall be used for
    stack gas moisture.
    6)
    40
    CFR
    Part 60, Appendix A,
    Methods
    2,
    2A, 2C,
    2D,
    3 and 4, incorporated by reference in Section
    218.112, shall be performed,
    as applicable,
    at
    least
    twice
    during
    each
    test
    run.
    7)
    Use of an adaptation to any of the test methods
    specified in subsections .(f)(l),
    (2),
    (3),
    (4),
    (5)
    and
    (6)
    may
    not
    be
    used
    unless
    approved
    by
    the
    Agency and the USEPA.
    An owner or operator must
    submit
    sufficient documentation for the Agency and
    the USEPA to find that the test methods specified
    in
    subsections
    (f)(l),
    (2),
    (3),
    (4),
    (5)
    and
    (6)
    will
    yield
    inaccurate
    results
    and
    that
    the
    proposed adaptation is appropriate.
    g)
    Leak Detection Methods for Volatile Organic Material
    Owners
    or
    operators
    required by this Part to carry out
    a leak detection monitoring program shall comply with
    the
    following
    requirements:
    1)
    Leak Detection Monitoring
    A)
    Monitoring shall comply with 40 CFR 60,
    Appendix A, Method 21, incorporated by
    reference in Section 218.112.
    B)
    The
    detection
    instrument
    shall
    meet
    the

    66
    performance criteria of Method 21.
    C)
    The instrument shall be calibrated before use
    on each day of its use by the methods
    specified in Method 21.
    D)
    Calibration
    gases
    shall
    be:
    i)
    Zero air (less than loppm of hydrocarbon
    in air); and
    ii)
    A mixture of methane or n—hexane and air
    at a concentration of approximately, but
    no less than, 10,000 ppm methane or
    n-hexane.
    E)
    The instrument probe shall be traversed
    around all potential leak interfaces as close
    to the interface as possible as described in
    Method
    21.
    2)
    When equipment is tested for compliance with no
    detectable emissions as required, the test shall
    comply with the following requirements:
    A)
    The requirements of subsections
    (g) (1) (A)
    through
    (g) (1) (E) above shall apply.
    B)
    The background level shall be determined as
    set forth in Method 21.
    3)
    Leak
    detection
    tests
    shall be performed consistent
    with:
    A)
    “APTI Course SI 417 controlling Volatile
    Organic Compound Emissions from Leaking
    Process Equipment”, EPA—450/2—82—015,
    incorporated by reference in Section 218.112.
    B)
    “Portable
    Instrument
    User’s Manual for
    Monitoring VOC Sources”, EPA—340/1—86—0l5,
    incorporated by reference in Section 218.112.
    C)
    “Protocols
    for
    Generating
    Unit-Specific
    Emission
    Estimates
    for Equipment Leaks of VOC
    and
    VHAP”,
    EPA-450/3—88-OlO,
    incorporated by
    reference
    in
    Section
    218.112.
    D)
    “Petroleum Refinery Enforcement Manual”,
    EPA-340/1—80—008, incorporated by reference
    in Section 218.122.

    67
    h)
    Bulk Gasoline Delivery System Test Protocol
    1)
    The method for determining the emissions of
    gasoline
    from
    a
    vapor
    recovery
    system are
    delineated in 40 CFR 60, Subpart XX, Section
    60.503, incorporated by reference in Section
    218. 112.
    2)
    Other tests shall be
    performed
    consistent with:
    A)
    “Inspection Manual for Control of Volatile
    Organic Emissions from Gasoline Marketing
    Operations:
    Appendix D”, EPA-340/1-80-012,
    incorporated by reference in Section 218.112.
    B)
    “Control of Nydrocarbons from Tank Truck
    Gasoline Loading Terminals: Appendix
    A”,
    EPA-450/2-77-026,
    incorporated by reference
    in Section 218.112.
    fl
    Notwithstanding
    other
    reauirements of this Part,
    upon reauest of the Aaency where it
    is necessary
    to demonstrate comDliance. an owner or operator of
    an emission source which is subject to this Part
    shall, at his
    own
    extense. conduct tests in
    accordance with the applicable test methods and
    procedures specific in this Part.
    ~j.
    Nothing in this Section shall limit the authority
    of the USEPA pursuant to the Clean Air Act,
    as
    amended, to require testing.
    Section 218.106
    Compliance Dates
    Compliance with the requirements of all
    rules
    is
    requircd by July 1, l~l, or sixty days after a final
    decision by a fcderal court of the general appeal of
    the riP (Illinois Environmental flegulatory Group v.
    UC~PA,No. ~
    2770 (and consolidated oaaca)
    (7th
    Gir.)), whichever is later, consistent
    ~jrith
    the
    rtrr~vigipnpor t.eat.ton
    10.103.
    b)
    Compliance with the requirements of provisions of this
    Fart specifically applicable to a category of sources
    which is the same as any of
    the
    individual
    appeals
    of
    the YIP shall be required by July -1, 10~1,or sixty
    days following a final decision by
    -a federal
    court
    of
    the-
    appeal of the YIP impacting the specific category
    of-sources, whichever is later,
    oonsil3tent with the
    provisions of Ceotion 210.103.
    Compliance with the requirmerits of this Part is reauired by July

    68
    1,
    1991 or September 1. 1991
    consistent with the appropriate
    provisions of Section 218.103.
    Section 218.107
    Afterburners
    The operation of any natural gas fired afterburner and capture
    system used to comply with this Part is not required during the
    period of November
    1 of any year to April 1 of the following year
    provided that the operation of such devices is not required for
    purposes of occupational safety or health, or for the control of
    toxic substances,
    odor nuisances, or other regulated pollutants.
    Section 218.108
    Exemptions, Variations, and Alternative Means
    of Control or Compliance Determinations
    Notwithstanding the provisions of any other Sections of this
    Part,
    any exemptions, variations or alternatives to the control
    requirements, emission limitations, or test methods set forth in
    this Part shall be effective only when approved by the Agency and
    approved by the USEPA as a SIP revision.
    SectiOn 218.109
    Vapor Pressure of Volatile Organic Liquids
    a)
    If the VOL consists of only a single compound, the
    vapor pressure shall be determined by ASTM Method
    D2879—86 (incorporated by reference in Section 218.112)
    or the vapor pressure may be obtained from a published
    source such as:
    Boublik, T., V.
    Fried and E. Hala,
    “The Vapor Pressure of Pure Substances,” Elsevier
    Scientific Publishing Co., New York (1973); Perry’s
    Chemical Engineer’s Handbook, McGraw-Hill Book Company
    (1984); CRC Handbook of Chemistry and Physics,
    Chemical
    Rubber Publishing Company (1986-87); and Lange’s
    Handbook of Chemistry, John A.
    Dean, editor,
    McGraw-Hill Book Company (1985).
    b)
    If the VOL is a mixture, the vapor pressure shall be
    determined by ASTM Method D2879-86 (incorporated by
    reference in Section 218.112) or by the following
    equation:
    P~ol
    =
    ~P1 X-
    1=1
    where:
    P~ol
    =
    Total vapor pressure of the
    mixture,
    n
    =
    Number of components in the
    mixture,

    69
    i
    =
    Subscript denoting an individual
    component,
    P1
    =
    Vapor pressure of a component
    determined in accordance with
    Subpart A of this Part
    X1
    =
    Mole fraction of the component in
    the total mixture.
    Section 218.110
    Vapor Pressure of Organic Material or Solvent
    a)
    If the organic material or solvent consists of only a
    single compound, the vapor pressure shall be determined
    by ASTM Method D2879-86 (incorporated by reference in
    Section 218.112) or the vapor pressure may be obtained
    from a published source such as:
    Boublik,
    T., V.
    Fried
    and E. Hala,
    “The Vapor Pressure of Pure Substances,”
    Elsevier Scientific PublishingCo., New York (1973);
    Perry’s Chemical Engineer’s Handbook, McGraw—Hill Book
    Company (1984); CRC Handbook of Chemistry and Physics,
    Chemical Rubber Publishing Company
    (1986-87); and
    Lange’s Handbook of Chemistry, John A.
    Dean,
    editor,
    McGraw-Hill Book Company (1985).
    b)
    If the organic material or solvent is in a mixture made
    up of both organic material compounds and compounds
    which are not organic material, the vapor pressure
    shall be determined by the following equation:
    n
    zPixi
    porn
    9~
    x,
    ~=1
    where:
    P0m
    =
    Total vapor pressure of the portion of the
    mixture which is composed of organic
    material,
    n
    =
    Number of organic material components in
    the mixture,
    =
    Subscript denoting an individual
    component,
    P,
    =
    Vapor pressure of an organic material

    70
    component determined in accordance with
    Subpart A of this Part,
    X,
    =
    Mole fraction of the organic material
    component of the total mixture.
    c)
    If the organic material or solvent is in a mixture made
    up of only organic material compounds, the vapor
    pressure shall be determined by ASTM Method D2879-86
    (incorporated by reference in Section 218.112) or by
    the above equation.
    Section 218.111
    Vapor Pressure of Volatile Organic Material
    a)
    If the VOM consists of only a single compound, the
    vapor pressure shall be determined by ASTM Method
    D2879-86 (incorporated by reference in Section 218.112)
    or the vapor pressure may be obtained from a published
    source such as:
    Boublik, T., V. Fried and E. Hala,
    “The Vapor Pressure of Pure Substances,” Elsevier
    Scientific Publishing Co., New York (1973); Perry’s
    Chemical Engineer’s Handbook, McGraw-Hill Book Company
    (1984);
    CRC
    Handbook of Chemistry and Physics,
    Chemical
    Rubber Publishing Company (1986-87); and Lange’s
    Handbook of Chemistry, John A. Dean, editor,
    McGraw-Hill Book Company (1985).
    b)
    If the VOM is in a mixture made up of both VOM
    compounds and compounds which are not VOM, the vapor
    pressure shall be determined by the following equation:
    n
    EPix’
    ~vom
    =
    11
    ‘1
    where:
    P~om
    =
    Total vapor pressure of the portion of
    the mixture which is composed of VOM,
    n
    =
    Number
    of VOM components in the mixture,
    i
    =
    Subscript denoting an individual
    component,
    P1
    =
    Vapor pressure of a VOM component
    determined in accordance with Subpart A
    of this Part,

    71
    X1
    Mole fraction of the VOM component of
    the total mixture.
    c)
    If
    the
    VOM
    is
    in
    a
    mixture
    made
    up
    of
    only
    VON
    compounds, the vapor pressure shall be determined by
    ASTM Method D2879-86 (incorporated by reference in
    Section 218.112) or by the above equation.
    Section 218.112
    Incorporations by Reference
    The
    following materials are incorporated by reference:
    a)
    American Society for Testing and Materials,
    1916 Race
    Street,
    Philadelphia,
    PA
    19103:
    1)
    ASTM D2879—86
    2)
    ASTM
    D323—82
    3)
    ASTM
    D86—82
    4)
    ASTM
    D—369—69
    (1971)
    5)
    ASTM
    D—396—69
    6)
    ASTM
    D2880—71
    7)
    ASTN
    D—975—68
    8)
    ASTM
    D3925—81
    (1985)
    9)
    ASTM
    E300—86
    10)
    ASTM
    D1475—85
    11)
    ASTM
    D2369—87
    12)
    ASTM D3792—86
    13)
    ASTM
    D40l7—81 (1987)
    14)
    ASTM
    D4457—85
    15)
    ASTM
    D2697—86
    16)
    ASTM D3980—87
    17)
    ASTM
    E180—85
    18)
    ASTM
    D2372—85
    19)
    ASTM
    D97—66
    20)
    ASTN
    E—l68
    21)
    ASTM
    E—l69
    22)
    ASTM
    E—260
    23)
    ASTM
    D2504—83
    24)
    ASTM
    D2382—83
    b)
    Standard Industrial Classification Manual, published by
    Executive
    Office
    of
    the
    President,
    Office
    of
    Management
    and
    Budget,
    Washington,
    D.C.,
    1987.
    c)
    American
    Petroleum
    Institute
    Bulletin
    2517,
    “Evaporation
    Loss From Floating Roof Tanks”, Second
    ed., February,
    1980.
    d)
    40
    CFR
    60
    (July
    1,
    1990).
    e)
    40
    CFR
    61
    (July
    1,
    1990).

    72
    f)
    40
    CFR
    50
    (July
    1,
    1989).
    g)
    40
    CFR
    51
    (July
    1,
    1989).
    h)
    40
    CFR
    52
    (July
    1,
    1989).
    i)
    United
    States
    Environmental
    Protection
    Agency,
    Washington,
    D.C., EPA—340/1—86-016.
    j)
    United
    States
    Environmental
    Protection
    Agency,
    Washington
    D.C.,
    EPA-450/3-84-019.
    k)
    United States Environmental Protection Agency,
    Washington
    D.C.,
    EPA—340/l—88—003.
    1)
    United
    States
    Environmental
    Protection
    Agency,
    Washington
    D.C.,
    EPA-450/3-88—018.
    m)
    United States Environmental Protection Agency,
    Washington,
    D.C.,
    EPA-450/2—78—029.
    n)
    United
    States
    Environmental
    Protection
    Agency,
    Washington,
    D.C.,
    EPA—450/2—78—05l.
    0)
    United
    States
    Environmental
    Protection
    Agency,
    Washington,
    D.C.,
    EPA—450/3—82—009.
    SUBPART
    B:
    ORGANIC
    EMISSIONS
    FROM
    STORAGE
    AND
    LOADING
    OPERATIONS
    Section
    218.121
    Storage
    Containers
    No
    person
    shall
    cause
    or
    allow
    the
    storage
    of
    any
    VOL
    with
    a
    vapor pressure of 17.24 kPa (2.5 psia)
    or greater at 294.3 K
    (70°F)
    or
    any
    gaseous
    organic
    material
    in
    any
    stationary
    tank,
    reservoir
    or
    other
    container
    of
    more
    than
    151
    cubic
    meters
    (40,000
    gal)
    capacity
    unless
    such
    tank,
    reservoir
    or
    other
    container:
    a)
    Is a pressure tank capable of withstanding the vapor
    pressure of such liquid or the pressure of the gas, so
    as to prevent vapor or gas loss to the atmosphere at
    all
    times;
    or,
    b)
    Is
    designed
    and
    equipped
    with
    one
    of
    the
    following
    vapor
    loss
    control
    devices:
    1)
    A
    floating
    roof
    which
    rests
    on
    the
    surface
    of
    the
    VOL
    and
    is
    equipped
    with
    a
    closure
    seal
    or
    seals
    between
    the
    roof
    edge
    and
    the
    tank
    wall.
    Such
    floating
    roof
    shall
    not
    be
    permitted
    if
    the
    VOL
    has
    a
    vapor
    pressure
    of
    86.19
    kPa
    (12.5
    psia)
    or

    73
    greater
    at
    294.3°K
    (70°F).
    No
    person
    shall
    cause
    or
    allow
    the
    emission
    of
    air
    contaminants
    into
    the
    atmosphere
    from
    any
    gauging
    or
    sampling
    devices
    attached to such tanks, except :during sampling or
    maintenance operations.
    2)
    A
    vapor
    recovery
    system
    consisting
    of:
    A)
    A vapor gathering system capable of
    collecting 85
    or more of the
    uncontrolled
    VON
    that
    would
    be
    otherwise
    emitted
    to
    the
    atmosphere;
    and,
    B)
    A
    vapor
    disposal
    system
    capable
    of
    processing
    such VOM so as to prevent its emission to the
    atmosphere.
    No person shall cause or allow
    the emission of air contaminants into the
    atmosphere from any gauging or sampling
    devices
    attached
    to
    such
    tank,
    reservoir
    or
    other
    container
    except
    during
    sampling.
    3)
    Other
    equipment
    or
    means
    of
    equal
    efficiency
    approved
    by
    the
    Agency
    according
    to
    the
    provisions
    of
    35
    Ill.
    Adm.
    Code
    201,
    and
    further
    processed
    consistent
    with
    Section
    218.108.
    Section
    218.122
    Loading
    Operations
    a)
    No
    person
    shall
    cause
    or
    allow
    the
    discharge
    of
    more
    than
    3.6
    kg/hr
    (8
    lbs/hr)
    of
    organic
    material
    into
    the
    atmosphere
    during
    the
    loading
    of
    any
    organic
    material
    from
    the
    aggregate
    loading
    pipes
    of
    any
    loading
    facility
    having
    through-put
    of
    greater
    than
    15.
    cub.ic
    meters
    per
    day
    (40,000
    gal/day)
    into
    any
    railroad
    tank
    car,
    tank
    truck
    or
    trailer
    unless
    such
    loading
    facility
    is
    equipped
    with
    submerged
    loading
    pipes,
    submerged
    fill
    or
    a
    device
    that
    is
    equally
    effective
    in
    controlling emissions and is approved by the Agency
    according to the provisions of 35 Ill.
    Adm.
    Code 201,
    and further processed consistent with Section 218.108.
    b)
    No person shall cause or allow the loading of any
    organic material into any stationary
    tank
    having a
    storage capacity of greater than 946 1 (250 gal),
    unless
    such
    tank
    is
    equipped
    with
    a
    permanent
    submerged
    loading pipe,
    submerged
    fill
    or
    an
    equivalent
    device
    approved
    by
    the
    Agency
    according
    to
    the
    provisions
    of
    35
    Ill.
    Adin. Code 201,
    and
    further
    processed
    consistent
    with
    Section
    218.108,
    or
    unless
    such
    tank
    is
    a
    pressure
    tank
    as
    described
    in
    Section
    218.121(a)
    or
    is
    fitted
    with
    a
    recovery
    system
    as
    described
    in
    Section
    218.121(b)
    (2).

    74
    c)
    Exception:
    If
    no
    odor
    nuisance
    exists
    the
    limitations
    of
    this
    Section
    shall
    only
    apply
    to
    the
    loading
    of
    VOL
    with
    a
    vapor
    pressure
    of
    17.24
    kPa
    (2.5
    psia)
    or
    greater at 294.3°K(70°F).
    Section
    218.123
    Petroleum
    Liquid
    Storage
    Tanks
    a)
    The requirements of subsection
    (b) shall not apply to
    any stationary storage tank:
    1)
    Equipped
    before
    January
    1,
    1979
    with
    one
    of
    the
    vapor loss control devices specified in Section
    218.121(b),
    except
    Section
    218.121(b)
    (1)
    ;
    2)
    With
    a
    capacity
    of
    less
    than
    151.42
    cubic
    meters
    (40,000
    gal);
    3)
    With
    a
    capacity
    of
    less
    than
    1,600
    cubic
    meters
    (422,400 gal) and used to store produced crude oil
    and
    condensate
    prior
    to
    custody
    transfer;
    4)
    With a capacity of less than 1,430 cubic meters
    (378,000 gal)
    and used to store produced oil or
    condensate
    in
    crude
    oil
    gathering;
    5)
    Subject
    to
    new
    source
    performance
    standards
    for
    storage vessels of petroleum liquid,
    35 Ill.
    Adin.
    Code 230;
    6)
    In
    which
    volatile
    petroleum
    liquid
    is
    not
    stored;
    or
    7)
    Which
    is
    a
    pressure tank as described in Section
    218.121(a).
    b)
    Subject
    to
    subsection
    (a)
    no
    owner
    or operator of a
    stationary storage tank shall cause or allow the
    storage of any volatile petroleum liquid in the tank
    unless:
    1)
    The
    tank
    is
    equipped
    with
    one
    of
    the
    vapor
    loss
    control
    devices
    specified
    in
    Section
    218.121(b);
    2)
    There are no visible holes,
    tears or other defects
    in the seal or any seal fabric or material of any
    floating
    roof;
    3)
    All
    openings
    of
    any
    floating
    roof
    deck,
    except
    stub
    drains,
    are
    equipped
    with
    covers,
    lids
    or
    seals
    such
    that:

    75
    A)
    The
    cover,
    lid
    or
    seal
    is
    in
    the
    closed
    position
    at
    all
    times
    except
    when
    petroleum
    liquid
    is
    transferred
    to
    or
    from
    the
    tank;
    B)
    Automatic
    bleeder
    vents
    ate
    closed
    at
    all
    times
    except
    when
    the
    roof
    is
    floated
    off
    or
    landed on the roof leg supports; and
    C)
    Rim
    vents,
    if
    provided,
    are
    set
    to
    open
    when
    the
    roof
    is
    being
    floated
    off
    the
    roof
    leg
    supports
    or at the manufacturer’s recommended
    setting;
    4)
    Routine
    inspections
    of
    floating
    roof
    seals
    are
    conducted
    through
    roof
    hatches
    once
    every
    six
    months;
    5)
    A
    complete
    inspection
    of
    the
    cover
    and
    seal
    of
    any
    floating
    roof
    tank
    is
    made
    whenever
    the
    tank
    is
    emptied for reasons other.than the transfer of
    petroleum
    liquid
    during
    the
    normal
    operation
    of
    the
    tank,
    or
    whenever
    repairs
    are
    made
    as
    a
    result
    of
    any
    semi—annual
    inspection
    or
    incidence
    of
    roof
    damage or defect; and
    6)
    A
    record
    of
    the
    results
    of
    eaôh
    inspection
    conducted under subsection
    (b) (4)
    or
    (b) (5)
    is
    maintained.
    C)
    Owners
    and operators of petroleum liquid storage tanks
    were required to have compliance schedules as
    summarized
    in
    Appendix
    C,
    to
    35
    Ill
    Adm. Code 215.
    Section
    218.124
    External
    Floating
    Roofs
    a)
    In addition to meeting the requirements of Section
    218.123(b),
    no
    owner
    or
    operator
    of
    a
    stationary
    storage
    tank
    equipped
    with
    an
    external
    floating
    roof
    shall
    cause
    or
    allow
    the
    storage
    of
    any
    volatile
    petroleum liquid in the tank unless:
    1)
    The
    tank
    has
    been
    fitted
    with
    a
    continuous
    secondary seal extending from the floating roof to
    the
    tank
    wall
    (rim
    mounted
    secondary
    seal)
    or
    any
    other device which controls VON emissions with an
    effectiveness equal to or greater than a rim
    mounted secondary seal;
    2)
    Each
    seal
    closure
    device
    meets
    the
    following
    requirements:
    A)
    The seal
    is intact and uniformly in place

    76
    around
    the
    circumference
    of
    the
    floating
    roof
    between
    the
    floating
    roof
    and
    tank
    wall;
    and
    B)
    The
    accumulated
    area
    of
    gaps
    exceeding
    0.32
    centimeter
    (1/8
    inch)
    in
    width
    between
    the
    secondary
    seal and the tank wall shall not
    exceed 212 square centimeters per meter of
    tank diameter (1.0 square inches per foot of
    tank diameter).
    3)
    Emergency roof drains are provided with slotted
    membrane
    fabric
    covers or equivalent covers across
    at least 90 percent of the area of the opening;
    4)
    Openings are equipped with projections into the
    tank
    which
    remain
    below
    the
    liquid
    surface
    at
    all
    times;
    5)
    Inspections
    are
    conducted
    prior
    to
    May
    1
    of
    each
    year
    to
    insure
    compliance
    with
    subsection
    (a);
    6)
    The
    secondary
    seal
    gap
    is
    measured
    prior
    to
    May
    1
    of
    each
    year;
    7)
    Records
    of
    the
    types
    of
    volatile
    petroleum
    liquid
    stored,
    the
    maximum
    true
    vapor
    pressure
    of
    the
    liquid
    as
    stored,
    the
    results
    of
    the
    inspections
    and
    the
    results
    of
    the
    secondary
    seal
    gap
    measurements
    are
    maintained
    and
    available
    to
    the
    Agency,
    upon
    verbal
    or
    written
    request,
    at
    any
    reasonable
    time
    for
    a
    minimum
    of
    two
    years
    after
    the
    date
    on
    which
    the
    record was made.
    b)
    Subsection
    (a)
    does
    not
    apply
    to
    any
    stationary
    storage
    tank
    equipped
    with
    an
    external
    floating
    roof:
    1)
    Exempted
    under
    Section
    2l8.123(a)(2)
    through
    218.123
    (a)
    (6)
    ;
    2)
    Of welded construction equipped with a metallic
    type
    shoe
    seal
    having
    a
    secondary
    seal
    from
    the
    top of the shoe seal to the tank wall
    (shoe—mounted secondary seal);
    3)
    Of welded construction equipped with a metallic
    type
    shoe
    seal,
    a
    liquid—mounted
    foam
    seal,
    a
    liquid-mounted
    liquid-filled—type seal,
    or other
    closure
    device
    of
    equivalent
    control
    efficiency
    approved
    by
    the
    Agency
    in
    which
    a
    petroleum
    liquid
    with
    a
    true
    vapor
    pressure
    less than 27.6 kPa (4.0
    psia)
    at
    294.3°K
    (70°
    F)
    is
    stored;
    or

    77
    4)
    Used to store crude oil with a pour point of 50°F
    or
    higher
    as
    determined
    by
    ASTM
    Standard
    D97-66
    incorporated
    by
    reference
    in
    Section
    218.112.
    Section 218.125
    Compliance Dates
    Every
    owner
    or operator of an emission source subject to 35 Ill.
    Adm. Code 215, Subpart B, as of
    December
    31,
    1987 shall have
    complied with its standards and limitations by December 31,
    1987.
    Section 218.126
    Compliance Plan
    a)
    The owner or operator of an emission source previously
    subject to Section 215.125 shall have submitted to the
    Agency
    a
    compliance
    plan
    as
    required
    by
    35
    Ill.
    Adm.
    Code
    201.241,
    including
    a
    project
    completion
    schedule
    where
    applicable,
    no
    later
    than
    April
    21,
    1983.
    b)
    Unless the submitted compliance plan or schedule was
    disapproved by the Agency, the owner or operator of a
    facility or emission source subject to the rules
    specified in subsection
    (a) may operate the emission
    source according to the plan and schedule as submitted.
    C)
    The plan and schedule shall meet the requirements of 35
    Ill.
    Adin.
    Code 201.241 including specific interim dates
    as required in 35 Ill. Adm. Code 201.242.
    SUBPART
    C:
    ORGANIC
    EMISSIONS
    FROM
    MISCELLANEOUS
    EQUIPMENT
    Section
    218.141
    Separation
    Operations
    a)
    No person shall use any single or multiple compartment
    effluent water separator which receives effluent water
    containing 757 1/day
    (200 gal/day) or more of organic
    material from any equipment processing, refining,
    treating, storing or handling organic material unless
    such effluent water separator is equipped with air
    pollution control equipment capable of reducing by 85
    percent or more the uncontrolled organic material
    emitted
    to
    the
    atmosphere.
    Exception:
    If
    no
    odor
    nuisance exists the limitations of this subsection
    shall not apply if the vapor pressure of the organic
    material
    is
    below
    17.24
    kPa (2.5 psia)
    at 294.3°K
    (70°F).
    b)
    Subsection
    (a)
    shall
    not
    apply
    to
    water
    and
    crude
    oil
    separation
    in
    the
    production
    of
    Illinois
    crude
    oil,
    if
    the
    vapor
    pressure
    of
    such
    crude
    oil
    is
    less
    than
    34.5
    kPa
    (5 psia).
    Section 218.142
    Pumps and Compressors

    78
    No
    person
    shall
    cause
    or
    allow
    the
    discharge
    of
    more
    than
    32.8
    ml
    (2 cu in) of VOL with vapor pressure of 17.24 kPa
    (2.5 psia) or
    ~reater at 294.3°K(70°F) into the atmosphere from any pump or
    compressor
    in
    any
    15
    minute
    period
    at
    standard
    conditions.
    Section 218.143
    Vapor Blowdown
    No person shall cause or allow the emission of organic material
    into
    the
    atmosphere
    from
    any
    vapor
    blowdown
    system
    or
    any
    safety
    relief valve, except such safety relief valves not capable of
    causing an excessive release, unless such emission is controlled:
    a)
    To
    10
    ppm
    equivalent
    methane
    (molecular
    weight
    16.0)
    or
    less;
    or,
    b)
    By
    combustion
    in
    a
    smokeless
    flare;
    or,
    c)
    By
    other
    air
    pollution
    control
    equipment
    approved
    by
    the Agency according to the provisions of 35 Ill. Adm.
    Code
    201,
    and
    further
    processed
    consistent
    with
    Section
    218.108.
    Section
    218.144
    Safety
    Relief
    Valves
    Section 218.143 shall not apply to any set of unregulated safety
    relief valves capable of causing excessive releases, provided the
    owner
    or
    operator
    thereof,
    by
    October
    1,
    1972,
    supplied
    the
    Agency with the following:
    a)
    A
    historical
    record
    of
    each
    such
    set
    (or,
    if
    such
    records
    were
    unavailable,
    of
    similar
    sets
    which,
    by
    virtue
    of
    operation
    under
    similar
    circumstances,
    may
    reasonably
    have
    been
    presumed
    to
    have
    the
    same
    or
    greater
    frequency
    of
    excessive
    releases)
    for
    a
    three-year
    period
    immediately
    preceding
    October
    1,
    1972,
    indicating:
    1)
    Dates
    on
    which
    excessive
    releases
    occurred
    from
    each
    such
    set;
    and,
    2)
    Duration in minutes of each such excessive
    release;
    and,
    3)
    Quantities
    (in
    pounds)
    of
    mercaptans
    and/or
    hydrogen
    sulfide
    emitted
    into
    the
    atmosphere
    during
    each
    such
    excessive
    release.
    b)
    Proof,
    using
    such
    three-year
    historical
    records,
    that
    no
    excessive
    release
    is
    likely
    to
    occur
    from
    any
    such
    set
    either
    alone
    or
    in
    combination
    with
    such
    excessive
    releases
    from
    other
    sets
    owned
    or
    operated
    by
    the
    same

    79
    person
    and
    located
    within
    a
    ten—mile
    radius
    from
    the
    center
    point
    of
    any
    such
    set,
    more
    frequently
    than
    3
    times
    in
    any
    12
    month
    period;
    c)
    Accurate maintenance records pursuant to the
    requirements
    of
    subsection
    (a);
    and,
    d)
    Proof,
    at
    three—year
    intervals,
    using
    such
    three—year
    historical
    records,
    that
    such
    set
    conforms
    to
    the
    requirements
    of
    subsection
    (c).
    SUBPART
    E:
    SOLVENT
    CLEANING
    Section
    218.181
    Solvent
    Cleaning
    in
    General
    The
    requirements
    of
    this
    Subpart
    shall
    apply
    to
    all
    cold
    cleaning,
    open
    top
    vapor
    degreasing,
    and
    conveyorized
    degreasing
    operations.
    Section
    218.182
    Cold
    Cleaning
    a)
    Operating
    Procedures:
    No
    person
    shall
    operate
    a
    cold
    cleaning
    degreaser
    unless:
    1)
    Waste
    solvent
    is
    stored
    in
    covered
    containers
    only
    and
    not
    disposed
    of
    in
    such
    a
    manner
    that
    more
    than
    20
    of
    the
    waste
    solvent
    (by
    weight)
    is
    allowed
    to
    evaporate
    into
    the
    atmosphere;
    2)
    The
    cover
    of
    the
    degreaser
    is
    closed
    when
    parts
    are
    not
    being
    handled;
    and
    3)
    Parts
    are
    drained
    until
    dripping
    ceases.
    b)
    Equipment
    Requirements:
    No
    person
    shall
    operate
    a
    cold
    cleaning
    degreaser
    unless:
    1)
    The
    degreaser
    is
    equipped
    with
    a
    cover
    which
    is
    closed
    whenever
    parts
    are
    not
    being
    handled
    in
    the
    cleaner.
    The
    cover
    shall
    be
    designed
    to
    be
    easily
    operated
    with
    one
    hand
    or
    with
    the mechanical
    assistance
    of
    springs,
    counter—weights
    or
    a
    powered system
    if:
    A)
    The
    solvent
    vapor
    pressure
    is
    greater
    than
    2
    kPa
    (15
    mmllg
    or
    0.3
    psi)
    measured
    at
    38°C
    (100°F);
    B)
    The
    solvent
    is
    agitated;
    or
    C)
    The
    solvent
    is
    heated
    above
    ambient
    room
    temperature.

    80
    2)
    The
    degreaser
    is
    equipped
    with
    a
    facility
    for
    draining
    cleaned
    parts.
    The
    drainage
    facility
    shall
    be
    constructed
    so
    that
    parts
    are enclosed
    under the cover while draining unless:
    A)
    The
    solvent
    vapor
    pressure
    is
    less
    than
    4.3
    kPa
    (32
    mmHg
    or
    0.6
    psi)
    measured
    at
    38°C
    (100°F);
    or
    B)
    An
    internal
    drainage
    facility
    cannot
    be
    fitted
    into
    the
    cleaning
    system,
    in
    which
    case
    the
    drainage
    facility
    may
    be
    external.
    3)
    The
    degreaser
    is
    equipped
    with
    one
    of
    the
    following
    control
    devices
    if
    the
    vapor
    pressure
    of
    the
    solvent
    is
    greater
    than
    4.3
    kPa
    (32
    minHg
    or
    0.6
    psi)
    measured
    at
    38°C (l00~F)
    or
    if
    the
    solvent
    is
    heated
    above
    50°C
    (120°?)
    or
    its
    boiling
    point:
    A)
    A
    freeboard
    height
    of
    7/10
    of
    the
    inside
    width
    of
    the
    tank
    or
    91
    cm
    (36
    in),
    whichever
    is
    less;
    or
    B)
    Any
    other
    equipment
    or
    system
    of
    equivalent
    emission
    control
    as
    approved
    by
    the
    Agency
    and
    further
    processed
    consistent
    with
    Section
    218.108.
    Such
    a
    system
    may
    include
    a
    water
    cover,
    refrigerated chiller or carbon
    adsorber.
    4)
    A
    permanent
    conspicuous
    label
    summarizing
    the
    operating
    procedure
    is
    affixed
    to
    the
    degreaser;
    and
    5)
    If
    a
    solvent
    spray
    is
    used,
    the
    degreaser
    is
    equipped
    with
    a
    solid
    fluid
    stream
    spray,
    rather
    than
    a
    fine,
    atomized
    or
    shower
    spray.
    Section
    218.183
    Open
    Top
    Vapor
    Degreasing
    a)
    Operating Requirements:
    No person shall operate an
    open
    top
    vapor
    degreaser
    unless:
    1)
    The
    cover
    of
    the
    degreaser
    is
    closed
    when
    workloads
    are
    not
    being
    processed
    through
    the
    degreaser;
    2)
    Solvent
    carryout
    emissions
    are
    minimized
    by:
    A)
    Racking
    parts
    to
    allow
    complete
    drainage;

    81
    B)
    Moving parts in and out of ~thedegreaser at
    less
    than
    3.3
    rn/mm
    (1.
    ft/mm);
    C)
    Holding
    the
    parts
    in
    the
    vapor
    zone
    until
    condensation ceases;
    D)
    Tipping
    out
    any
    pools
    of
    solvent
    on
    the
    cleaned parts before removal from the vapor
    zone;
    and,
    E)
    Allowing
    parts
    to
    dry
    within
    the
    degreaser
    until
    visually dry.
    3)
    Porous
    or
    absorbent
    materials,
    such
    as
    cloth,
    leather,
    wood
    or
    rope
    are
    not
    degreased;
    4)
    Less
    than
    half
    of
    the
    degreaser’s
    open
    top
    area
    is
    occupied
    with
    a
    workload;
    5)
    The
    degreaser
    is
    not
    loaded
    to
    the
    point
    where
    the
    vapor
    level
    would
    drop
    more
    than
    10
    cm
    (4
    in)
    when
    the
    workload
    is
    removed
    from
    the
    vapor
    zone;
    6)
    Spraying
    is
    done
    below
    the
    vapor
    level
    only;
    7)
    Solvent
    leaks
    are
    repaired
    immediately;
    8)
    Waste
    solvent
    is
    stored
    in
    covered
    containers
    only
    and
    not
    disposed
    of
    in
    such
    a
    manner
    that
    more
    than
    20
    of
    the
    waste
    solvent
    (by
    weight)
    is
    allowed
    to
    evaporate
    into
    the
    atmosphere;
    9)
    Water
    is
    not
    visually
    detectable
    in
    solvent
    exiting
    from
    the
    water
    separator;
    and
    10)
    Exhaust
    ventilation
    exceeding
    20
    cubic
    meters
    per
    minute
    per
    square
    meter
    (65
    cubic feet per minute
    per
    square
    foot)
    of
    degreaser
    open
    area is not
    used, unless necessary to meet the requirements of
    the Occupational Safety and Health Act
    (29 U.S.C.
    Section 651 et seq.).
    b)
    Equipment
    Requirements:
    No
    person
    shall
    operate
    an
    open
    top
    vapor
    degreaser
    unless:
    1)
    The
    degreaser
    is
    equipped
    with
    a
    cover
    designed
    to
    open
    and
    close
    easily
    without
    disturbing
    the
    vapor
    zone;
    2)
    The
    degreaser
    is
    equipped
    with
    the
    following
    switches:

    82
    A)
    A device which shuts off the
    sump
    heat
    source
    if the amount of condenser.coolant is not
    sufficient to maintain the designed vapor
    level; and
    B)
    A device which shuts off the spray pump if
    the vapor level drops more than 10 cm
    (4 in)
    below the bottom condenser
    coil;
    and
    C)
    A device which shuts off the aump heat source
    when the vapor level exceeds the
    design
    level.
    3)
    A
    permanent
    conspicuous
    label
    summarizing
    the
    operating
    procedure
    is
    affixed
    to
    the
    degreaser;
    4)
    The degreaser is equipped with one of the
    following
    devices:
    A)
    A freeboard height of 3/4 of the inside width
    of
    the
    degreaser
    tank
    or
    91
    cm
    (36
    in),
    whichever is less; and if the degreaser
    opening is greater than
    1.
    square
    meter
    (10.8
    square feet), a powered or mechanically
    assisted
    cover;
    or
    B)
    Any
    other
    equipment
    or
    system
    of
    equivalent
    emission
    control
    as
    approved
    by
    the
    Agency
    and further processed consistent with Section
    218.108.
    Such
    equipment
    or
    system
    may
    include a refrigerated chiller, an enclosed
    design or a carbon adsorption system.
    Section
    218.184
    Conveyorized
    Degreasing
    a)
    Operating Requirements:
    No person shall operate a
    conveyorized degreaser unless:
    1)
    Exhaust
    ventilation
    exceeding
    20
    cubic meters per
    minute
    per
    square
    meter
    (65
    cubic feet per minute
    per square foot) of area of loading and unloading
    opening is not used, unless necessary to meet the
    requirements of the Occupational Safety and Health
    Act
    (29 U.S.C. Section 651 et seq.).
    2)
    Solvent carryout emissions are minimized by:
    A)
    Racking parts for best drainage; and
    B)
    Maintaining
    the
    vertical
    conveyor speed at
    less
    than
    3.3
    ~/min
    (11
    ft/mm);

    83
    3)
    Waste solvent is stored in covered containers only
    and not disposed of in such a
    ~ánner
    that
    more
    than
    20
    of
    the
    waste
    solvent
    (by
    weight)
    is
    allowed to evaporate into the atmosphere;
    4)
    Solvent leaks are repaired immediately;
    5)
    Water
    is
    not
    visually
    detectable
    in
    solvent
    exiting from the water separator; and
    6)
    Downtime covers are placed over entrances and
    exits of conveyorized degreasers immediately after
    the conveyors and exhausts are shut down and not
    removed
    until
    just
    before
    start—up.
    b)
    Equipment
    Requirements:
    No
    person
    shall
    operate
    a
    conveyorized
    degreaser
    unless:
    1)
    The
    degreaser
    is
    equipped
    with
    a
    drying
    tunnel,
    rotating
    (tumbling)
    basket
    or
    other
    equipment
    sufficient
    to
    prevent
    cleaned
    parts
    from
    carrying
    out solvent liquid or vapor;
    2)
    The degreaser is equipped with the following
    switches:
    A)
    A device which shuts off the sump heat source
    if the amount of condenser coolant is not
    sufficient
    to
    maintain
    the
    designed
    vapor
    level;
    B)
    A
    device
    which
    shuts
    off
    the
    spray
    pump
    or
    the conveyor if the vapor level drops more
    than 10 cm
    (4
    in) below the bottom condenser
    coil;
    and
    C)
    A
    device
    which
    shuts
    off
    the
    sump heat source
    when the vapor level exceeds the design
    level;
    3)
    The degreaser is equipped with openings for
    entrances and exits that silhouette workloads so
    that the average clearance between the
    parts
    and
    the
    edge
    of
    the
    degreaser
    opening
    is
    less
    than
    10
    cm
    (4
    in) or less than 10 percent of the width of
    the opening;
    4)
    The degreaser is equipped with downtime covers for
    closing
    off
    entrances
    and
    exits
    when
    the
    degreaser
    is
    shut
    down;
    and

    84
    5)
    The degreaser is equipped with one of the
    following control devices,
    if the
    air/vapor
    interface is larger than 2.0 square meters (21.6
    square feet):
    A)
    A carbon adsorption system with ventilation
    greater than or equal to 15 cubic meters per
    minute
    per
    square
    meter
    (50
    cubic
    feet
    per
    minute per square foot) of air/vapor area
    when
    downtime
    covers are
    open,
    and exhausting
    less than 25 ppm of solvent by volume
    averaged over a complete adsorption cycle; or
    B)
    Any other equipment or system of equivalent
    emission control as approved by the Agency,
    and further processed consistent with Section
    218.108.
    Such equipment or system may
    include
    a
    refrigerated
    chiller.
    Section
    218.185
    Compliance
    Schedule
    Every
    owner
    or
    operator
    of an emission source which was
    previously exempt from the requirements of Subpart E of 35 Ill.
    Adm. Code 215 (Sections 215.182—215.184) because it satisfied the
    criteria in either 35 Ill. Adm. Code 215.181(a)
    or 35 Ill.
    Adm.
    Code 215.181(b), shall comply with the requirements of this
    Subpart
    on
    and
    after a date consistent with Section 218.106.
    A
    source which did not satisfy the criteria in either 35 Ill.
    Adin.
    Code 215.181(a) or 35 Ill.
    Adm.
    Code 215.181(b)
    shall comply with
    the
    requirements
    of
    this
    Subpart
    upon
    adoption.
    Section
    218.186
    Test
    Methods
    The
    following
    test
    methods
    shall
    be
    used
    to
    demonstrate
    compliance with this Subpart:
    a)
    Vapor pressures shall be determined by using the
    procedure specified in Section 218.110.
    b)
    Exhaust
    ventilation
    rates
    shall
    be
    determined
    by
    using
    the
    procedures
    specified
    in
    Section
    218. 105(f)
    (3).
    c)
    The
    performance
    of
    control
    devices
    shall
    be
    determined
    by using the procedures specified in Section
    218.105(f).
    SUBPART
    F:
    COATING OPERATIONS
    Section 218.204
    Emission Limitations for Manufacturing Plants
    Except as provided in Section 218.208, no owner or operator of a
    coating
    line
    shall
    apply
    at
    any
    time
    any
    coating
    in
    which
    the
    VON

    85
    content
    exceeds
    the
    following
    emission
    limitations
    for
    the
    specified coating.
    The following emission limitations are
    expressed
    in
    units
    of
    VOM per
    volume
    of
    coating
    (minus
    water
    and
    any compounds which are specifically exempted from the definition
    of VON) as applied at each coating applicator, except where
    noted.
    Compounds which are specifically exempted from the
    definition of VOM should be treated as water for the purpose of
    calculating
    the
    “less
    water”
    part
    of the coating composition.
    Compliance with this Subpart must be demonstrated through the
    applicable coating analysis test methods and procedures specified
    in Section 218.105(a)
    and the recordkeeping
    and
    reporting
    requirements specified in Section 218.211(c).
    (Note:
    The
    equation presented in Section 218.206 shall be used to calculate
    emission
    limitations
    for
    determining
    compliance
    by
    add-on
    controls,
    credits
    for
    transfer
    efficiency,
    emissions
    trades
    and
    cross—line averaging.)
    The emission limitations are as follows:
    a)
    Automobile or Light-Duty
    kg/l
    lb/gal
    Truck
    Coating
    1)
    Prime coat
    0.14
    (1.2)
    2)
    Prime surfacer coat
    0.34
    (2.8)
    (Note:
    The
    prime
    surfacer
    coat
    limitation
    is
    based
    upon
    a transfer efficiency of 30 percent.
    The use of
    transfer
    efficiency
    credits
    can
    be
    allowed
    only
    if
    approved by the Agency and approved by the USEPA as a
    SIP
    revision.
    3)
    Topcoat
    1.81
    (15.1)
    (Note:
    The topcoat limitation is in units of kg
    (lbs)
    of
    VON
    per
    1
    (gal)
    of
    coating
    solids
    deposited.
    Compliance with the limitation shall be based on the
    daily-weighted
    average
    VOM
    content
    from
    the entire
    topcoat operation
    (all topcoat spray booths,
    flash-off
    areas and bake ovens).
    Compliance shall be
    demonstrated in accordance with the topcoat protocol
    for automobiles and light—duty trucks referenced in
    Section 218.105(b).
    Section 218.205 does not apply to
    the topcoat limitation.)
    At least 180 days prior to
    the initial compliance date, the owner or operator of a
    coating line subject to the topcoat limitation shall
    have submitted to the USEPA a detailed proposal
    specifying the method of demonstrating compliance with
    the
    protocol.
    The
    proposal
    shall
    have
    included,
    at
    a
    minimum,
    a
    comprehensive
    plan
    (including
    a
    rationale)
    for
    determining
    the
    transfer
    efficiency
    at
    each
    booth
    through
    the
    use
    of
    in-plant,
    or
    pilot
    testing;
    the
    selection of coatings to be tested (for the purpose of

    86
    determining transfer efficiency)
    including the
    rationale for coating groupings; and the method for
    determining
    the analytic VON content: of as
    appliedcoatings and the formulation solvent content of
    as applied coatings.
    Upon approval of the protocol by
    the USEPA, the source may proceed with the compliance
    demonstration.
    kg!.
    lb!aal
    4)
    Final repair coat
    0.58
    (4.8)
    b)
    Can Coating
    kg/i.
    lb/aal
    1)
    Sheet basecoat and
    0.34
    (2.8)
    overvarnish
    2)
    Exterior basecoat and
    0.34
    (2.8)
    overvarnish
    3)
    Interior body spray coat 0.51
    (4.2)
    4)
    Exterior end coat
    0.51
    (4.2)
    5)
    Side seam spray coat
    0.66
    (5.5)
    6)
    End sealing compound coato.44
    (3.7)
    kci/l
    lb/cal
    c)
    Paper Coating
    0.35
    (2.9)
    (Note:
    The paper coating limitation shall not apply to
    any owner or operator of any paper coating line on
    which printing is performed if the paper coating
    line
    complies with the emissions limitations in Subpart H:
    Printing and Publishing,
    Sections 218.401 through
    218.404.)
    kci/l
    lb/aal
    d)
    Coil Coating
    0.31
    (2.6)
    e)
    Fabric Coating
    0.35
    (2.9)
    f)
    Vinyl
    Coating
    0.45
    (3.8)
    g)
    Metal
    Furniture
    Coating
    0.36
    (3.0)
    h)
    Large
    Appliance
    Coating
    0.34
    (2.8)
    (Note:
    The
    limitation
    shall
    not
    apply
    to
    the
    use
    of

    87
    quick-drying
    lacquers
    for
    repair
    of
    scratches
    and
    nicks
    that
    occur
    during
    assembly,
    provided
    -that
    the
    volume
    of
    coating does not exceed 0.95 1
    (1 quart)
    in any one
    rolling
    eight-hour
    period.)
    ka/l
    lblaal
    i)
    Magnet Wire Coating
    0.20
    (1.7)
    j)
    Miscellaneous Metal Parts and
    Products Coating
    1)
    Clear
    coating
    0.52
    (4.3)
    2)
    Air—dried coating
    0.42
    (3.5)
    3)
    Extreme
    performance
    0.42
    (3.5)
    coating
    4)
    All other coatings
    0.36
    (3.0)
    k~/l
    1b/~al
    Ic)
    Heavy Off-Highway Vehicle
    Products
    Coating
    1)
    Extreme
    performance
    0.42
    (3.5)
    prime
    coat
    2)
    Extreme
    performance
    top-
    0.42
    (3.5)
    coat
    (air
    dried)
    3)
    Final
    repair
    coat
    0.42
    (3.5)
    (air
    dried)
    4)
    All other coatings are subject to the emission
    limitations for miscellaneous metal parts and
    products coatings in subsection
    (j) above.
    kgJl
    lb!ual
    1)
    Wood
    Furniture
    Coating
    1)
    Clear
    topcoat
    0.67
    (5.6)
    2)
    Opaque stain
    0.56
    (4.7)
    3)
    Pigmented
    coat
    0.60
    (5.0)
    4)
    Repair
    coat
    0.67
    (5.6)
    5)
    Sealer
    0.67
    (5.6)

    88
    6)
    Semi—transparent stain
    0.19
    (6.6)
    7)
    Wash
    coat
    0.73
    (6.1)
    (Note:
    An owner or operator of a
    wood
    furniture
    coating operation subject to this Section shall apply
    all coatings, with the exception of no more than 37.8 1
    (10 gal) of coating per day used for touch—up and
    repair operations, using one.or more of the following
    application systems:
    airless spray application system,
    air—assisted airless spray application system,
    electrostatic spray application system, electrostatic
    bell or disc spray application system, heated airless
    spray application system,
    roller coating, brush or wipe
    coating
    application
    system,
    or
    dip
    coating
    application
    system.)
    in)
    Existing
    Diesel-Electric
    Locomotive
    Coating
    Lines
    in
    Cook County
    ka!l
    lb/gal
    1)
    Extreme
    performance
    prime
    0.42
    (3.5)
    coat
    2)
    Extreme performance top-
    0.42
    (3.5)
    coat (air dried)
    3)
    Final
    repair
    coat
    0.42
    (3.5)
    (air
    dried)
    4)
    High-temperature
    aluminum
    0.72
    (6.0)
    coating
    5)
    All
    other
    coatings
    0.36
    (3.0)

    89
    Section 218.205
    Daily-Weighted Average Limitations
    No
    owner
    or
    operator
    of
    a
    coating
    line
    subject to the limitations
    of
    Section 218.204 and complying by means of this Section shall
    operate the subject coating line unless the owner or operator has
    demonstrated compliance with subsection (a),
    (b),
    (c),
    (d),
    (e)
    or
    (f)
    (depending upon the source category) through the
    applicable coating analysis test methods and procedures specified
    in Section 218.105(a) and the recordkeeping and reporting
    requirements specified in Section 218
    211(d):
    a)
    No
    owner
    or
    operator
    of
    a
    coating
    line
    subject
    to
    only
    one of the limitations from among Section
    218.204 (a) (1),
    (a) (2),
    (a) (4),
    (C),
    (d)
    ,
    (e)
    ,
    (f),
    (g)
    ,
    (h),
    or
    (i)-
    shall
    apply
    coatings
    on
    any
    such
    coating
    line, during any day, whose daily-weighted average VON
    content exceeds the emission limitation to which the
    coatings
    are
    subject.
    b)
    No
    owner
    or
    operator
    of
    a
    miscellaneous
    metal
    parts
    and
    products coating line subject to the limitations of
    Section
    218.204(j)
    shall
    apply
    coatings
    to
    miscellaneous
    metal
    parts
    or
    products
    on
    the
    subject
    coating
    line
    unless
    the
    requirements
    in
    subsection
    (b) (1)
    or
    (b) (2)
    below
    are
    met.
    1)
    For
    each
    coating
    line
    which
    applies multiple
    coatings, all of which are subject to the same
    numerical
    emission
    limitation
    within
    Section
    218.204(j)
    above, during
    the
    same
    day (e.g.,
    all
    coatings
    used
    on
    the
    line
    are
    subject
    to
    0.42
    kg/i.
    3
    5
    lbs/gal),
    the
    daily-weighted
    average
    VON
    content
    shall
    not
    exceed
    the
    coating
    VON
    content
    limit
    corresponding
    to
    the
    category
    of
    coating
    used,
    or
    2)
    For each coating line
    which
    applies coatings from
    more than one of the
    four
    coating categories in
    Section
    218.204
    (j)
    above,
    during
    the
    same
    day,
    the
    owner
    or operator shall have a site—specific
    proposal approved by the Agency and approved by
    the USEPA as a SIP revision.
    To receive approval,
    the
    requirements
    of
    USEPA’s
    Emissions
    Trading
    Policy Statement (and related policy) must be
    satisfied.
    c)
    No
    owner
    or
    operator
    of
    a
    can
    coating
    facility
    subject
    to
    the
    limitations
    of
    Section
    215.204(b)
    shall
    operate
    the
    subject
    coating
    facility
    using
    a
    coating
    with
    a
    VON
    content
    in
    excess
    of
    the
    limitations
    specified
    in
    Section
    215.204(b)
    unless
    all
    of
    the
    following

    90
    requirements
    are
    met:
    1)
    An
    alternative
    daily
    emission
    limitation
    shall
    be
    determined
    according
    to
    subsection
    (C)
    (2) below.
    Actual daily emissions shall never exceed the
    alternative daily emission limitation and shall be
    calculated by use of the following equation.
    II
    Ed
    =
    1E
    V1C1
    =1
    where:
    Ed
    =
    Actual VON emissions for the day in
    units
    of
    kg/day
    (lbs/day),
    i
    =
    Subscript denoting a specific coating
    applied,
    n
    =
    Total
    number
    of
    coatings
    applied
    in
    the
    can coating operation,
    =
    Volume
    of
    each
    coating
    applied
    for
    the
    day in units of 1/day (gal/day)
    of
    coating
    (minus water and any compounds
    which are specifically exempted from the
    definition of VON),
    and
    C~
    =
    The
    VON
    content
    of
    each
    coating
    as
    applied
    in
    units
    of
    kg
    VON/i.
    (lbs
    VOM/gal) of coating (minus water and any
    compounds which are specifically
    exempted from the definition of VON).
    2)
    The alternative daily emission limitation
    (Ad)
    shall be determined on a daily basis as follows:
    Ads
    ~
    __
    1=1
    (D~
    L1)
    where:
    Ad
    =
    The VON emissions allowed for the day in
    units of kg/day (lbs/day),
    i
    =
    Subscript denoting a specific coating
    applied,
    n
    =
    Total
    number
    of
    surface
    coatings
    applied
    in
    the
    can coating operation,

    91
    C~
    =
    The
    VON
    content
    of
    each
    surface
    coating
    as
    applied
    in
    units
    of
    kg
    VOl.1/1
    (lbs
    VON/gal)
    of coating (minus water and any
    compounds
    which
    are specifically
    exempted from the definition of VON),
    D~
    =
    The
    density
    of
    VON
    in
    each
    coating
    applied.
    For
    the
    purposes
    of
    calculating
    Ad,
    the density is
    0
    882 kg VOM/1 VON (7.36 lbs VON/gal
    VOM),
    V1
    =
    Volume of each surface coating applied
    for
    the
    day
    in
    units
    of
    1
    (gal)
    of
    coating (minus water and any compounds
    which are specifically exempted from the
    definition of VON),
    L1
    =
    The VON emission limitation for each
    surface coating applied as specified in
    Section 218.204(b)
    in units of kg VON/i.
    (lbs
    VON/gal)
    of
    coating
    (minus
    water
    and any compounds which are specifically
    exempted from the definition of VON).
    d)
    No owner or operator of a heavy off—bighway.vehicle
    products coating line subject to the limitations of
    Section 218.204(k) shall apply coatings to heavy
    off-highway
    vehicle
    products
    on
    the
    subject
    coating
    line
    unless
    the
    requirements
    of
    subsection
    (d) (1)
    or
    (d) (2)
    below
    are
    met.
    1)
    For each coating line which applies multiple
    coatings, all of which are subject to the same
    numerical
    emission limitation within Section
    218.204(k)
    above, during the same day (e.g., all
    coatings used on the line are subject to 0.42 kg/i
    (3
    5
    lbs/gal),
    the
    daily—weighted
    average
    VON
    content
    shall
    not
    exceed
    the coating VON content
    limit
    corresponding
    to
    the
    category
    of
    coating
    used,
    or
    2)
    For each coating line which applies coatings
    subject
    to
    more
    than
    one
    numerical
    emission
    limitation in Section 218.204(k) above, during the
    same
    day,
    the
    owner
    or
    operator
    shall
    have
    a
    site
    specific
    proposal
    approved
    by
    the Agency and
    approved by the USEPA as a SIP revision.
    To
    receive approval, the requirements of USEPA’s
    Emissions
    Trading
    Policy
    Statement
    (and
    related
    policy)
    must
    be
    satisfied.

    92
    e)
    No
    owner
    or
    operator
    of
    a
    wood
    furniture
    coating
    line
    subject
    to
    the
    limitations
    of
    Section
    218.204(1)
    shall
    apply
    coatings
    to
    wood
    furniture
    on
    the
    subject
    coating
    line unless the requirements of subsection
    (e) (1) or
    (e)
    (2),
    in
    addition
    to
    the
    requirements
    specified
    in
    the note to Section 218.204(1), are met.
    1)
    For
    each
    coating
    line
    which
    applies
    multiple
    coatings, all of which are subject to the same
    numerical emission liini-tation within Section
    218.204(1)
    above, during the same day (e.g.,
    all
    coatings used on the line are subject to 0.67 kg/I
    5
    6 lbs/gal),
    the daily—weighted average VON
    content
    shall
    not
    exceed
    the
    coating
    VON
    content
    limit corresponding to the category of coating
    used, or
    2)
    For each coating line which applies coatings
    subject to more than one numerical emission
    limitation in Section 218.204(1) above, during the
    same day, the owner or operator shall have a site
    specific
    proposal
    approved
    by
    the
    Agency
    and
    approved by the USEPA as a SIP revision.
    To
    receive
    approval,
    the
    requirements
    of
    USEPA’s
    Emissions Trading Policy Statement
    (and related
    policy)
    must
    be
    satisfied.
    f)
    Mo
    owner
    or
    operator
    of
    an
    existing
    diesel—electric
    locomotive
    coating
    line
    in
    Cook
    County,
    subject
    to
    the
    limitations of Section 218.204(m) shall apply coatings
    to
    diesel—electric
    locomotives
    on
    the
    subject
    coating
    line unless the requirements of subsection
    (b) (1)
    or
    (b) (2)
    are
    met.
    1)
    For
    each
    coating
    line
    which
    applies
    multiple
    coatings, all of which are subject to the same
    numerical
    emission
    limitation
    within
    Section
    218
    204(m)
    above, during the same day
    (e
    g.,
    all
    coatings used on the line are subject to 0.42 kg/l
    (3.5 lbs/gal),
    the daily-weighted average VON
    content shall not exceed the coating VON content
    limit corresponding to the category of coating
    used,
    or
    2)
    For each coating line which applies coatings
    subject to more than one numerical emission
    limitation in Section 218.204(m)
    above, during the
    same day, the owner or operator shall have a site
    specific proposal approved by the Agency and
    approved by the USEPA as a SIP revision.
    To
    receive
    approval,
    the
    requirements
    of
    USEPA’s

    93
    Emissions Trading Policy Statement (and related
    policy) must be satisfied.
    Section 218.206
    Solids Basis Calculation
    Limitations
    in
    terms
    of
    kg
    fibs)
    of VON emissions per 1
    (gal) of
    solids as applied at each coating applicator shall be determined
    by the following equation:
    5=:
    C
    1
    -
    (C/D)
    where:
    S
    =
    The limitation on VON emissions in
    terms
    of kg VOM/l
    (lbs VON/gal) of solids,
    C
    =
    The limitation on VON emissions in terms
    of kg/i.
    (lbs/gal) of coating
    (minus
    water and any compounds which are
    specifically
    excluded
    from
    the
    definition of VON) specified in Section
    218.204,
    D
    =
    The density of VON in the coating.
    For
    the purposes of calculating 5, the
    density is 0.882 kg VON/i VON (7
    36 lbs
    VOM/gal VON).
    Section 218.207
    Alternative Emission Limitations
    a)
    Any owner or operator of a coating line subject to
    Section 218.204 may comply with this Section, rather
    than with Section 218.204,
    if a capture system and
    control device are operated at all times and the owner
    or operator demonstrates compliance with BUbsections
    (c),
    (d),
    (e),
    (f),
    (g)
    or
    (h)
    (depending upon the
    source category) through the applicable coating
    analysis and capture system and control device
    efficiency
    test
    methods
    and
    procedures
    specified
    in
    Section
    218.105
    and
    the
    recordkeeping
    and
    reporting
    requirements specified in Section 218.211(e); and the
    control device is equipped with the applicable
    monitoring equipment specified in Section 218.105(d)
    and the monitoring equipment is installed,
    calibrated,
    operated and maintained according to vendor
    specifications at all times the control device is in
    use.
    A
    capture
    system
    and
    control
    device,
    which
    does
    not
    demonstrate
    compliance
    with
    subsection
    (c),
    (d),
    (e),
    (f),
    (g)
    or
    (h)
    may
    be
    used
    as
    an
    alternative
    to
    compliance
    with
    Section
    218.204
    only
    if
    the
    alternative
    is approved by the Agency and approved by the USEPA as

    94
    a SIP revision.
    b)
    Alternative Add-On Control Methodologies
    1)
    The coating line
    is equipped with a capture system
    and control device that provides 81 percent
    reduction in the overall emissions of VON from the
    coating line and the control device has a 90
    percent efficiency, or
    2)
    The system used to control VON from the coating.
    line is demonstrated to have an overall efficiency
    sufficient to limit VON emissions to no more than
    what is allowed under Section 218.204.
    Use of any
    control
    system
    other
    than
    an
    afterburner,
    carbon
    adsorption, condensation, or absorption scrubber
    system can be allowed only if approved by the
    Agency and approved by the USEPA as a SIP
    revision.
    The use of transfer efficiency credits
    can be allowed only if approved by the Agency and
    approved by the USEPA as a SIP revision.
    Baseline
    transfer
    efficiencies
    and
    transfer
    efficiency
    test
    methods
    must
    be
    approved
    by
    the
    Agency
    and
    the
    USEPA
    Such overall efficiency is to be determined as
    follows:
    A)
    obtain the emission limitation from the
    appropriate subsection in Section 218.204,
    B)
    calculate “5” according to the equation in
    Section
    218.206,
    3)
    calculate the overall efficiency required
    according to Section 218.105(e).
    For the purposes
    of calculating this value, according to the
    equation in Section 218.105(e) (2), VON1 is equal
    to the value of “5” as determined above in
    subsection
    (b) (2) (B).
    c)
    No owner or operator of a coating line subject to only
    one
    of
    the
    emission
    limitations
    from
    among
    Section
    218.204(a)(l),
    (a)(2),
    (a)(4),
    (c),
    (d),
    (e),
    (f),
    (g),
    (Ii) or
    (i) and equipped with a capture system and
    control device shall operate the subject coating line
    unless
    the
    requirements
    in
    subsection
    (b) (1)
    or
    (b) (2)
    above are met.
    No owner or operator of a coating line
    subject
    to
    Section
    218.204(a)
    (3)
    and equipped with a
    capture system and control device shall operate the
    coating line unless the owner or operator demonstrates
    compliance with the topcoat limitation in accordance

    95
    with the topcoat protocol for automobile or light-duty
    trucks
    referenced in Section 218.105tb).
    d)
    Mo owner or operator of a miscellaneous metal parts and
    products coating line which applies one or more
    coatings during the same day, all of which are subject
    to the same numerical emission limitation within
    Section
    218.204(j)
    (e.g., all coatings used on the line
    are subject to 0.42 kg/l
    3.5
    lbs/gal),
    and
    which
    is
    equipped with a capture system and control device shall
    operate the subject coating line unlesB the
    requirements
    in
    subsection
    (b)(l) or (b)(2) above are
    met.
    e)
    No owner or operator of a heavy off—highway vehicle
    products coating line which applies one or more
    coatings during the same day,
    all of which are subject
    to the same numerical emission limitation within
    Section 218.204(k)
    (e.g., all coatings used on the line
    are subject to 0.42 kg/i
    3.5
    lbs/gal),
    and which is
    equipped with a capture system and control device shall
    operate the subject coating line unless the
    requirements in subsection
    (b) (1) or
    (b) (2) above are
    met.
    f)
    No owner or operator of an existing diesel—electric
    locomotive coating line in Cook County which applies
    one or more coatings during the
    same
    day, all of which
    are subject to the same numerical emission limitation
    within Section 218.204(m)
    (e.g., all coatings used on
    the line are subject to 0.42 kg/l
    3.5
    lbs/gal),
    and
    which is equipped with a capture system and control
    device shall operate the subject coating line unless
    the requirements in subsection
    (b) (1) or
    (b) (2) are
    met.
    g)
    No owner or operator of a wood furniture coating line
    which applies one or more coatings during the same day,
    all of which are subject to the
    same
    numerical emission
    limitation within Section 218.204(1)
    (e.g., all
    coatings used on the line are subject to 0.67 kg/l
    5.6
    lbs/gal)), and which is equipped with a capture system
    and control device shall operate the subject coating
    line unless the requirements in subsection
    (b) (1) or
    (b) (2) are met.
    If compliance is achieved by meeting
    the requirements in subsection
    (b) (2), then the
    provisions in the note to Section 218.204(1) must also
    be met.
    h)
    No owner or operator of a can coating facility and
    equipped with a capture system and control device shall
    operate the subject coating facility unless the

    96
    requirements in subsection
    (h) (1) or
    (h) (2) below are
    met.
    1)
    An
    alternative
    daily
    emission
    l:imitation
    shall
    be
    determined according to Section 218.205(c) (2).
    Actual daily emissions shall never exceed the
    alternative daily emission limitation and shall be
    calculated by use of the following equation:
    Ed
    =
    E Vf
    C,
    (1—F1)
    1=1
    where:
    Ed
    =
    Actual VON emissions for the day in
    units of kg/day (lbs/day),
    i
    =
    Subscript denoting the specific coating
    applied,
    n
    =
    Total number of surface coatings as
    applied in the can coating operation,
    V1
    =
    Volume of each coating as applied for
    the day in units of 1/day (gal/day)
    of
    coating (minus water and any compounds
    which are specifically exempted from the
    definition of VON),
    C,
    =
    The VON content of each coating as
    applied in units of kg VON/i (lbs
    VON/gal) of coating (minus water and any
    compounds which are specifically
    exempted from the definition of VON),
    and
    =
    Fraction, by weight, of VON emissions
    from the surface coating, reduced or
    prevented from being emitted to the
    ambient air. This is the overall
    efficiency of the capture system and
    control device.
    2)
    The coating line is equipped with a capture system
    and control device that provide 75 percent
    reduction in the overall emissions of VON from the
    coating line and the control device has a 90
    percent efficiency.
    Section 218.208
    Exemptions From Emission Limitations

    97
    a)
    Exemptions for all source categories except wood
    furniture
    coating.
    The
    limitations
    of
    this
    Subpart
    shall
    not
    apply
    to
    coating
    lines
    within
    a
    facility,
    that
    otherwise
    would
    be
    subject
    to
    the
    same
    subsection
    of
    Section
    218.204
    (because
    they
    belong
    to
    the
    same
    source category,
    e.g. can coating), provided that
    combined
    actual
    emissions
    of
    VON
    from
    all
    lines
    at
    the
    facility subject to that subsection never exceed
    6.8 kg/day
    (15 lbs/day) before the application of
    capture systems and control devices.
    (For example, can
    coating lines within a plant would not be subject to
    the
    limitations
    of
    Section
    218.204(b)
    if
    the
    combined
    actual emissions of VON from the can coating lines
    never exceed 6.8 kg/day
    (15 lbs/day) before the
    application of capture systems and control devices.)
    Volatile organic material emissions from
    heavy
    off-highway vehicle products coating lines must be
    combined with VON emissions from miscellaneous metal
    parts and products coating lines to determine
    applicability.
    Any owner or operator of a coating
    facility shall comply with the applicable coating
    analysis test methods and procedures specified in
    Section 218.105(a)
    and the recordkeeping and reporting
    requirements specified in Section 218.211(a)
    if total
    VON emissions from the subject coating lines are always
    less than or equal to 6.8 kg/day
    (15 lbs/day) before
    the application of capture systems and control devices
    and, therefore,
    are not subject to the limitations of
    Section 218.204.
    Once a category of coating lines at a
    facility is subject to the limitations in Section
    218.204, the coating lines are always subject to the
    limitations in Section 218.204.
    b)
    Applicability for wood furniture coating
    1)
    The limitations of this Subpart shall apply to a
    plant’s wood furniture coating lines if the plant
    contains process emission sources, not regulated
    by Subparts B,
    E, F (excluding Section
    218.204(1)), H (excluding Section 218.405),
    Q,
    R,
    5,
    V,
    X,
    Y,
    or Z of this Part, which as a group
    both:
    A)
    have maximum theoretical emissions of 91 Mg
    (100
    tons)
    or
    more
    per
    calendar
    year
    of
    VON
    if
    no
    air
    pollution
    control
    equipment
    were
    used,
    and
    B)
    are
    not
    limited
    to
    less
    than
    91
    Mg
    (100
    tons)
    of
    VON
    per
    calendar
    year
    if
    no
    air
    pollution
    control equipment were used, through
    production
    or
    capacity
    limitations
    contained

    98
    in
    a
    federally
    enforceable
    construction
    permit or SIP revision.
    2)
    If a plant ceases to fulfill the criteria of
    subsection
    (b) (1), the limitations of Section
    218.204(1) shall continue to apply to any wood
    furniture coating line which was ever subject to
    the limitations of Section 218.204(1).
    3)
    For the purposes of subsection (b), an emission
    source shall be considered regulated by a Subpart
    if it is subject to the limitations of that
    Subpart.
    An emission source is not considered
    regulated by a Subpart if its emissions are below
    the applicability cutoff level or if the source
    is
    covered by an exemption.
    4)
    Any owner or operator of a wood furniture coating
    line to which the limitations of this Subpart are
    not applicable due to the criteria in subsection
    (b)
    shall, upon request by the Agency or the
    USEPA, submit records to the Agency and the USEPA
    within 30 calendar days from the date of the
    request that document that the coating line is
    exempt from the limitations of this Subpart.
    Section 218.209
    Exemption From General Rule on Use of Organic
    Material
    No owner or operator of a coating line subject to the limitations
    of Section 218.204
    is required to meet the limitations of
    Subpart
    G
    (Section
    218.301
    or
    218.302)
    of
    this
    Part,
    after
    the
    date by which the coating line is required to meet Section
    218.204.
    Section
    218.210
    Compliance
    Schedule
    Every owner or operator of a coating line (of a type included
    within Section 218.204)
    shall comply with the requirements of
    Section 218.204, 218.207 or 218.208 and Section 218.211 in
    accordance with the appropriate compliance schedule as specified
    in subsection
    (a),
    (b),
    (C)
    or
    (d) below:
    a)
    No owner or operator of a coating line which is exempt
    from
    the
    limitations
    of
    Section
    218.204
    because
    of
    the
    criteria
    in
    Section
    218.208(a)
    shall
    operate
    said
    coating line on or after a date consistent with Section
    218.106,
    unless
    the
    owner
    or
    operator
    has
    complied
    with,
    and continues to comply with, Section 218.211(b).
    Wood furniture coating lines are not subject to Section
    218.211(b).

    99
    b)
    No
    owner
    or
    operator
    of
    a
    coating
    line
    complying
    by
    means of Section 218.204 shall operate said coating
    line on or after a date consistent with Section
    218.106, unless the owner or operator has complied
    with,
    and continues to comply with, Sections 218.204
    and 218.211(c).
    c)
    No owner or operator of a coating line complying by
    means of Section 218.205 shall operate said coating
    line on or after a date consistent with Section
    218.106, unless the owner or operator has complied
    with,
    and continues to comply with, Sections 218.205
    and 218.211(d).
    d)
    No owner or operator of a coating line complying by
    means of Section 218.207 shall operate said coating
    line on or after a date consistent with Section
    218.106, unless the owner or operator has complied
    with, and continues to comply with, Sections 218.207
    and 218.211(e).
    Section 218.211
    Recordkeeping and Reporting
    a)
    The
    VON
    content
    of
    each
    coating
    and
    the
    efficiency
    of
    each
    capture
    system
    and
    control
    device
    shall
    be
    determined
    by
    the
    applicable
    test methods and
    procedures
    specified
    in
    Section
    218.105
    to
    establish
    the records required under this Section.
    b)
    Any owner or operator of a coating line which is
    exempted from the limitations of Section 218.204
    because of Section 218.208(a)
    shall comply with the
    following:
    1)
    By
    a date consistent with Section 218.106, the
    owner or operator of a facility referenced in this
    subsection shall certify to the Agency that the
    facility is exempt under the provisions of Section
    218.208(a).
    Such certification shall include:
    A)
    A declaration that the facility is exempt
    from the limitations of Section 218.204
    because of Section 218.208(a); and
    B)
    Calculations which demonstrate that the
    combined VON emissions from all coating lines
    at the facility never exceed 6.8 kg
    (15 ibs)
    per day before the application of capture
    systems and control devices.
    The following
    equation shall be used to calculate total VON
    emissions:

    100
    n
    Te
    =
    E
    E (A~B1)~
    i=1
    where:
    =
    Total VON emissions from
    coating
    lines
    at a facility each day before
    the
    application of capture systems and
    control devices in units of kg/day
    (lbs/day),
    m
    =
    Number of coating lines at the
    facility,
    =
    Subscript denoting an individual
    coating line,
    n
    =
    Number of different coatings as
    applied each day on each coating
    line at the facility,
    i
    =
    Subscript denoting an individual
    coating,
    A1
    =
    Weight of VON
    per
    volume of each coating
    (minus water
    and
    any compounds which are
    specifically exempted from the
    definition of
    VON)
    as applied each day
    on each coating line at the facility in
    units of kg VON/i
    (lbs VOM/gal),
    and
    B1
    =
    Volume of each coating (minus water and
    any compounds
    which
    are specifically
    exempted from the definition of VON) as
    appried each day on each coating line at
    the
    facility in units of 1/day
    (gal/day).
    The
    instrument or method by
    which the owner or operator accurately
    measured or calculated the volume of
    each coating as applied on each coating
    line each day shall be described in the
    certification to
    the
    Agency.
    2)
    On and after a date consistent with Section
    218.106,
    the owner or operator of a facility
    referenced in this
    subsection shall collect and
    record all of the following information each day
    for each coating line and maintain the information
    at the facility for a period of three years:
    A)
    The name and identification number of each

    10.
    coating
    as
    applied
    on
    each
    coating
    line.
    B)
    The weight of VON per volume and the volume
    of
    each
    coating
    (minus
    water
    and
    any
    compounds which are specifically exempted
    from the definition of VON)
    as applied each
    day
    on
    each
    coating
    line.
    3)
    On and after a date consistent with Section
    218.106, the owner or operator of a facility
    exempted from the limitations of Section 218.204
    because of Section 218.208(a) shall notify the
    Agency of any record showing that total VON
    emissions from the coating facility exceed 6.8 kg
    (15 lbs)
    in any day before the application of
    capture systems and control devices by sending a
    copy of such record to the Agency within 3Q days
    after the exceedance occurs.
    C)
    Any owner or operator of a coating line subject to the
    limitations of Section 218.204 and complying by means
    of Section 218.204 shall comply with the following:
    1)
    By a date consistent with Section 218.106, or upon
    initial start—up of a new coating line, or upon
    changing the method of compliance from an existing
    subject coating line from Section 218.205 or
    Section 218.207 to Section 218.204; the owner or
    operator of a subject coating line shall certify
    to the Agency that the coating line will be in
    compliance with Section 218.204 on and after a
    date consistent with Section 218.106, or on and
    after the initial start-up date.
    Such
    certification shall include:
    A)
    The name and identification number of each
    coating as applied on each coating line.
    B)
    The weight of VON per volume of each coating
    (minus water and any compounds which are
    specifically exempted from the definition of
    VON) as applied each day on each coating
    line.
    C)
    For coating lines subject to Section
    218.204(a) (3), certification shall include:
    i)
    The name and identification number of
    each coating line which will comply by
    means of Section 218.204 (a) (3),
    ii)
    The name and identification number of

    102
    each
    coating
    as
    applied
    on
    each
    coating
    line,
    iii) The weight of VOM per volume of each
    coating as applied on each coating line
    iv)
    The instrument or method by which the
    owner or operator will accurately
    measure or calculate the volume of each
    coating as applied each day on each
    coating line,
    v)
    The method by which
    the
    owner
    or
    operator will create and maintain
    records each day as required in
    subsection
    (C)
    (2) below for coating
    lines subject to Section 218.204(a) (3),
    vi)
    An example format in which the records
    required in subsection
    (c) (2) below for
    coating lines subject to Section
    218.204 (a) (3).
    2)
    On
    and
    after
    a
    date
    consistent
    with Section
    218.106, or on and after the initial start-up
    date, the owner or operator of a coating line
    subject to the limitations of Section 218.204 and
    complying by means of Section 218.204 shall
    collect and record all of the following
    information each day for each coating line and
    maintain the information at the facility for
    a
    period of three years:
    A)
    The name and identification number of each
    coating as applied on each coating line.
    B)
    The weight of VOM per volume of each coating
    (minus water and any compounds which are
    specifically exempted from the definition of
    VON)
    as applied each day on each coating
    line.
    C)
    For coating lines subject to Section
    218.204(a) (3), the owner or operator shall
    maintain all records necessary to calculate
    the daily-weighted average VON content from
    the coating line in accordance with the
    proposal submitted,
    and approved by the
    USEPA, pursuant to Section 218.204(a) (3).
    3)
    On
    and
    after
    a
    date
    consistent
    with
    Section
    218.106, the owner or operator of a subject

    103
    coating line shall notify the Agency in the
    following
    instances:
    A)
    Any record showing violation of Section
    218.204 shall be reported by sending a copy
    of such record to the Agency within 30 days
    following the occurrence of the violation,
    except that any record showing a violation of
    Section 218.204 (a) (3) shall be reported by
    sending a copy of such record to the Agency
    within 15 days from the end of the month in
    which the violation occurred.
    B)
    At least 30 calendar days before changing the
    method of compliance with Section 218.204
    from Section 218.204 to Section 218.205 or
    Section 218.207, the owner or operator shall
    comply with all requirements of subsection
    (d) (1) or
    (e) (1)
    below, respectively.
    Upon
    changing the method of compliance with
    Section 218.204 from Section 218.204 to
    Section 218.205 or Section 218.207, the owner
    or operator shall comply with all
    requirements of subsection
    (d) or
    (e),
    respectively.
    C)
    For coating lines subject to Section
    218.204(a) (3), the owner or operator shall
    notify
    the
    Agency
    of
    any
    change
    to
    the
    topcoating operation at least 30 days before
    the change is effected.
    The Agency shall
    determine
    whether
    or
    not
    recertification
    testing is required.
    If the Agency
    determines that recertification testing is
    required, then the owner or operator shall
    submit a proposal to the Agency to test
    within 30 days and retest within 30 days of
    the Agency’s approval of the proposal.
    d)
    Any
    owner
    or
    operator
    of
    a
    coating
    line
    subject
    to
    the
    limitations
    of
    Section
    218.204
    and
    complying
    by
    means
    of Section 218.205 shall comply with the following:
    1)
    By a date consistent with Section 218.106, or upon
    initial start-up of a new coating line, or upon
    changing the method of compliance for an existing
    subject
    coating
    line
    from
    Section
    218.204
    or
    Section 218.207 to Section 218.205; the owner or
    operator of the subject coating line shall certify
    to
    the
    Agency
    that
    the
    coating
    line
    will
    be
    in
    compliance with Section 218.205 on and after a
    date consistent with Section 218.106, or on and

    104
    after
    the
    initial
    start-up
    date.
    Such
    certification
    shall
    include:
    A)
    The
    name
    and
    identification
    number of each
    coating line which will comply by means of
    Section 218.205.
    B)
    The name and identification
    number
    of
    each
    coating as applied on each coating line.
    C)
    The
    weight
    of
    VON
    per
    volume
    and
    the
    volume
    of each coating (minus water and any
    compounds
    which
    are
    specifically
    exempted
    from the definition of VON) as applied each
    day on each coating line.
    D)
    The instrument or method by which the owner
    or operator will accurately measure or
    calculate
    the
    volume
    of
    each
    coating
    as
    applied each day on each coating line.
    E)
    The
    method
    by
    which
    the
    owner
    or
    operator
    will create and maintain records each day as
    required in subsection
    (d) (2).
    F)
    An
    example
    of
    the
    format
    in
    which
    the
    records
    required
    in
    subsection
    (d) (2)
    will
    be
    kept.
    2)
    On and after a date consistent with Section
    218.106, or on and after the initial start-up
    date,
    the owner or operator of a coating line
    subject to the limitations of Section 218.204 and
    complying by means of Section 218.205,
    shall
    collect and record all of the following
    information
    each
    day
    for
    each
    coating
    line
    and
    maintain the information at the facility for a
    period
    of
    three
    years:
    A)
    The
    name
    and
    identification
    number
    of
    each
    coating as applied on each coating line.
    B)
    The
    weight
    of
    VON per volume and the
    volume
    of
    each
    coating
    (minus
    water
    and
    any
    compounds which are specifically exempted
    from
    the
    definition
    of
    VON)
    as
    applied
    each
    day on each coating line.
    C)
    The
    daily-weighted
    average
    VON
    content
    of
    all
    coatings as applied on each coating line as
    defined in Section 218.104.
    3)
    On
    and
    after
    a
    date
    consistent
    with
    Section

    105
    218.106,
    the
    owner
    or
    operator
    of
    a
    subject
    coating line shall notify the Agency in the
    following
    instances:
    A)
    Any
    record
    showing
    violation
    of
    Section
    218.205 shall be reported by sending
    a copy
    of such record to the Agency within 30 days
    following the occurrence of the violation.
    B)
    At least 30 calendar days before changing the
    method
    of
    compliance
    with this subpart from
    Section 218.205 to Section 218.204 or Section
    218.207, the owner or operator shall comply
    with all requirements of subsection
    (c) (1) or
    (e) (1), respectively.
    Upon changing the
    method of compliance with this subpart from
    Section 218.205 to Section 218.204 or Section
    218.207, the owner or operator shall Ooiuply
    with all requirements of subsection
    (c) or
    (e), respectively.
    e)
    Any owner or operator of a coating line subject to the
    limitations of Section 218.207 and complying by means
    of
    Section
    218.207(c),
    (d),
    (e),
    (f),
    (g)
    or
    (h)
    shall
    comply
    with
    the
    following:
    1)
    By
    a
    date
    consistent
    with
    Section
    218.106,
    or
    upon
    initial
    start-up
    of
    a
    new
    coating
    line,
    or
    upon
    changing the method of compliance for an existing
    coating line from Section 218.204 or Section
    218.205
    to
    Section
    218.207,
    the
    owner
    or
    operator
    of the subject coating line shall perform all
    tests
    and
    submit
    to
    the
    Agency
    the
    results
    of
    all
    tests and calculations necessary to demonstrate
    that the subject coating line will be in
    compliance with Section 218.207 on and after a
    date consistent with Section 218.106, or on and
    after the initial start-up date.
    2)
    On and after a date consistent with Section
    218.106,
    or
    on
    and
    after
    the initial
    start—up
    date,
    the owner or operator of a coating line
    subject
    to
    the
    limitations
    of
    Section
    218.207
    and
    complying by means of Section 218.207(c),
    (d),
    (e),
    (f),
    (g), or
    (h) shall collect and record all
    of the following information each day for each
    coating
    line
    and
    maintain
    the
    information
    at
    the
    facility for a period of three years:
    A)
    The weight of VON per volume of coating
    solids
    as
    applied
    each
    day
    on
    each
    coating
    line,
    if complying pursuant to Section

    106
    218.207(b) (2).
    B)
    Control
    device
    monitoring
    data.
    C)
    A
    log
    of
    operating
    time
    for
    the
    capture
    system,
    control device, monitoring equipment
    and the associated coating line.
    D)
    A
    maintenance
    log for the capture system,
    control device and monitoring equipment
    detailing all routine and non—routine
    maintenance performed including dates and
    duration
    of
    any
    outages.
    3)
    On and after a date consistent with Section
    218.106, the owner or operator of a subject
    coating line shall notify the Agency in the
    following instances:
    A)
    Any
    record showing violation of Section
    218.207 shall be reported by sending a copy
    of such record to the Agency within 30 days
    following the occurrence of the violation.
    B)
    At least 30 calendar days before changing the
    method of compliance with this Subpart from
    Section 218.207 to Section 218.204 or Section
    218.205, the owner or operator shall comply
    with all requirements of subsection
    (c) (1)
    or
    (d) (1)
    of this Section, respectively.
    Upon
    changing the method of compliance with this
    subpart
    from
    Section
    218.207
    to
    Section
    218.204 or Section 218.205, the owner or
    operator shall comply with all requirements
    of subsection
    (c) or
    (d)
    of this Section,
    respectively.
    SUBPART
    G:
    USE
    OF
    ORGANIC
    MATERIAL
    Section
    218.301
    Use
    of
    Organic
    Material
    No person shall cause or allow the discharge of more than 3.6
    kg/hr
    (8 lbs/hr) of organic material into the atmosphere from any
    emission source, except as provided in Sections 218.302,
    218.303,
    218.304 and the following exception:
    If no odor nuisance exists
    the limitation of this Subpart shall apply only to
    photochemically reactive material.
    Section 218.302
    Alternative Standard
    Emissions of organic material in excess of those permitted by
    Section 218.301 are allowable if such emissions are controlled by

    107
    one of the following methods:
    a)
    Flame, thermal or catalytic incineration so as either
    to reduce such emissions to 10 ppm equivalent methane
    (molecular
    weight
    16)
    or
    less,
    or
    to
    convert
    85
    percent
    of the hydrocarbons to carbon dioxide and water;
    or,
    b)
    A vapor recovery system which adsorbs and/or condenses
    at least 85 percent of the total uncontrolled organic
    material that would otherwise be emitted to the
    atmosphere;
    or,
    c)
    Any other air pollution control equipment approved by
    the Agency and approved by the USEPA as a SIP revision
    capable of reducing by 85 percent or more the
    uncontrolled organic material that would be otherwise
    emitted to the atmosphere.
    Section 218.303
    Fuel
    Combustion
    Emission
    Sources
    The provisions of Sections 218.301 and 218.302 shall not apply to
    fuel combustion emission sources.
    Section 218.304
    Operations with Compliance Program
    The provisions of Sections 218.301 and 218.302 shall not apply to
    any owner, operator, user or manufacturer of paint,
    varnish,
    lacquer, coatings or printing ink whose compliance program and
    project completion schedule, as required by 35 Ill. Adm. Code
    201, provided for the reduction of organic material used in such
    process to 20 percent or less of total volume by May 30,
    1977.
    SUBPART
    H:
    PRINTING
    AND
    PUBLISHING
    Section 218.401
    Flexographic and Rotogravure Printing
    a)
    No owner or operator of-a subject flexographic,
    packaging
    rotogravure
    or
    publication
    rotogravure
    printing line shall apply at any time any coating or
    ink unless the VON content does not exceed the
    limitation specified in either subsection
    (a) (1) or
    (a) (2) below.
    Compliance with this Section must be
    demonstrated through the applicable coating or ink
    analysis test methods and procedures specified in
    Section 218.105(a) and the recordkeeping and reporting
    requirements specified in Section 218.404
    (C).
    As an
    alternative to compliance with this subsection,
    a
    subject printing line may meet the requirements of
    subsection
    (b)
    or
    (c)
    below.
    1)
    Forty
    percent
    VON
    by
    volume
    of
    the
    coating
    and
    ink
    (minus water and any compounds which are

    108
    specifically exempted from the definition of VON),
    or
    2)
    Twenty-five
    percent
    VOM
    by
    volume
    of
    the
    volatile
    content in the coating and
    ink
    b)
    No owner or operator of a subject flexographic,
    packaging rotogravure or publication rotogravure
    printing line shall apply coatings or inks on the
    subject
    printing
    line
    unless
    the
    weighted
    average,
    by
    volume, VON content of all coatings and inks as applied
    each day on the subject printing line does not exceed
    the limitation specified
    in
    either subsection
    (a) (1)
    (as determined by subsection
    (b) (1)) or subsection
    (a) (2)
    (as determined by subsection
    (b) (2)).
    Compliance
    with
    this
    subsection
    must
    be
    demonstrated
    through the applicable coating or
    ink
    analysis test
    methods and procedures specified in Section 218.105(a)
    and the recordkeeping and reporting requirements
    specified in Section 218.404(d).
    1)
    The
    following
    equation
    shall
    be
    used
    to
    determine
    if
    the
    weighted
    average
    VON
    content
    of
    all
    coatings and inks as applied each day on the
    subject
    printing
    line
    exceeds
    the
    limitation
    specified
    in
    subsection
    (a)
    (1).
    I,
    E
    C1L1
    (Vii
    +
    V~OMi)
    i=1.
    VON(i) (A)
    =
    _________________________
    L~(V~i~
    +
    VvOMi)
    =1
    Where:
    VON~i)(A)
    =
    The weighted average VON content in
    units of percent VON by volume of
    all coatings and inks
    (minus water
    and any compounds which are
    specifically exempted from the
    definition of VON) used each day,
    i
    =
    Subscript denoting a specific
    coating or ink as applied,
    The number of different coatings
    and/or inks as applied each day on
    a printing line,
    C1
    =
    The
    VON
    content
    in
    units
    of
    percent

    109
    VON by volume of each coating or
    ink
    as applied (minus water and any
    compounds
    which
    are
    specifically
    exempted
    from
    the
    definition
    of
    VON),
    L1
    =
    The liquid volume of each coating
    or ink as applied in units of 1
    (gal),
    V1i
    =
    The volume fraction of solids in
    each
    coating
    or
    ink
    as
    applied,
    and
    V~OMi
    =
    The volume fraction of VON in each
    coating or ink as applied.
    2)
    The following equation shall be used to
    determine
    if
    the
    weighted
    average
    VON
    content
    of
    all
    coatings and inks as applied each day on the
    subject printing line exceeds the limitation
    specified in subsection
    (a) (2).
    n
    E
    C~L~VVMi
    VOM(i) (B)
    =
    __________
    n
    •Z
    L1V~Mi
    1=1
    where:
    VOM(i) (B)
    =
    The weighted average VON content in
    units of percent VON by volume of
    the volatile content of all
    -
    coatings and inks used each day,
    i
    =
    Subscript denoting a specific
    coating or ink as applied,
    n
    =
    The number of different coatings
    and/or inks as applied each day on
    each printing line,
    C1
    =
    The VON content in units of percent
    VON by volume of the volatile
    matter in each coating or ink as
    applied,
    L~
    =
    The liquid volume of each coating
    or ink as applied in units of 1
    (gal), and

    110
    VVMi
    =
    The volume fraction of volatile
    matter in each coating or ink as
    applied.
    c)
    No
    owner or operator of a subject flexographic,
    packaging
    rotogravure
    or
    publication
    rotogravure
    printing
    line
    equipped
    with
    a
    capture
    system
    and
    control device shall operate the subject printing line
    unless the owner or operator meets the requirements in
    subsection
    (c) (1),
    (C)
    (2), or
    (c) (3) and subsections
    (c)(4),
    (c)(5)
    and (c)(6) below.
    1)
    A
    carbon
    adsorption
    system
    is
    used
    which
    reduces
    the captured VON emissions by at least 90 percent
    by weight, or
    2)
    An incineration system is used which reduces the
    captured VON emissions by at least 90 percent by
    weight, or
    3)
    An alternative VON emission reduction system is
    used which is demonstrated to have at least a
    90 percent control device efficiency, approved by
    the Agency and approved by USEPA as a SIP
    revision, and
    4)
    The printing line is equipped with a capture
    system
    and
    control
    device
    that
    provides
    an
    overall
    reduction in VON emissions of at least:
    A)
    75 percent where a publication rotogravure
    printing line is employed, or
    B)
    65 percent where a packaging rotogravure
    printing
    line
    is
    employed,
    or
    C)
    60 percent where aflexographic printing line
    is employed, and
    4)
    The control device is equipped with the applicable
    monitoring equipment specified in Section
    218.105(d) (2) and the monitoring equipment is
    installed, calibrated,
    operated and maintained
    according to vendor specifications at all times
    the control device is in use, and
    5)
    The capture system and control device are operated
    at all times when the subject printing line is in
    operation.
    The owner or operator shall
    demonstrate compliance with this subsection by
    using the applicable capture system and control
    device test methods and procedures specified in

    ill
    Section
    218.105(c)
    through
    Section
    218.105(f)
    and
    by
    complying
    with
    the
    recordkeeping
    and
    reporting
    requirements specified in Section 218.404(e).
    Section 218.402
    Applicability
    a)
    The limitations of Section 218.401 apply to all
    flexographic and rotogravure printing lines at a
    subject
    facility.
    All
    facilities
    with
    flexographic
    and/or
    rotogravure
    printing
    lines
    are
    subject
    facilities
    unless:
    1)
    Total maximum theoretical emissions of VOM from
    all flexographic and rotogravure printing line(s)
    at the facility never exceed 90.7 Mg (100 tons)
    per calendar year before the application of
    capture systems and control devices, or
    2)
    A federally enforceable construction permit or SIP
    revision for all flexographic and rotogravure
    printing
    line(s)
    at
    a
    facility
    requires
    the
    owner
    or
    operator
    to
    limit
    production
    or
    capacity
    of
    these printing line(s) to reduce total VON
    emissions
    from
    all
    flexographic
    and
    rotogravure
    printing
    line(s)
    to
    90.7
    Mg
    (100
    tons)
    or
    less
    per
    calendar year before the application of capture
    systems
    and
    control
    devices.
    b)
    Upon achieving compliance with this Subpart, the
    emission source is not required to meet Subpart G
    (Sections
    218.301
    or
    218.302).
    Emission
    sources
    exempt
    from
    this
    Subpart
    are
    subject
    to
    Subpart
    G
    (Sections
    218
    301 or 215.802).
    Rotogravure or flexographic
    equipment used for both roll printing and paper coating
    is subject to this Subpart.
    C)
    Once subject to the limitations of Section 218.401,
    a
    flexographic
    or
    rotogravure
    printing
    line
    is
    always
    subject to the limitations of Section 218.401.
    d)
    Any owner or operator of any flexographic or
    rotogravure
    printing
    line
    that
    is
    exempt
    from
    the
    limitations of Section 218.401 because of the criteria
    in this Section is subject to the recordkeeping and
    reporting requirements specified in Section 218.404(b).
    Section 218.403
    Compliance Schedule
    Every owner or operator of a flexographic and/or rotogravure
    printing line shall comply with the applicable requirements of
    Section 218.401 and Section 218.404 in accordance with the
    applicable
    compliance
    schedule
    specified
    in
    subsection
    (a),
    (b),

    112
    (c) or
    (d)
    below:
    a)
    No owner or operator of a flexographic or rotogravure
    printing line which is exempt from the limitations of
    Section 218.401 because of the criteria in Section
    218.402 shall operate said printing line on or after a
    date consistent with Section 218.106, unless the owner
    or operator has complied with, and continues to comply
    with, Section 218.404(b).
    b)
    No owner or operator of a flexographic or rotogravure
    printing line complying by means of Section 218.401(a)
    shall
    operate
    said
    printing
    line
    on
    or
    after
    a
    date
    consistent
    with
    Section
    218.106,
    unless
    the
    owner
    or
    operator has complied with, and continues to comply
    with,
    Section
    218.401(a)
    and
    Section
    218.404(c)...
    c)
    No owner or operator of a flexographic or rotogravure
    printing line complying by means of Section 218.401(b)
    shall
    operate
    said
    printing
    line
    on
    or
    after
    a
    date
    consistent with Section 218.106, unless the owner or
    operator
    has
    complied
    with,
    and
    continues
    to
    comply
    with,
    Section
    218.401(b)
    and
    Section
    218.404(d).
    d)
    No owner or operator of a flexographic or rotogravure
    printing line complying by means of Section 218.401(c)
    shall operate said printing line on or after a date
    consistent
    with
    Section
    218.106,
    unless
    the
    owner
    or
    operator
    has
    complied
    with,
    and
    continues
    to
    comply
    with,
    Section
    218.401(c)
    and
    Section
    218.404(e).
    Section
    2 18.404
    Recordkeeping
    and
    Reporting
    a)
    The VOM content of each coating and ink and the
    efficiency
    of
    eachcapture
    system
    and
    control
    device
    shall
    be
    determined
    by
    the
    applicable
    test
    methods
    and
    procedures specified in Section 218.105 to establish
    the records required under this Section.
    b)
    Any owner or operator of a printing line which is
    exempted from the limitations of Section 218.401
    because of the criteria in Section 218.402 shall comply
    with the following:
    1)
    By a date consistent with Section 218.106, the
    owner
    or
    operator
    of
    a
    facility
    to
    which
    this
    subsection
    is
    applicable
    shall
    certify
    to
    the
    Agency that the facility is exempt under the
    provisions
    of
    Section
    218.402.
    Such
    certification
    shall include:
    A)
    A declaration that the facility is exempt

    113
    from
    the
    limitations
    of
    the
    criteria
    in
    Section
    218.401
    because
    of~Section
    218.402,
    and
    B)
    Calculations which demonstrate that total
    maximum
    theoretical
    emissions
    of
    VON
    from
    all
    flexographic and rotogravure printing lines
    at the facility never exceed 90.7 Mg
    (100 tons) per calendar year before the
    application of capture systems and control
    devices.
    Total maximum theoretical emissions
    of VOM for a flexographic or rotogravure
    printing facility is the sum of maximum
    theoretical emissions of VON from each
    flexographic and rotogravure printing line at
    the facility.
    The following equation shall
    be used to calculate total maximum
    theoretical emissions of VON per calendar
    year before the application of capture
    systems and control devices for each
    flexographic and rotogravure printing line at
    the facility:
    E~=
    AxB
    where:
    =
    Total maximum theoretical emissions of
    VON from one flexographic or rotogravure
    printing line in units of kg/year
    (lbs/year),
    A
    =
    Weight of VON per volume of solids of
    the
    coating
    or
    ink
    with
    the
    highest
    VON
    content as applied each year on the
    printing line in units of kg VON/i
    (lbs
    VON/gal)
    -
    of coating or ink solids, and
    B
    =
    Total
    volume
    of
    solids
    for
    all
    coatings
    and inks that can potentially be applied
    each year on the printing line in units
    of 1/year (gal/year).
    The instrument
    and/or method by which the owner or
    operator accurately measured or
    calculated the volume of each coating
    and ink as applied and the
    amount
    that
    can potentially be applied each year on
    the printing line shall be described in
    the certification to the Agency.
    2)
    On and after a date consistent with Section

    114
    218.106,
    the
    owner
    or
    operator
    of
    a
    facility
    referenced
    in
    this
    subsection
    shall
    collect
    and
    record all of the following information each year
    for
    each
    printing
    line
    and
    maintain
    the
    information
    at
    the
    facility
    for
    a
    period
    of
    three
    years:
    A)
    The name and identification number of each
    coating and ink as applied on each printing
    line.
    B)
    The VON content and the volume of each
    coating and
    ink
    as applied each year on each
    printing line.
    3)
    On and after a date consistent with Section
    218.106,
    the
    owner
    or
    operator
    of
    a
    facility
    exempted from the limitations of Section 218.401
    because of the criteria in Section 218.402 shall
    notify
    the
    Agency
    of
    any
    record
    showing
    that
    total
    maximum
    theoretical
    emissions
    of
    VON
    from
    all
    printing
    lines
    exceed
    90.7
    Mg (100 tons)
    in any
    calendar year before the application of capture
    systems
    and
    control
    devices
    by
    sending
    a
    copy
    of
    such record to the Agency within 30 days after the
    exceedance occurs.
    c)
    Any
    owner or operator of a printing line subject to the
    limitations
    of
    Section
    218.401
    and
    complying
    by
    means
    of Section 218.401(a)
    shall comply with the following:
    1)
    By a date consistent with Section 218.106, or upon
    initial
    start-up
    of
    a
    new printing
    line,
    or
    upon
    changing the method of compliance from an existing
    subject
    printing
    line
    from
    Section
    218.401(b)
    or
    Section
    218.401(c)
    to
    Section
    218.401(a),
    the
    owner or operator of a subject printing line shall
    certify to the Agency that the printing line will
    be
    in
    compliance
    with
    Section
    218.401(a)
    on
    and
    after a date consistent with Section 218.106, or
    on and after the initial start-up date.
    Such
    certification shall include:
    A)
    The name and identification number of each
    coating and ink as applied on each printing
    line.
    B)
    The VOM content of each coating and ink as
    applied
    each
    day
    on
    each
    printing
    line.
    2)
    On and after a date consistent with Section
    218.106,
    or
    on
    and
    after
    the
    initial
    start-up

    115
    date,
    the
    owner
    or
    operator
    of
    a
    printing
    line
    subject to the limitations of Section 218401 and
    complying by means of Section 218.401(a)
    shall
    collect and record all of the following
    information
    each
    day
    for
    each
    coating
    line
    and
    maintain the information at the facility for a
    period of three years:
    A)
    The
    name
    and
    identification
    number
    of
    each
    coating and
    ink
    as applied on each printing
    line.
    B)
    The VON content of each coating and ink as
    applied each day on each printing line.
    3)
    On
    and
    after
    a
    date
    consistent
    with
    Section
    218.106,
    the
    owner
    or
    operator
    of
    a
    subject
    printing
    line
    shall
    notify
    the
    Agency
    in
    the
    following
    instances:
    A)
    Any record showing violation of Section
    218.401(a)
    shall be reported by sending a
    copy
    of
    such
    record
    to
    the
    Agency
    within
    30
    days following the occurrence of the
    violation.
    B)
    At
    least
    30
    calendar
    days
    before
    changing
    the
    method of compliance with Section 218.401
    from
    Section
    218.401(a)
    to
    Section
    218.401(b)
    or
    (C),
    the
    owner
    or
    operator
    shall
    comply
    with
    all
    requirements
    of
    subsection
    (b) (1)
    or
    (C)
    (1), respectively.
    Upon changing the
    method
    of
    compliance
    with
    Section
    218.401
    from
    Section
    218.401(a)
    to
    Section
    218.401(b)
    or
    (c),
    the
    owner
    or
    operator
    shall
    comply
    with
    all
    requirements
    of
    subsection
    (b)
    or
    (c), respectively.
    d)
    Any
    owner
    or
    operator
    of
    a
    printing
    line
    subject
    to
    the
    limitations
    of
    Section
    218.401
    and
    complying
    by
    means
    of Section 218.401(b) shall comply with the following:
    1)
    By
    a
    date
    consistent
    with
    Section
    218.106,
    or
    upon
    initial start-up of a new printing line,
    or upon
    changing the method of compliance for an existing
    subject
    printing
    line
    from
    Section
    218.401(a)
    or
    (C)
    to Section 218.401(b), the owner or operator
    of the subject printing line shall certify to the
    Agency that the printing line will be in
    compliance
    with
    Section
    218.401(b)
    on
    and
    after
    a
    date consistent with Section 218.106, or on and
    after
    the
    initial
    start-up
    date.
    Such

    116
    certification
    shall
    include:
    A)
    The name and identification number of each
    printing
    line
    which
    will
    comply
    by
    means
    of
    Section 218.401(b).
    B)
    The name and identification number of each
    coating and ink available for use on each
    printing line.
    C)
    The VON content of each coating and ink as
    applied each day on each printing line.
    D)
    The
    instrument
    or
    method
    by
    which
    the
    owner
    or operator will accurately measure or
    calculate
    the
    volume
    of
    each
    coating
    and
    ink
    as applied each day on each printing )ine.
    E)
    The method by which the owner or operator
    will create and maintain records each day as
    required
    in
    subsection
    (b)(2).
    F)
    An
    example
    of
    the
    format
    in
    which
    the
    records
    required
    in
    subsection
    (b)(2)
    will
    be
    kept.
    2)
    On and after a date consistent with Section
    218.106, or on and after the initial start-up
    date,
    the
    owner
    or
    operator
    of
    a
    printing
    line
    subject
    to
    the
    limitations
    of
    Section
    218.401
    and
    complying
    by
    means
    of
    Section
    218.401(b)
    shall
    collect
    and
    record
    all
    of
    the
    following
    information
    each
    day
    for
    each
    printing
    line
    and
    maintain the information at the facility for a
    period of three years:
    A)
    The
    name
    and
    identification
    number of each
    coating and ink as applied on each printing
    line.
    B)
    The VON content and the volume of each
    coating and ink as applied each day on each
    printing line.
    C)
    The daily-weighted average VON content of all
    coatings and inks as applied on each printing
    line.
    3)
    On and after a date consistent with Section
    218.106, the owner or operator of a subject
    printing
    line
    shall
    notify
    the
    Agency
    in
    the
    following
    instances:

    117
    A)
    Any
    record
    showing
    violation
    of
    Section
    218.401(b)
    shall be reported by sending a
    copy of such record to the Agency within 30
    days
    following
    the
    occurrence
    of
    the
    violation.
    B)
    At least 30 calendar days before changing the
    method of compliance with Section 218.401
    from
    Section
    218.401(b)
    to
    Section
    218.401(a)
    or 218.401(c), the owner or operator shall
    comply with all requirements of subsection
    (C)
    (1) or
    (e) (1), respectively.
    Upon
    changing the method of compliance with
    Section
    218.401
    from
    Section
    218.401(b)
    to
    Section
    218.401(a)
    or
    (c),
    the
    owner
    or
    operator shall comply with all requirements
    of
    subsection
    (c)
    or
    (e),
    respectively.
    e)
    Any
    owner
    or
    operator
    of
    a
    printing
    line
    subject
    to
    the
    limitations
    of
    Section
    218.401
    and
    complying
    by
    means
    of
    Section
    218.401(c)
    shall
    comply
    with
    the
    following:
    1)
    By a date consistent with Section 218.106, or upon
    initial
    start-up
    of
    a
    new
    printing
    line,
    or
    upon
    changing the method of compliance for an existing
    printing
    line
    from
    Section
    218.401(a)
    or
    (b)
    to
    Section 218.401(c), the owner or operator of the
    subject
    printing
    line
    shall
    perform
    all
    tests
    and
    submit
    to
    the
    Agency
    the
    results
    of
    all
    tests
    and
    calculations necessary to demonstrate that the
    subject
    printing
    line
    will
    be
    in
    compliance
    with
    Section
    218.401(c)
    on
    and
    after
    a
    date
    consistent
    with
    Section
    218.106,
    or
    on
    and
    after
    the
    initial
    start-up
    date.
    2)
    On and after a date consistent with Section
    218.106, or on and after the initial start-up
    date, the owner or operator of a printing line
    subject
    to
    the
    limitations
    of
    Section
    218.401
    and
    complying by means of Section 218.401(c) shall
    collect
    and
    record
    all
    of
    the
    following
    information
    each
    day
    for
    each
    printing
    line
    and
    maintain the information at the facility for a
    period of three years:
    A)
    Control
    device
    monitoring
    data.
    B)
    A
    log
    of
    operating
    time
    for
    the
    capture
    system,
    control
    device,
    monitoring
    equipment
    and the associated printing line.
    C)
    A
    maintenance
    log
    for
    the
    capture
    system,

    118
    control
    device
    and
    monitoring
    equipment
    detailing all routine and non-routine
    maintenance performed including dates and
    duration of any outages.
    3)
    On and after a date consistent with Section
    218.106, the owner or operator of a subject
    printing
    line
    shall
    notify
    the
    Agency
    in
    the
    following
    instances:
    A)
    Any record showing violation of Section
    218.401(c), shall be reported by sending a
    copy of such record to the Agency within 30
    days
    following
    the
    occurrence
    of
    the
    violation.
    B)
    At least 30 calendar days before changing the
    method of compliance with Section 218.401
    from
    Section
    218.401(c)
    to
    Section
    218.401(a)
    or
    (b), the owner or ‘operator shall comply
    with all requirements of subsection
    (c) (1)
    or
    (d) (1), respectively.
    Upon changing the
    method
    of
    compliance
    with
    Section
    218.401
    from
    Section
    218.401(c)
    to
    Section
    218.401(a)
    or
    (b), the owner or operator shall comply
    with
    all
    requirements
    of
    subsection
    (c)
    or
    (d),
    respectively.
    Section 218.405
    Heatset—Web-Offeet Lithographic Printing
    a)
    Applicability
    1)
    The
    limitations
    of
    subsection
    (b) below apply to
    all
    heatset—web-of feet
    lithographic
    printing
    lines
    at
    a
    subject
    facility.
    All
    facilities
    with
    heatset-web-offset
    lithographic
    printing
    lines
    are
    subject
    facilities
    unless:
    A)
    Total maximum theoretical emissions of VON
    from
    all
    heatset-web—offset
    lithographic
    printing lines at the facility never exceed
    90.7 Mg (100 tons) per calendar year in the
    absence of air pollution control equipment,
    or
    B)
    A federally enforceable construction permit
    or SIP revision for all heatset—web-offset
    lithographic printing lines(s) at a facility
    requires the owner or operator to limit
    production or capacity of these printing
    line(s) to reduce total VON emissions from
    all heatset-web-offset lithographic printing

    119
    line(s)
    to
    90.7
    Mg
    (100
    tons)
    per
    calendar
    year or less in the absence of air pollution
    control equipment, and
    2)
    Any owner or operator of any heatset—web-offeet
    lithographic printing line that is exempt from the
    limitations in subsection
    (b) because of the
    criteria
    in
    subsection
    (a) (1)
    shall
    be
    subject
    to
    the
    recordkeeping
    and
    reporting
    requirements
    in
    subsection
    (C)
    (1).
    b)
    Specific
    Provisions.
    No
    owner
    or
    operator
    of
    a
    subject
    heatset-web- offset printing line may cause or allow
    the operation of the subject heatset—web-offeet
    printing
    line
    unless
    the
    owner
    or
    operator
    meets
    the
    requirements
    in
    subsection
    (b) (1)
    or
    (b) (2)
    and
    the
    requirements
    in
    subsections
    (b) (3)
    and
    (b) (4)
    below.
    1)
    An afterburner system is installed and operated
    that
    reduces
    90
    percent
    of
    the
    VON
    emissions
    from
    the
    dryer
    exhaust,
    or
    2)
    The fountain solution contains no more than
    8
    percent,
    by
    weight,
    of
    VON
    and
    a
    condensation
    recovery system is installed and operated that
    removes at least 75 percent of the non—isopropyl
    alcohol
    organic
    materials
    from
    the
    dryer
    exhaust,
    and
    3)
    The
    control
    device
    is
    equipped
    with
    the
    applicable
    monitoring equipment specified in Section
    218.105(d)
    (2)
    and
    the
    monitoring
    equipment
    is
    installed, calibrated, operated and maintained
    according to vendor specifications at all times
    the control device is in use, and
    4)
    The control device is operated at all times when
    the subject printing line is in operation.
    The
    owner or operator shall demonstrate compliance
    with
    this
    Section
    by
    using
    the
    applicable
    test
    methods
    and
    procedures
    specified
    in
    Section
    218.105(a),
    (d), and
    (f) and by complying with the
    recordkeeping and reporting requirements specified
    in
    subsection
    (C)
    below.
    c)
    Recordkeeping and Reporting.
    The VON content of each
    fountain
    solution
    and
    ink
    and
    the
    efficiency
    of
    each
    control
    device
    shall
    be
    determined
    by
    the
    applicable
    test
    methods
    and
    procedures
    specified
    in
    Section
    218.105
    to
    establish
    the
    records
    required
    under
    this
    subsection.

    120
    1)
    Any
    owner
    or
    operator
    of
    a
    printing
    line
    which
    is
    exempted
    from
    the
    limitations
    of
    subsection
    (b)
    because of the criteria in subsection
    (a)
    shall
    comply with the following:
    A)
    By a date consistent with Section 218.106,
    the owner or operator of a facility to which
    subsection
    (c) (1)
    is applicable shall certify
    to the Agency that the facility is exempt
    under the provisions of subsection (a).
    Such
    certification shall include:
    i)
    A declaration that the facility is
    exempt from the limitations of
    subsection
    (b) because of the criteria
    in subsection
    (a), and
    ii)
    Calculations
    which
    demonstrate
    that
    total maximum theoretical emissions of
    VON
    from
    all
    heatset-web-offset
    lithographic printing lines at the
    facility never exceed 90.7 Mg (100 tons)
    per calendar year before the application
    of
    air
    pollution
    control
    equipment.
    Total
    maximum
    theoretical
    emissions
    of
    VON for a heatset-web-offeet
    lithographic printing facility is the
    sum
    of
    maximum
    theoretical
    emissions
    of
    VOM from each heatset-web-offeet
    lithographic printing line at the
    facility.
    The following equation shall
    be used to calculate total maximum
    theoretical emissions of VON per
    calendar year in the absence of air
    pollution control equipment for each
    heatset-web-offset
    lithographic
    printing
    line
    at
    the
    facility.
    E
    =
    (A x B)
    +
    (C
    x
    D~
    p
    100
    where:
    =
    Total maximum theoretical emissions
    of
    VOM
    from
    one
    heatset—web—of feet
    printing line in units of kg/year
    (lbs/year),
    A
    =
    Weight of VON per volume of solids
    of ink with the highest VON content
    as applied each year on the
    printing
    line in units of kg VON/i

    121
    (lbs
    VON/gal)
    of
    solids,
    and
    B
    =
    Total volume of solids for all inks
    that can potentially be applied
    each year on the printing line in
    units of 1/year (gal/year).
    The
    instrument
    or
    method by which
    the
    owner
    or
    operator
    accurately
    measured or calculated the volume
    of each ink as applied and the
    amount that can potentially be
    applied each year on the printing
    line shall be described in the
    certification to the Agency.
    C
    =
    The weight percent VON of the
    fountain solution with the highest
    VOM content.
    D
    =
    The
    total
    volume
    of
    fountain
    solution that can potentially be
    used each year on the printing line
    in units of 1/year (gal/year).
    The
    instrument and/or method by which
    the owner or operator accurately
    measured or calculated the volume
    of each fountain solution used and
    the amount that can potentially be
    used
    each
    year
    on
    the
    printing
    line
    shall
    be
    described
    in
    the
    certification to the Agency.
    B)
    On
    and
    after
    a
    date
    consistent
    with
    Section
    218.106,
    the
    owner
    or
    operator
    of
    a
    facility
    to
    which
    subsection
    (c)
    (1)
    is
    applicable
    shall collect and record all of the following
    information
    each
    year
    for
    each
    printing
    line
    and
    maintain
    the
    information
    at
    the
    facility
    for a period of three years:
    i)
    The
    name and identification of each
    fountain solution and ink as applied on
    each printing line.
    ii)
    The
    VON
    content
    and
    the volume of each
    fountain solution and ink as applied
    each year on each printing line.
    C)
    On and after a date consistent with Section
    218.106,
    the
    owner
    or
    operator
    of
    a
    facility
    exempted
    from
    the
    limitations
    of
    subsection
    (b)
    because
    of
    the
    criteria
    in
    subsection
    (a)

    122
    shall
    notify
    the
    Agency
    of
    any
    record
    showing
    that total maximum theoretical emissions of
    VON
    from
    all
    printing
    lines
    exceed
    90.7
    Mg
    (100 tons)
    in any calendar. year in the
    absence of air pollution control equipment by
    sending a copy of such record to the Agency
    within 30 days after the exceedance occurs.
    2)
    Any owner or operator of a printing line subject
    to the limitations of subsection
    (b) and complying
    by means of subsection
    (b) (1)
    shall comply with
    the
    following:
    A)
    By
    a
    date
    consistent
    with
    Section
    218.106,
    or
    upon
    initial
    start-up
    of
    a
    new printing
    line,
    or
    upon
    changing
    the
    method
    of
    compliance
    for
    an existing printing line from subsection
    (b)(2) to subsection (b)(1); the owner or
    operator of the subject printing line shall
    perform all tests and submit to the Agency
    the results of all tests and calculations
    necessary to demonstrate that the subject
    printing line will be in compliance with
    subsection
    (b) (1) on and after a date
    consistent with Section 218.106, or on and
    after
    the
    initial
    start-up
    date.
    B)
    On
    and
    after
    a
    date
    consistent
    with
    Section
    218.106, or on and after the initial start-up
    date,
    the owner or operator of a printing
    line subject to the limitations of subsection
    (b) and complying by means of subsection
    (b) (1)
    shall collect and record the following
    information
    each day for each printing line
    and maintain the information at the facility
    for a period of three years:
    i)
    Control
    device
    monitoring
    data.
    ii)
    A
    log
    of operating time for the control
    device, monitoring equipment and the
    associated printing line.
    iii)
    A
    maintenance
    log
    for
    the
    control
    device
    and monitoring equipment detailing all
    routine and nonroutine maintenance
    performed
    including
    dates
    and
    duration
    of
    any
    outages.
    C)
    On
    and
    after
    a
    date
    consistent
    with
    Section
    218.106,
    the
    owner
    or
    operator
    of
    a
    subject
    printing
    line
    shall
    notify
    the
    Agency
    in
    the

    123
    following
    instances:
    i)
    Any
    record
    showing
    violation
    of
    subsection
    (b) (1)
    shall
    be
    reported
    by
    sending
    a
    copy
    of
    such
    record
    to
    the
    Agency within 30 days following the
    occurrence of the violation.
    ii)
    At
    least
    30
    calendar
    days
    before
    changing the method of compliance with
    subsection
    (b) from subsection
    (b) (1) to
    (b) (2),
    the
    owner
    or
    operator
    shall
    comply with all requirements of
    subsection
    (c) (3) (A).
    Upon changing the
    method
    of
    compliance
    with
    subsection
    (b)
    from
    subsection
    (b) (1)
    to
    (b) (2),
    the
    owner or operator shall comply with all
    requirements of subsection
    (c) (3).
    3)
    Any
    owner or operator of a printing line subject
    to the limitations of subsection
    (b)
    and complying
    by means of subsection
    (b) (2)
    shall comply with
    the following:
    A)
    By a date consistent with Section 218.106, or
    upon initial start-up ofa new printing line,
    or upon changing the method of compliance for
    an existing printing line from subsection
    (b) (1) to
    (b) (2); the owner or operator of
    the subject printing line shall perform all
    tests and submit to the Agency and the USEPA
    the results of all tests and calculations
    necessary to demonstrate that the subject
    printing line will be in compliance with
    subsection
    (b)(2) on and after a date
    consistent with Section 218.106, or on and
    after the initial start—up date.
    B)
    On and after a date consistent with Section
    218.106, or on and after the initial start-up
    date,
    the owner or operator of a printing
    line subject to the limitations of subsection
    (b) and complying by means of subsection
    (b) (2) shall collect and record the following
    information each day for each printing line
    and maintain the information at the facility
    for a period of three years:
    i)
    The VON content of the fountain solution
    used each day on each printing line.
    ii)
    A log of operating time for the control

    124
    device
    and
    the
    associated
    printing
    line.
    iii) A maintenance log for the control device
    detailing all routine and non-routine
    maintenance performed including dates
    and
    duration
    of
    any
    outages.
    C)
    On and after a date consistent with Section
    218.106, the owner or operator of a subject
    printing
    line
    shall
    notify
    the
    Agency
    in
    the
    following
    instances:
    i)
    Any record showing violation of
    subsection
    (b) (2) shall be reported by
    sending a copy of such record to the
    Agency within 30 days following the
    occurrence of the violation.
    ii)
    At least 30 calendar days before
    changing the method of compliance with
    subsection
    (b)
    from
    subsection
    (b) (2)
    to
    (b) (1),
    the
    owner
    or
    operator
    shall
    comply
    with
    all
    requirements
    of
    subsection
    (c)
    (2) (A).
    Upon
    changing
    the
    method
    of
    compliance
    with
    subsection
    (b)
    from
    subsection
    (b) (2)
    to
    (b) (1),
    the
    owner or operator shall comply with all
    requirements
    of
    subsection
    (c) (2).
    d)
    Compliance Schedule.
    Every owner or operator of a
    heatset-web-of
    feet
    lithographic
    printing
    line
    shall
    comply
    with
    the
    applicable
    requirements
    of
    subsections
    (b)
    and
    (c)
    in
    accordance
    with
    the
    applicable
    compliance
    schedule
    specified
    in
    subsection
    (d) (1),
    (d)(2),
    or
    (d)(3)
    below:
    1)
    No
    owner
    or
    operator
    of
    a
    heatset—web—of feet
    lithographic
    printing
    line
    which
    is
    exempt
    from
    the
    limitations
    of
    subsection
    (b)
    because
    of
    the
    criteria
    in
    subsection
    (a)
    shall
    operate
    said
    printing
    line
    on
    or
    after
    a
    date
    consistent
    with
    Section 218.106, unless the owner or operator has
    complied with, and continues to comply with,
    subsection
    (b)(1)
    and
    (c)’(l).
    2)
    No owner or operator of a heatset—web—offeet
    lithographic printing line complying by means of
    subsection
    (b) (1) shall operate said printing line
    on or after a date consistent with Section
    218.106,
    unless
    the
    owner
    or
    operator
    has
    complied
    with,
    and
    continues
    to
    comply
    with,
    subsection
    (b)(2)
    and
    (c)(2).

    125
    3)
    No owner or operator of a heatset—web—offeet
    lithographic printing line complying by means of
    subsection
    (b) (2)
    shall operate said printing line
    on or after a date consistent with Section
    218.106,
    unless
    the owner or operator has complied
    with,
    and
    continues
    to
    comply
    with,
    subsection
    (c)
    (3).
    SUBPART
    Q:
    LEAKS
    FROM
    SYNTHETIC
    ORGANIC
    CHEMICAL
    AND
    POLYMER
    MANUFACTURING
    EQUIPMENT
    Section
    218.421
    General
    Requirements
    The
    owner
    or
    operator
    of
    a
    plant
    which
    processes
    more
    than
    3660
    mg/yr
    (4033
    tons/year)
    gaseous
    and
    light
    liquid
    VON,
    and
    whose
    components are used to manufacture the synthetic organic
    chemicals
    or
    polymers
    listed
    in
    Appendix
    A,
    shall
    comply
    with
    this
    Subpart.
    The
    provisions
    of
    this
    Subpart
    are
    applicableto
    components containing 10 percent or more by weight VON as
    determined by ASTN method E-168, E-169 and E-260, incorporated by
    reference
    in
    Section
    218.112.
    Those
    components
    that
    are
    not
    process unit components are exempt from this Subpart.
    A
    component shall be considered to be leaking if the VON is equal
    to,
    or
    is
    greater
    than
    10,000
    ppmv
    as
    methane
    or
    hexane as
    determined
    by
    USEPA
    Reference
    Method
    21,
    as
    specified
    at
    40
    CFR
    60,
    Appendix
    A,
    incorporated
    by
    reference
    in
    Section
    218.112,
    indication
    of
    liquids
    dripping,
    or
    indication
    by
    a
    sensor
    that
    a
    seal or barrier fluid system has failed.
    The provisions of this
    Subpart are not applicable if the equipment components are used
    to
    produce
    heavy
    liquid
    chemicals
    only
    from
    heavy
    liquid
    feed
    or
    raw
    materials.
    Section
    218.422
    Inspection
    Program
    Plan
    for
    Leaks
    The
    owner
    or
    operator
    of
    a
    synthetic
    organic
    chemical
    or
    polymer
    manufacturing
    plant
    subject
    to
    Section
    218.421
    shall
    prepare
    an
    inspection program plan which contains, at a minimum:
    a)
    An
    identification
    of
    all
    components
    and
    the
    period
    in
    which
    each
    will
    be
    monitored
    pursuant
    to
    Section
    218.423.
    b)
    The
    format
    for
    the
    monitoring
    log required by Section
    218.425.
    C)
    A description of the monitoring equipment to be used
    when
    complying
    with
    Section
    218.423,
    and
    d)
    A
    description
    of
    the
    methods
    to
    be
    used
    to
    identify
    all
    pipeline
    valves,
    pressure
    relief
    valves
    in
    gaseous
    service,
    all
    leaking
    components,
    and
    components

    126
    exempted
    under
    Section
    218.423(i)
    such
    that
    they
    are
    obvious
    and
    can
    be
    located
    by
    both
    plant
    personnel
    performing
    monitoring
    and
    Agency
    personnel
    performing
    inspections.
    Section
    218.423
    Inspection Program for Leaks
    The
    owner
    or
    operator
    of
    a
    synthetic
    organic
    chemical
    or
    polymer
    manufacturing plant subject to this subpart shall,
    for the
    purposes
    of
    detecting
    leaks,
    conduct
    a
    component
    inspection
    program using the test methods specified in Method 21, 40 CFR 60,
    Appendix A (1986),
    incorporated by reference in Section 218.112,
    consistent
    with
    the
    following
    provisions:
    a)
    Test
    annually
    those
    components
    operated
    near
    extreme
    temperature
    or
    pressure
    such
    that
    they
    would
    be
    unsafe
    to
    routinely
    monitor
    and
    those
    components
    which
    would
    require
    the
    elevation
    of
    monitoring
    personnel
    higher
    than
    two
    meters
    above
    permanent
    worker
    access
    structures
    or
    surfaces.
    b)
    Test
    quarterly
    all
    other
    pressure
    relief
    valves
    in
    gas
    service, pumps in light liquid service, valves in light
    liquid
    service
    and
    in
    gas
    service,
    and
    compressors.
    C)
    If
    less
    than
    or
    equal
    to
    2
    percent
    of
    the
    valves
    in
    light
    liquid
    service
    and
    in
    gas
    service
    tested
    pursuant
    to
    subsection(b)
    are
    found
    not
    to
    leak
    for
    five
    consecutive
    quarters,
    no
    leak
    tests
    shall
    be
    required for three consecutive quarters.
    Thereafter,
    leak tests shall resume for the next quarter.
    If that
    test shows less than or equal to 2 percent of the
    valves in light liquid service and in gas service are
    leaking, then
    rio
    tests
    are
    required
    for
    the
    next
    three
    quarters.
    If
    more
    than
    2
    percent
    are
    leaking,
    then
    tests
    are
    required
    for
    the
    next
    five
    quarters.
    d)
    Observe visually all pump seals weekly.
    e)
    Test immediately any pump seal from which liquids are
    observed dripping.
    f)
    Test any relief valve within 24 hours after it has
    vented to the atmosphere.
    g)
    Routine instrument monitoring of valves which are not
    externally regulated, flanges, and equipment in heavy
    liquid service, is not required.
    However, any valve
    which
    is
    not
    externally
    regulated,
    flange
    or
    piece
    of
    equipment in heavy liquid service that is found to be
    leaking on the basis of sight, smell or sound shall be
    repaired
    as
    soon as practicable but no later than

    127
    30 days after the leak is found.
    h)
    Test
    immediately
    after
    repair
    any
    component
    that
    was
    found leaking.
    i)
    Within
    one
    hour
    of
    its
    detection,
    a
    weatherproof,
    readily visible tag,
    in bright colors such as red or
    yellow, bearing an identification number and the date
    on which the leak was detected must be affixed on the
    leaking component and remain in place until the leaking
    component is repaired.
    j)
    The following components are exempt from the monitoring
    requirements in this Section:
    1)
    Any component that is in vacuum service, and
    2)
    Any pressure relief valve that is connected to an
    operating flare header or vapor recovery device.
    Section 218.424
    Repairing Leaks
    All leaking components must be repaired and retested as soon as
    practicable but no later than 15 days after the leak is found
    unless the leaking component cannot be repaired until the process
    unit
    is
    shut
    down.
    Records
    of
    repairing
    and
    retesting
    must
    be
    maintained in accordance with Section 218.425 and 218.426.
    Section
    218.425
    Recordkeeping
    for
    Leaks
    a)
    The owner or operator of a synthetic organic chemical
    or polymer manufacturing plant shall maintain a leaking
    components monitoring log which shall contain, at a
    minimum, the following information:
    1)
    The
    name
    of
    the
    process
    unit where the component
    is
    located;
    2)
    The type of component (e.g., valve,
    seal);
    3)
    The identification number of the component;
    4)
    The date on which a leaking component is
    discovered;
    5)
    The date on which a leaking component is repaired;
    6)
    The date and instrument reading of the recheck
    procedure
    after
    a
    leaking
    component
    is
    repaired;
    7)
    A
    record
    of
    the
    calibration
    of
    the
    monitoring
    instrument;

    128
    8)
    The
    identification
    number
    of
    leaking
    components
    which
    cannot
    be
    repaired
    until
    process
    unit
    shutdown;
    and
    9)
    The total number of valves in light liquid service
    and
    in
    gas
    service
    inspected;
    the
    total
    number
    and
    the
    percentage
    of
    these
    valves
    found
    leaking
    during
    the
    monitoring
    period.
    b)
    Copies
    of
    the
    monitoring
    log
    shall
    be
    retained
    by
    the
    owner
    or
    operator
    for
    a
    minimum
    of
    two
    years
    after
    the
    date on which the record was made or the report was
    prepared.
    c)
    Copies of the monitoring log shall be made available to
    the
    Agency
    upon
    verbal
    or
    written
    request
    prior
    to
    or
    at
    the
    time
    of
    inspection
    pursuant
    to
    Section
    4(d)
    of
    the
    Environmental
    Protection
    Act
    (Act)
    (Ill.
    Rev.
    Stat.
    1989,
    ch.
    111
    1/2,
    pars.
    1001
    et
    seq.)
    at
    any
    reasonable
    time.
    Section
    218.426
    Report
    for
    Leaks
    The owner or operator of a synthetic organic chemical or polymer
    manufacturing plant subject to Section 218.421 through 218.430
    shall:
    a)
    Submit quarterly reports
    to
    the
    Agency
    on
    or
    before
    March
    31,
    June
    30,
    September
    30,
    and
    December
    31
    of
    each
    year,
    listing
    all
    leaking
    components
    identified
    pursuant
    to
    Section
    218.423
    but
    not
    repaired
    within
    15
    days,
    all
    leaking
    components
    awaiting
    process
    unit
    shutdown,
    the
    total
    number
    of
    components
    inspected,
    the
    type of components inspected, and the total number of
    components
    found
    leaking,
    the
    total
    number
    of
    valves
    in
    light
    liquid
    serviOe
    and
    in
    gas
    service
    inspected
    and
    the
    number
    and
    percentage
    of
    valves
    in
    light
    liquid
    service and in gas service found leaking.
    b)
    Submit
    a
    signed
    statement
    with
    the
    report
    attesting
    that
    all
    monitoring
    and
    repairs
    were
    performed
    as
    required under Section 218.421 through 218.427.
    Section
    218.427
    Alternative
    Program
    for
    Leaks
    The Agency shall approve an alternative program of monitoring,
    recordkeeping, or reporting to that prescribed in this Subpart
    upon a demonstration by the owner or operator of such plant that
    the
    alternative
    program
    will
    provide
    plant
    personnel
    and
    Agency
    personnel
    with
    an
    equivalent
    ability
    to
    identify
    and
    repair
    leaking
    components.
    Any
    alternative
    program
    can
    be
    allowed
    if

    129
    approved by the Agency and approved by the USEPA as a SIP
    revision.
    Section 218.428
    Open-Ended Valves
    a)
    Each open-ended valve shall be equipped with a cap,
    blind
    flange,
    plug,
    or
    a
    second
    valve,
    except
    during
    operations requiring fluid flow through the open-ended
    valve.
    b)
    Each
    open-ended
    valve
    equipped
    with
    a
    second
    valve
    shall be operated in a manner such that the valve on
    the process fluid end is closed before the second valve
    is closed.
    c)
    Components
    which
    are
    open—ended
    valves
    and
    which
    serve
    as
    a
    sampling
    connection
    shall
    be
    controlled
    such
    that:
    1)
    A
    closed
    purge
    system
    or
    closed
    vent
    system
    shall
    return
    purged
    process
    fluid
    to
    the
    process
    line
    with
    no
    detectable
    VON
    emissions
    to
    the
    atmosphere,
    or
    2)
    A closed purge system or closed vent system shall
    collect
    and
    recycle
    purged
    process
    fluid
    to
    the
    process
    line
    with
    no
    detectable
    VON
    emissions
    to
    the
    atmosphere,
    or
    3)
    Purged
    process
    fluid
    shall
    be
    transported
    to
    a
    control device that complies with the requirements
    of
    Section
    218.429.
    d)
    In-situ
    sampling
    systems
    are
    exempt
    from
    subsection
    (c).
    Section 218.429
    Standards for Control Devices
    Control devices used to comply with Section 218.428(c)
    shall
    comply with the following:
    a)
    If the control device is a vapor recovery system (for
    example, condensers and adsorbers),
    it shall be
    designed and operated to recover the VON emissions
    vented to it with an efficiency of 95 percent or
    greater.
    b)
    If the control device is an enclosed combustion device,
    it
    shall
    be
    designed
    and
    operated
    to
    reduce
    the
    VON
    emissions
    vented
    to
    it
    with
    an
    efficiency
    of
    95
    percent
    or greater,
    or to provide a minimum residence time of
    0.75
    seconds
    at
    a minimum temperature of 8l6C.

    130
    c)
    If
    the
    control
    device
    is
    a
    flare,
    it
    shall:
    1)
    Be
    designed
    for
    and
    operated
    with
    no
    visible
    emissions
    as
    determined
    by
    USEPA
    Reference
    Method
    22,
    40
    CFR
    60,
    Appendix
    A
    (1986),
    incorporated
    by
    reference
    in
    Section
    218.112,
    except
    for
    periods
    not
    to
    exceed
    a
    total
    of
    5
    minutes
    during
    any
    2
    consecutive hours.
    2)
    Be
    operated
    with
    a
    pilot
    flame
    present
    at
    all
    times and shall be monitored with a thermocouple
    or
    any
    other
    equivalent
    device
    to
    detect
    the
    presence of the pilot flame.
    3)
    Be
    steam-assisted,
    air
    assisted,
    or
    nonassisted.
    4)
    Be
    used
    only
    with
    the
    net
    heating
    value
    of
    the
    gas
    being
    conibusted
    being
    11.2
    MJ/scm
    (300
    Btu/scf)
    or
    greater
    if
    the
    flare
    is
    steam-assisted
    or
    air-assisted;
    or
    with
    the
    net
    heating
    value
    of
    the
    gas
    being
    conibusted
    being
    7.45
    NJ/scm
    or
    greater
    if
    the
    flare
    is
    nonassisted.
    The
    net
    heating
    value
    of
    the
    gas
    being
    combusted
    shall
    be
    calculated
    using
    the~fol1owing
    equation:
    n
    Hr
    =
    K
    •E
    C1H1
    1=1
    Where:
    H
    =
    Net
    heating
    value
    of
    the
    sample
    in
    NJ/scm;
    where
    the
    net
    enthalpy
    per
    mole
    of
    offgas
    is
    based
    on
    combustion
    at
    25°C and
    760
    mm
    Hg,
    but
    the
    standard
    temperature
    for
    determining
    the
    volume
    corresponding
    to
    one
    mole
    is
    20°C.
    K
    =
    Constant,
    1.740
    x
    l07
    (1/ppm) (g-mole/scm)
    (MJ/Kcal)
    where
    standard
    temperature
    for
    •(g—mole/scm)
    is
    20°C.
    C1
    =
    Concentration
    of
    sample
    component
    i,
    in
    ppm,
    as
    measured
    by
    USEPA
    Reference
    Method
    18,
    40
    CFR
    60,
    Appendix A (1986), and ASTM D
    2504-83,
    both
    incorporated
    by
    reference
    in
    Section
    218.112.
    =
    Net
    heat
    of
    combustion
    of
    sample
    component
    i,

    131
    kcal/g
    mole.
    The
    heats
    of
    combustion
    may
    be
    determined
    using
    ASTN
    D
    2382-83,
    incorporated
    by
    reference
    in
    Section
    218.112,
    if
    published
    values
    are
    not
    available
    or
    cannot
    be
    calculated.
    5)
    Steam-assisted
    and
    nonassisted
    flares
    shall
    be
    designed
    and
    operated
    with
    an
    exit
    velocity,
    as
    determined
    by
    dividing
    the
    volumetric
    flowrate
    (in
    units
    of
    standard
    temperature
    and
    pressure),
    as
    determined
    by
    USEPA
    Reference
    Method
    2
    or
    2A,
    40
    CFR
    60,
    Appendix
    A
    (1986)
    incorporated
    by
    reference
    in
    Section
    218.112,
    as
    appropriate;
    by
    the unobstructed
    (free) cross sectional area of
    the
    flare
    tip,
    less
    than
    18
    rn/sec
    (60
    ft/sec).
    6)
    Air-assisted
    flares
    shall
    be
    designed
    and
    operated
    with
    an
    exit
    velocity
    less
    than
    the
    maximum
    permitted
    velocity,
    V~ax, as
    determined
    by
    the
    following
    equation:
    Vmax
    =
    8.706
    +
    O~7OB4(Hr)~
    Vmax
    =
    Maximum
    permitted
    velocity,
    rn/sec.
    8.706
    =
    Constant.
    0.7084
    =
    Constant.
    Hr
    =
    The net heating value as determined in
    subsection
    (c)(4)
    of this section.
    d)
    If
    the
    control
    device
    is
    a
    closed
    container,
    it shall
    be
    designed
    and
    operated
    to
    reduce
    the
    VOM
    emissions,
    vented
    from
    purged
    process
    fluid
    after
    transfer,
    to
    no
    detectable
    VON
    emissions
    as
    determined
    by
    USEPA
    Reference Method 21 as specified at 40 CFR 60, Appendix
    A
    (1986),
    incorporated
    by
    reference
    in
    Section
    218.112.
    For
    purposes
    of
    this
    Section,
    the
    phrase
    “after
    transfer”
    shall
    refer
    to
    the
    time
    at
    which
    the
    entire
    amount
    of
    purged
    process
    fluid
    resulting
    from
    a
    flushing
    or
    cleaning
    of
    the
    sample
    line
    enters
    the
    closed container or containers including the final
    container(s) prior to disposal.
    e)
    The owner or operator of a control device shall monitor
    the
    control
    device
    to
    ensure
    that
    it
    is
    operated
    and
    maintained
    in
    conformance
    with
    the
    manufacturer’s
    specifications,
    modified
    to
    the
    particular
    process
    design.
    f)
    The
    control
    device
    shall
    be
    operated
    at
    all
    times
    when
    emissions
    may
    be
    vented
    to
    it.
    Section
    218.430
    Compliance
    Date

    132
    The
    owner
    or
    operator
    of
    a
    synthetic
    organic
    chemical
    or
    polymer
    manufacturing
    plant
    subject
    to
    35
    Ill.
    Adm.
    Code
    215.430
    through
    215.438
    as
    of
    December
    31,
    1987
    shall
    have
    complied
    with
    the
    standards
    and
    limitations
    of
    those
    Sections
    no
    later
    than
    December
    31,
    1987.
    SUBPART R:
    PETROLEUM
    REFINING
    AND
    RELATED
    INDUSTRIES;
    ASPHALT
    MATERIALS
    Section
    218.441
    Petroleum
    Refinery
    Waste
    Gas
    Disposal
    a)
    Except
    as
    provided
    in
    subsection
    (b) or
    (c), no person
    shall
    cause
    or
    allow
    the
    discharge
    of
    organic
    materials
    in
    excess
    of
    100
    ppm
    equivalent
    methane
    (molecular
    weight 16.0)
    into the atmosphere from:
    1)
    Any
    catalyst
    regenerator
    of
    a
    petroleum
    cracking
    system;
    or
    2)
    Any
    petroleum
    fluid
    coker;
    or
    3)
    Any
    other
    waste
    gas
    stream
    from
    any
    petroleum
    or
    petrochemical
    manufacturing
    process.
    b)
    Exception.
    Existing
    sources
    subject
    to
    subsection
    (a) (3)
    may,
    alternatively,
    at
    their
    election,
    comply
    with
    the
    organic
    material
    emission limitations imposed
    by
    35
    Ill.
    Adm.
    Code 215.301 or 215.302; provided,
    however,
    that
    there
    shall
    be
    no
    increase
    in
    emissions
    from
    such
    sources
    above
    the
    level
    of
    emissions
    in
    existence
    on
    May
    3,
    1979.
    c)
    New
    Sources.
    Sources
    subject
    to
    subsection
    (a)
    (3),
    construction
    of
    which
    commenced
    on
    or
    after
    January
    1,
    1977,
    may,
    at
    their
    election,
    comply
    with
    the
    following
    emission
    limitations:
    1)
    A
    maximum
    of
    eight
    pounds
    per
    hour
    of
    organic
    material;
    or
    2)
    Emission
    of
    organic
    material
    in
    excess
    of
    the
    limitation
    of
    subsection
    (C)
    (1)
    is
    allowable
    if
    such
    emissions
    are
    controlled
    by
    air
    pollution
    control
    methods
    or
    equipment
    approved
    by
    the
    Agency
    capable
    of
    reducing
    by
    85
    percent
    or
    more
    the
    uncontrolled
    organic
    material
    that
    would
    otherwise
    be
    emitted
    to
    the
    atmosphere.
    Such
    methods
    or
    equipment
    must
    be
    approved
    by
    the
    Agency
    and
    approved
    by
    the
    USEPA
    as
    a
    SIP
    revision.
    Section 218.442
    Vacuum Producing Systems

    133
    No owner or operator of a
    petroleum
    refinery
    shall
    cause
    or
    allow
    the
    operation
    of
    any
    vacuum
    producing
    system
    unless
    the
    condensers,
    hot
    wells
    and
    accumulators
    of
    any
    such
    system
    are
    equipped
    with
    vapor
    loss
    control
    equipment
    including,
    but
    not
    limited
    to,
    piping,
    valves,
    flame
    arrestors
    and
    hot
    wellcovers,
    to
    vent
    any
    VON
    with
    a
    vapor
    pressure
    of
    10.34
    kPa
    (1.5
    psia)
    or
    greater
    at
    294.3°K
    (70°F)
    to
    a
    heater,
    fire
    box,
    flare,
    refinery
    fuel
    gas
    system,
    or
    other
    equipment
    or
    system
    of
    equal
    emission
    control
    as
    approved
    by
    the
    Agency
    and
    approved
    by
    the
    USEPA
    as
    a
    SIP
    revision.
    This
    Section
    shall
    not
    apply
    to
    vacuum
    producing
    systems
    on
    lube
    units.
    Section 218.443
    Wastewater (Oil/Water) Separator
    No owner or operator of a petroleum refinery shall operate any
    wastewater
    (oil/water)
    separator
    at
    a
    petroleum
    refinery
    unless
    the
    separator
    is
    equipped
    with
    air
    pollution
    control
    equipment
    capable
    of
    reducing
    by
    .85
    percent
    or
    more
    the
    uncontrolled
    organic
    material
    emitted
    to
    the
    atmosphere.
    If
    no
    odor
    nuisance
    exists,
    the
    limitation
    of
    this
    Section
    shall
    not
    apply
    if
    the
    vapor
    pressure
    of
    the
    organic
    material
    is
    below
    10.34
    kPa
    (1.5
    psia)at
    204.3°K
    (70°?)
    at
    all
    times.
    Section
    218.444
    Process
    Unit
    Turnarounds
    a)
    No
    owner
    or
    operator
    of
    a
    petroleum
    refinery
    shall
    cause
    or
    allow
    a
    refinery
    process
    unit
    turnaround
    except
    in
    compliance
    with
    an
    operating procedure as
    approved
    by
    the
    Agency.
    b)
    Unless
    a
    procedure
    was
    already
    on
    file
    with
    the
    Agency
    as
    part
    of
    an
    approved
    operating
    permit
    no
    later
    than
    November
    1,
    1979,
    the
    owner
    or
    operator
    of
    a
    petroleum
    refinery
    shall
    submit
    to
    the
    Agency
    for
    approval
    a
    detailed
    procedure
    for
    reducing
    emissions
    of
    VOM
    during
    refinery process unit turnarounds from organic material
    with
    a
    vapor
    pressure
    of
    10.34
    kPa (1.5 psia)
    or
    greater
    at
    294.3’K
    (70’?).
    The
    Agency
    shall
    not
    approve the procedure unless it provides for:
    1)
    Depressurization
    of
    the
    refinery
    process
    unit
    or
    vessel
    to
    a
    flare,
    refinery
    fuel
    gas
    system,
    or
    other
    equipment
    or
    system
    of
    equal
    emission
    control,
    as
    approved
    by
    the
    Agency
    and
    approved
    by
    the
    USEPA
    as
    a
    SIP
    revision,
    until
    the
    internal
    pressure
    from
    the
    vessel
    or
    unit
    is less than 5.0
    psig
    before
    allowing
    the
    vessel
    to
    be
    vented
    to
    the
    atmosphere;
    2)
    Recordkeeping
    of
    the
    following
    items:

    134
    A)
    Each
    date
    that
    a
    refinery
    unit
    or
    vessel
    is
    shut
    down;
    and
    B)
    The
    total
    estimated
    quantity
    of
    VON
    emitted
    to
    the
    atmosphere
    and
    the
    duration
    of the
    emission
    in
    hours.
    Section
    218.445
    Leaks:
    General
    Requirements
    a)
    The
    owner
    or
    operator
    of
    a
    petroleum
    refinery
    shall:
    1)
    Develop
    a
    monitoring
    program
    plan
    consistent
    with
    the
    provisions
    of
    Section
    218.446;
    2)
    Conduct
    a
    monitoring
    program
    consistent
    with
    the
    provisions
    of
    Section
    218.447;
    3)
    Record
    all
    leaking components which have a
    volatile
    organic
    material
    concentration
    exceeding
    10,000
    ppm
    consistent
    with
    the
    provisions
    of
    Section
    218.448;
    4)
    Identify
    each
    component
    consistent
    with
    the
    monitoring
    program
    plan
    submitted
    pursuant
    to
    Section
    218.446;
    5)
    Repair
    and
    retest
    the
    leaking
    components
    as
    soon
    as
    possible
    within
    22
    days
    after
    the
    leak
    is
    found,
    but
    no
    later
    than
    June
    1
    for
    the
    purposes
    of
    Section
    218.447(a)
    (1),
    unless
    the
    leaking
    components
    cannot
    be
    repaired
    until
    the
    unit
    is
    shut
    down
    for
    turnaround;
    and
    6)
    Report to the Agency consistent with the
    provisions
    of
    Section
    218.449.
    Section
    218.446
    Monitoring
    Program
    Plan
    for
    Leaks
    The
    owner
    or
    operator
    of
    a
    petroleum
    refinery
    shall
    prepare
    a
    monitoring
    program
    plan
    which
    contains,
    at
    a
    minimum:
    a)
    An
    identification
    of
    all
    refinery
    components
    and
    the
    period
    in
    which
    each
    will
    be
    monitored
    pursuant
    to
    Section 218.447;
    b)
    The
    format
    for
    the
    monitoring
    log
    required
    by
    Section
    218. 448;
    c)
    A
    description
    of
    the
    monitoring
    equipment
    to
    be
    used
    pursuant
    to
    Section
    218.447;
    and
    d)
    A
    description
    of
    the
    methods
    to
    be
    used
    to
    identify
    all

    135
    pipeline
    valves,
    pressure
    relief
    valves
    in
    gaseous
    service
    and
    all
    leaking
    components
    such
    that
    they
    are
    obvious
    to
    both
    refinery personnel performing
    monitoring and Agency personnel performing inspections.
    Section
    218.447
    Monitoring
    Program
    for
    Leaks
    a)
    The
    owner
    or
    operator
    of
    a
    petroleum
    refinery
    subject
    to
    Section
    218.445
    shall,
    for
    the purpose of detecting
    leaks,
    conduct
    a component monitoring program
    consistent
    with
    the
    following
    provisions:
    1)
    Test
    once
    between
    March
    1
    and
    June
    1
    of
    each
    year,
    by
    methods referenced in Section 218.105(g), all
    pump
    seals,
    pipeline
    valves
    in
    liquid
    service
    and
    process
    drains.
    2)
    Test
    once
    each
    quarter
    of
    each
    calendar
    year,
    by
    methods
    referenced
    in
    Section
    218.105(g),
    all
    pressure
    relief
    valves
    in.gaseous
    service,
    pipeline
    valves
    in
    gaseous
    service
    and
    compressor
    seals.
    3)
    Inaccessible
    valves
    may
    be
    tested
    once
    each
    calendar
    year
    instead
    of
    once
    each
    quarter
    of
    each
    calendar
    year.
    4)
    Observe
    visually
    all
    pump
    seals
    weekly.
    5)
    Test
    immediately
    any
    pump
    seal
    from
    which
    liquids
    are
    observed
    dripping,
    6)
    Test
    any
    relief
    valve
    within
    24
    hours
    after
    it
    has
    vented
    to
    the
    atmosphere,
    and
    7)
    Test
    immediately
    after
    repair
    any
    component
    that
    was
    found
    leaking.
    b)
    Storage
    tank
    valves
    and
    pressure
    relief
    devices
    connected
    to
    an
    operating flare header or vapor
    recovery
    device
    are
    exempt
    from
    the
    monitoring
    requirements in subsection
    (a).
    c)
    The
    Agency
    or
    the
    USEPA
    may
    require
    more
    frequent
    monitoring
    than
    would
    otherwise
    be
    required
    by
    subsection
    (a)
    for
    components
    which
    are
    demonstrated
    to
    have
    a
    history
    of
    leaking.
    Section 218.448
    Recordkeeping for Leaks
    a)
    The
    owner
    or
    operator
    of
    a
    petroleum
    refinery
    shall
    maintain a leaking components monitoring log which

    136
    shall
    contain,
    at
    a
    minimum,
    the
    following
    information:
    1)
    The
    name
    of
    the
    process
    unit
    where
    the
    component
    is
    located;
    2)
    The
    type
    of
    component
    (e.g.,
    valve,
    seal);
    3)
    The identification number of the component;
    4)
    The
    date
    on
    which
    a
    leaking
    component
    is
    discovered;
    5)
    The
    date
    on
    which
    a
    leaking
    component
    is
    repaired;
    6)
    The
    date
    and
    instrument
    reading
    of
    the
    recheck
    procedure
    after
    a
    leaking
    component
    is
    repaired;
    7)
    A
    record
    of
    the
    calibration
    of
    the
    monitoring
    instrument;
    8)
    The
    identification
    number
    of
    leaking
    components
    which
    cannot
    be
    repaired
    until
    turnaround;
    and
    9)
    The
    total
    number
    of
    components
    inspected
    and
    the
    total
    number
    of
    components
    found
    leaking
    during
    that
    monitoring
    period.
    b)
    Copies
    of
    the
    monitoring
    log
    shall
    be
    retained
    by
    the
    owner
    or
    operator
    for
    a
    minimum
    of
    two
    years
    after
    the
    date
    on
    which
    the
    record
    was
    made
    or
    the
    report
    prepared.
    c)
    Copies
    of
    the
    monitoring
    log
    shall
    be
    made
    available
    to
    the
    Agency,
    upon
    verbal
    or
    written
    request,
    at
    any
    reasonable
    time.
    Section 218.449
    Reporting for Leaks
    The
    owner
    or
    operator
    of
    a
    petroleum
    refinery
    shall:
    a)
    Submit
    a
    report
    to
    the
    Agency
    prior
    to
    the
    1st
    day
    of
    both July and September
    listing
    all
    leaking
    components
    identified pursuant to Section 218.447 but not repaired
    within
    22
    days,
    all
    leaking
    components
    awaiting
    unit
    turnaround,
    the
    total
    number
    of
    components
    inspected
    and
    the
    total
    number
    of
    components
    found
    leaking;
    b)
    Submit a signed statement with the report attesting
    that
    all
    monitoring
    and
    repairs
    were
    performed
    as
    required
    under
    Sections
    218.445
    through
    218.448.
    Section
    218.450
    Alternative
    Program
    for
    Leaks.

    137
    The
    Agency
    may
    approve
    an
    alternative
    program
    of
    monitoring,
    recordkeeping
    or
    reporting
    to
    that
    prescribed
    in
    Sections
    218.446
    through
    218.449
    upon
    a demonstration by the owner or operator of
    a
    petroleum
    refinery
    that
    the
    alternative
    program
    will
    provide
    refinery, Agency
    and
    USEPA
    personnel
    with
    an
    equivalent
    ability
    to
    identify
    and
    repair
    leaking
    components.
    Any alternative
    program
    can
    be
    allowed
    only
    if
    approved
    by
    the
    USEPA
    as
    a
    SIP
    revision.
    Section 218.451
    Sealing Device Requirements
    Except
    for
    safety
    pressure
    relief
    valves,
    no
    owner
    or
    operator
    of
    a
    petroleum
    refinery
    shall
    install
    or
    operate
    a
    valve
    at
    the
    end
    of
    a
    pipe
    or
    line
    containing
    VOM5
    unless
    the
    pipe
    or
    line
    is
    sealed
    with
    a
    second
    valve,
    blind
    flange,
    plug,
    cap
    or
    other
    sealing
    device.
    The
    sealing
    device
    may
    be
    removed
    only
    when
    a
    sample
    is
    being
    taken
    or
    during
    maintenance
    operations.
    Section
    218.452
    Compliance
    Schedule
    for
    Leaks
    The
    owner
    or
    operator
    of
    a
    petroleum
    refinery
    shall
    adhere
    to
    the
    increments of progress contained in the following schedule:
    a)
    Have
    submitted
    to
    the
    USEPA
    a
    monitoring
    program
    consistent
    with
    Section
    218.446
    prior
    to
    September
    1,
    1990.
    b)
    Have
    submitted
    to
    the
    USEPA
    the
    first
    monitoring
    report
    pursuant
    to
    Section
    218.449
    prior
    to
    October
    1,
    1990.
    Section
    218.453
    Compliance
    Dates
    Every
    owner
    or
    operator
    of
    a
    petroleum
    refinery
    subject
    to
    35
    Ill.
    Adm.
    Code
    215,
    Subpart
    R
    as
    of
    December
    31,
    1987
    shall
    have
    complied
    with
    its
    standards
    and
    limitations
    by
    December
    31,
    1987.
    SUBPART
    S:
    RUBBER
    AND
    MISCELLANEOUS
    PLASTIC
    PRODUCTS
    Section 218.461
    Manufacture of Pneumatic Rubber Tires
    The
    owner
    or
    operator
    of
    an
    undertread
    cementing,
    treadend
    cementing or bead dipping operation at a pneumatic rubber tire
    manufacturing
    facility
    shall
    install and operate:
    a)
    A
    capture
    system,
    with
    minimum
    capture
    efficiency
    of
    65
    percent
    by
    weight
    of
    VON
    for
    treadend
    cementing
    or
    bead
    dipping
    operations
    and
    a
    capture
    system
    with
    a
    minimum
    capture
    efficiency
    of
    55.5
    percent
    by
    weight
    of
    VON
    for
    undertread
    cementing;
    and
    b)
    A
    control
    device
    that
    meets
    the
    requirements
    of
    one
    of

    138
    the
    following:
    1)
    A
    carbon
    adsorption
    system
    designed
    and
    operated
    in
    a
    manner
    such
    that
    there
    is
    ‘at
    least
    a
    90
    percent
    removal
    of
    VON
    by
    weight
    from
    the
    gases
    ducted
    to
    the
    control
    device;
    2)
    An
    afterburning
    system
    that
    oxidizes
    at
    least
    90
    percent
    of
    the
    captured
    nonmethane
    VOMs
    (VON
    measured
    as
    total combustible carbon) to carbon
    dioxide and water; and
    3)
    An alternative VON emission reduction system
    demonstrated
    to
    have
    at
    least
    a
    90
    percent
    overall
    reduction
    efficiency
    and
    approved
    by
    the
    Agency
    and
    approved
    by
    the
    USEPA
    as
    a
    SIP
    revision.
    Section
    218.462
    Green
    Tire
    Spraying
    Operations
    The
    owner
    or
    operator
    of
    a
    green
    tire
    spraying
    operation
    at
    a
    pneumatic
    rubber
    tire
    manufacturing
    facility
    shall:
    a)
    Install
    and
    operate:
    1)
    A
    capture
    system
    with
    a
    minimum
    capture
    efficiency
    of
    90
    percent
    by
    weight
    of
    VON;
    and
    2)
    A
    control
    device
    that
    meets
    the
    requirements
    of
    one
    of
    the
    following:
    A)
    A
    carbon
    adsorption
    system
    designed
    and
    operated
    in
    a
    manner
    such
    that
    there
    is
    at
    least
    90
    percent
    removal
    of
    VON
    by
    weight
    from
    the
    bases
    ducted
    to
    the
    control
    device;
    B)
    An
    afterburning
    system
    that
    oxidizes
    at
    least
    90
    percent
    of
    the
    captured
    nonmethane
    VON
    (measured
    as
    total
    combustible
    carbon)
    to
    carbon dioxide and water; or
    C)
    An
    alternative
    VOM
    emission
    reduction
    system
    demonstrated
    to
    have
    at
    least
    a
    90
    percent
    overall
    reduction
    efficiency
    and
    approved
    by
    the
    Agency
    and
    approved
    by
    the
    USEPA
    as
    a
    SIP
    revision.
    b)
    Substitute
    for
    the
    normal
    solvent-based
    mold
    release
    compound
    water—based
    sprays
    containing:
    1)
    No
    more
    than
    five
    percent
    by
    volume
    of
    VOM
    as
    applied
    for
    the
    inside
    of
    tires;

    139
    2)
    No
    more
    than
    ten
    percent
    by
    volume
    of
    VON
    as
    applied
    for
    the
    outside
    of
    tires.~.
    Section
    218.463
    Alternative
    Emission
    Reduction
    Systems
    In
    lieu
    of
    complying
    with
    Section
    218.461
    or
    218.462,
    the
    owner
    or operator of an emission source may utilize an alternative
    volatile organic emission reduction system, including an
    alternative production process, which is demonstrated to be
    equivalent
    to
    Section
    218.461
    or
    218.462
    on
    the
    basis
    of
    emissions
    of
    volatile
    organic
    matter.
    A
    treadend
    cementing
    operation
    shall
    be
    considered
    equivalent
    to
    Section
    218.461
    or
    218.462
    for
    the
    purposes
    of
    this
    Section
    if
    the
    total
    volatile
    organic emission from such operation is 10 grams or less per
    tire.
    Section
    218.464
    Testing
    and
    Monitoring
    a)
    Upon
    a
    reasonable
    request
    by
    the
    Agency,
    the
    owner
    or
    operator
    of
    a
    VON
    emission
    source
    required
    to
    comply
    with
    a
    limit
    of
    Sections
    218.461
    through
    218.464
    shall
    conduct
    emissions
    testing,
    at
    such
    person’s
    own
    expense, to demonstrate compliance.
    b)
    A
    person
    planning
    to
    conduct
    a
    VON
    emission
    test
    to
    demonstrate
    compliance
    shall
    notify
    the
    Agency
    of
    that
    intent
    not
    less
    than
    30
    days
    before
    the
    planned
    initiation
    of
    the
    tests
    so
    the
    Agency
    may
    observe
    the
    test.
    Section
    218.465
    Compliance
    Dates
    Every
    owner
    or
    operator
    of
    an
    emission
    source
    subject
    to
    35
    Ill.
    Adm.
    Code
    215,
    Subpart
    S,
    as
    of
    December
    31,
    1987
    shall
    have
    complied
    with
    its
    standards
    and
    limitations
    by
    December
    31,
    1987.
    Section
    218.466
    Compliance
    Plan
    a)
    The
    owner
    or
    operator
    of
    an
    emission
    source
    shall
    have
    submitted
    to
    the
    Agency
    a
    compliance
    plan,
    pursuant
    to
    35
    Ill.
    Adm.
    Code
    201,
    Subpart
    H,
    including
    a
    project
    completion
    schedule
    where
    applicable,
    no
    later
    than
    April
    21,
    1983.
    b)
    Unless
    the
    submitted
    compliance
    plan
    or
    schedule
    was
    disapproved
    by
    the
    Agency,
    the
    owner
    or
    operator
    of
    a
    facility
    or
    emission
    source
    may
    operate
    the
    emission
    source
    according
    to
    the
    plan
    and
    schedule
    as
    submitted.
    c)
    The
    plan
    and
    schedule
    shall
    meet
    the
    requirements
    of
    35
    Ill.
    Adin.
    Code
    201,
    Subpart
    H,
    including
    specific
    interim
    dates
    as
    required
    in
    35
    Ill.
    Adm. Code 201.242.

    140
    SUBPART T:
    PHARMACEUTICAL MANUFACTURING
    Section 218.480
    Applicability
    a)
    The
    rules
    of
    this
    Subpart,
    except
    for
    Sections
    218.483
    through
    218.485,
    apply
    to
    all
    emission
    sources
    of
    VON,
    including
    but
    not
    limited
    to
    reactors,
    distillation
    units,
    dryers,
    storage
    tanks
    for
    VOL,
    equipment
    for
    the
    transfer
    of
    VOL,
    filters,
    crystallizers,
    washers,
    laboratory hoods, pharmaceutical coating operations,
    mixing operations and centrifuges used in
    manufacturing,
    including
    packaging,
    of
    pharmaceuticals,
    and emitting more than 6.8 kg/day
    (15 lbs/day) and more
    than
    2,268
    kg/year
    (2.5
    tons/year)
    of
    VOM.
    If
    an
    emission
    source
    emits
    less
    than
    2,268
    kg/year
    (2.5
    tons/year)
    of
    VON,
    the
    requirements
    of
    this
    Subpart
    still
    apply
    to
    the
    emission
    source
    if
    VON
    emissions
    from
    the
    emission
    source
    exceed
    45.4
    kg/day
    (100
    lbs/day).
    b)
    Notwithstanding
    subsection
    (a),
    the
    air
    suspension
    coater/dryer,
    fluid
    bed
    dryers,
    tunnel
    dryers,
    and
    Accelacotas
    located
    in
    Libertyville
    Township,
    Lake
    County,
    Illinois
    shall
    be
    exempt
    from
    the
    rules
    of
    this
    Subpart,
    except
    for
    Sections
    218.483
    through
    218.485,
    if
    emissions
    of
    VON
    not
    vented
    to
    air
    pollution
    control
    equipment
    do
    not
    exceed
    the
    following
    levels:
    1)
    for
    the
    air
    suspension
    coater/dryer:
    2,268
    kg/year
    (2.5
    tons/year);
    2)
    for
    each
    fluid
    bed
    dryer:
    4,535
    kg/year
    (5.0
    tons/year);
    3)
    for
    each
    tunnel
    dryer:
    6,803
    kg/year
    (7.5
    tons/year);
    and
    4)
    for
    each
    Accelacota:
    6,803
    kg/year
    (7.5
    tons/year).
    C)
    Sections
    218.483
    through
    218.485
    apply
    to
    a
    plant
    having
    one
    or
    more
    emission
    sources
    that:
    1)
    Are
    used
    to
    manufacture
    pharmaceuticals,
    and
    2)
    Emit
    more
    than
    6.8
    kg/day
    (15
    lbs/day)
    of
    VON
    and
    more
    than
    2,268
    kg/year
    (2.5
    tons/year)
    of
    VON,
    or,
    if
    less
    than
    2,268
    kg/year
    (2.5
    tons/year),
    these
    Sections
    still
    apply
    if
    emissions
    from
    one
    or
    more
    sources
    exceed
    45.4
    kg/day
    (100
    lbs/day).

    141
    d)
    No
    owner
    or
    operator
    shall
    violate
    any
    condition
    in
    a
    permit when the condition
    results
    in
    exclusion
    of
    an
    emission
    source
    from
    this
    Subpart.
    e)
    Any
    pharmaceutical
    manufacturing
    source
    that
    becomes
    subject
    to
    the
    provisions
    of
    this
    Subpart
    at
    any
    time
    shall
    remain
    subject
    to
    the
    provisions
    of
    this
    Subpart
    at
    all
    times.
    f)
    Emissions
    subject
    to
    this
    Subpart
    shall
    be
    controlled
    at all times consistent with~the requirements set forth
    in
    this
    Subpart.
    g)
    Any
    control
    device
    required pursuant to this Subpart
    shall
    be
    operated
    at
    all
    times
    when
    the source it
    is
    controlling
    is
    operated.
    h)
    Determinations
    of
    daily
    and
    annual
    emissions
    for
    purposes
    of
    this
    Section
    shall
    be
    made
    using
    both
    data
    on
    the
    hourly
    emission
    rate
    (or
    the
    emissions
    -per
    unit
    of
    throughput)
    and
    appropriate
    daily
    and
    annual
    data
    from
    records
    of
    emission
    source
    operation
    (or
    material
    throughput
    or
    material
    consumption
    data).
    In
    the
    absence
    of
    representative-
    test
    data
    pursuant
    to
    Section
    218.487
    for
    the
    hourly
    emission rate (or the emissions
    per
    unit
    of
    throughput),
    such items shall be calculated
    using
    engineering calculations, including the methods
    described
    in
    Appendix
    B
    of
    “Control
    of
    Volatile
    Organic
    Emissions from Manufacturing of Synthesized
    Pharmaceutical Products”
    (EPA—450/2-78-029),
    incorporated by reference
    in
    Section
    218.112.
    (This
    subsection shall not affect the Agency’s or the USEPA’s
    authority to require emission tests to be performed
    pursuant to Section 218.487.)
    Section 218.481
    Control of Reactors, Distillation Units,
    Crystallizers, Centrifuges and Vacuum Dryers
    a)
    The owner or operator shall equip all reactors,
    distillation units, crystallizers, centrifuges and
    vacuum dryers that are used to manufacture
    pharmaceuticals with surface condensers or other air
    pollution control equipment listed in subsection
    (b).
    If a surface condenser is used,
    it shall be operated
    such that the condenser outlet gas temperature does not
    exceed:
    1)
    248.2°K(-13°F)when condensing VON of vapor
    pressure greater than 40.0 kPa (5.8 psi) at
    294.3°K(70°F),or
    2)
    258.2 ‘K (5°F)when condensing VON of vapor

    142
    pressure
    greater
    than
    20.0
    kPa
    (2.9
    psi)
    at
    294.3°K(70°F),or
    3)
    273.2 ‘K
    (32°F)
    when
    condensing
    VON
    of
    vapor
    pressure
    greater
    than
    10.0
    kPa.
    (1.5
    psi)
    at
    294.3’K (70°F),or
    4)
    283.2 ‘K (50°F)when condensing VON of vapor
    pressure
    greater
    than
    7.0
    kPa
    (1.0
    psi)
    at
    294.3°K
    (70°F),
    or
    5)
    298.2’K
    (77°?)
    when
    condensing
    VON
    of
    vapor
    pressure
    greater
    than
    3.45
    kPa
    (0.5
    psi)
    at
    294.3°K(70’?).
    b)
    If
    a
    scrubber,
    carbon
    adsorber,
    thermal
    afterburner,
    catalytic
    afterburner,
    or
    other
    air
    pollution
    control
    equipment
    other
    than
    a
    surface
    condenser
    is
    used,
    such
    equipment shall provide a reduction in the emissions of
    VOM
    of
    90
    percent
    or
    more.
    c)
    The
    owner
    or
    operator
    shall
    enclose
    all
    centrifuges
    used
    to
    manufacture
    pharmaceuticals
    and
    that
    have
    an
    exposed
    VOL
    surface,
    where
    the
    VON
    in
    the
    VOL
    has
    a
    vapor
    pressure
    of
    3.45
    kPa
    (0.5
    psi)
    or
    more
    at
    294.3
    ‘K
    (70°F),
    except
    as
    production,
    sampling,
    maintenance,
    or
    inspection
    procedures
    require
    operator
    access.
    Section
    218.482
    Control
    of
    Air
    Dryers,
    Production
    Equipment
    Exhaust
    Systems
    and
    Filters
    a)
    The
    owner
    or
    operator
    of
    an
    air
    dryer
    or
    production
    equipment
    exhaust
    system
    used
    to
    manufacture
    pharmaceuticals
    shall
    control
    the
    emissions
    of
    VON
    from
    such
    emission
    sources
    by
    air
    pollution
    control
    equipment
    which
    reduces
    by
    90
    percent
    or
    more
    the
    VON
    that
    would
    otherwise
    be
    emitted
    into
    the atmosphere.
    b)
    The
    owner
    or
    operator
    shall
    enclose
    all
    rotary
    vacuum
    filters
    and
    other
    filters
    used
    to
    manufacture
    pharmaceuticals and that have an exposed VOL surface,
    where
    the
    VON
    in
    the
    VOL
    has
    a
    vapor
    pressure
    of
    3.45
    kPa
    (0.5
    psi)
    or
    more
    at
    294K
    (70’?),
    except
    as
    production,
    sampling,
    maintenance,
    or
    inspection
    procedures
    require
    operator
    access.
    Section
    218.483
    Material
    Storage
    and
    Transfer
    The
    owner
    or
    operator
    of
    a
    pharmaceutical
    manufacturing
    plant
    shall:
    a)
    Provide
    a
    vapor
    balance
    system
    that
    is
    at
    least

    143
    90
    percent
    effective
    in
    reducing
    VON
    emissions
    from
    truck
    or
    railcar
    deliveries
    to
    storage
    tanks
    with
    capacities
    equal
    to
    or
    greater
    than
    1.57
    m3
    (2,000
    gal)
    that
    store
    VOL
    with
    vapor
    pressures
    :~greater than
    28.0
    kPa
    (4.1
    psi)
    at
    294.3~K (70°?),
    and
    b)
    Install,
    operate,
    and
    maintain
    pressure/vacuum
    conservation
    vents
    set
    at
    0.2
    kPa (0.03 psi) or greater
    on
    all
    storage
    tanks
    that
    store
    VOL
    with
    vapor
    pressures
    greater
    than
    10
    kPa
    (1.5
    psi)
    at
    294.3
    ‘K
    (70F).
    Section 218.484
    In-Process Tanks
    The
    owner
    or
    operator
    shall
    install
    covers
    on
    all
    in—process
    tanks
    used
    to
    manufacture
    pharmaceuticals
    and
    containing
    a
    VOL
    at
    any time.
    These covers must remain closed, except as production,
    sampling, maintenance or inspection procedures require operator
    access.
    Section
    218.485
    Leaks
    The
    owner
    or
    operator
    of
    a
    pharmaceutical
    manufacturing
    plant
    shall
    repair
    any
    component
    from
    which
    a
    leak
    of
    VOL
    can
    be
    observed.
    The
    repair
    shall
    be
    completed
    as
    soon
    as
    practicable
    but
    no
    later
    than
    15
    days
    after
    the
    leak
    is
    found.
    If
    the
    leaking
    component
    cannot
    be
    repaired
    until
    the
    process
    unit
    is
    shut
    down,
    the
    leaking
    component
    must
    then
    be
    repaired
    before
    the
    unit
    is
    restarted.
    Section
    218.486
    Other
    Emission
    Sources
    The
    owner
    or
    operator
    of
    a
    washer,
    laboratory
    hood,
    tablet
    coating
    operation,
    mixing
    operation
    or
    any
    other
    process
    emission
    source
    not
    subject
    to
    Sections
    218.481
    through
    218.485,
    and
    used
    to
    manufacture
    pharmaceuticals
    shall
    control
    the
    emissions
    of
    VON
    from
    such
    emission
    sources
    by:
    a)
    Air
    pollution
    control
    equipment
    which
    reduces
    by
    81
    percent
    or
    more
    the
    VON
    that
    would
    otherwise
    be
    emitted
    to
    the
    atmosphere,
    or
    b)
    A
    surface
    condenser
    which
    captures
    all
    the
    VON
    which
    would
    otherwise
    be
    emitted
    to
    the atmosphere and
    which
    meets
    the
    requirements
    of
    Section
    218.481(a)
    and
    (b).
    Section
    218.487
    Testing
    a)
    Upon
    request
    by
    the
    Agency
    or
    the
    USEPA,
    the
    owner
    or
    operator
    of
    any
    VON
    emission
    source
    subject
    to
    this
    Subpart
    or
    exempt
    from
    this
    Subpart
    by
    virtue
    of
    the
    provisions
    of
    Section
    218.480
    shall,
    at
    his
    own

    144
    expense, demonstrate compliance
    to
    the
    Agency
    and
    the
    USEPA
    by
    the
    methods
    or
    procedures
    listed
    in
    Section
    218.105(f)
    (1).
    b)
    A person
    planning
    to
    conduct
    a
    VON
    emissions
    test
    to
    demonstrate
    compliance
    with
    this
    Subpart
    shall
    notify
    the
    Agency
    and
    the
    USEPA
    of
    that
    intent
    not
    less
    than
    30
    calendar
    days
    before
    the
    planned
    initiation
    of
    the
    test.
    Section
    218.488
    Monitoring
    for
    Air
    Pollution
    Control
    Equipment
    a)
    At
    a
    minimum,
    continuous
    monitors
    for
    the
    following
    parameters
    shall
    be
    installed
    on
    air
    pollution
    control
    equipment
    used
    to
    control
    sources
    subject
    to
    this
    Subpart:
    1)
    Destruction
    device
    combustion
    temperature.
    2)
    Temperature
    rise
    across
    a
    catalytic
    afterburner
    bed.
    3)
    VON
    concentration
    on
    a
    carbon
    adsorption
    unit
    to
    determine
    breakthrough.
    4)
    Outlet
    gas
    temperature
    of
    a
    refrigerated
    condenser.
    5)
    Temperature
    of
    a
    non-refrigerated
    condenser
    coolant
    supply
    system.
    b)
    Each
    monitor
    shall
    be
    equipped
    with
    a
    recording
    device.
    c)
    Each
    monitor
    shall
    be
    calibrated
    quarterly.
    d)
    Each
    monitor
    shall
    operate
    at
    all
    times
    while
    the
    associated
    control
    equipment
    is
    operating.
    Section
    218.489
    Recordkeeping
    for
    Air
    Pollution
    Control
    Equipment
    a)
    The owner or operator of a pharmaceutical manufacturing
    facility
    shall
    maintain
    the
    following
    records:
    1)
    Parameters
    listed
    in
    Section
    218.488(a)
    (1)
    shall
    be
    recorded.
    2)
    For
    sources
    subject
    to
    Section
    218.481,
    the
    vapor
    pressure
    of
    VON
    being
    controlled
    shall
    be
    recorded
    for
    every
    process.

    145
    b)
    For
    any
    leak
    subject
    to
    Section
    218.485
    which
    cannot
    be
    readily
    repaired
    within
    one
    hour
    after
    detection,
    the
    following
    records
    shall
    be
    kept:
    1)
    The
    name
    of
    the
    leaking
    equipment,
    2)
    The
    date
    and
    time
    the
    leak
    is
    detected,
    3)
    The
    action
    taken
    to
    repair
    the
    leak, and
    4)
    The
    data
    and
    time
    the
    leak
    is
    repaired.
    c)
    The
    following
    records
    shall
    be
    kept
    for
    emission
    sources
    subject
    to
    Section
    218.484
    which
    contain
    VO.L:
    1)
    For
    maintenance
    and
    inspection:
    A)
    The
    date
    and
    time
    each
    cover
    is
    opened,
    B)
    The
    length
    of
    time
    the
    cover
    remains
    open,
    and
    C)
    The
    reason
    why
    the
    cover
    is
    opened.
    2)
    For
    production
    and
    sampling,
    detailed
    written
    procedures
    or
    manufacturing
    directions
    specifying
    the
    circumstances
    under
    which
    covers
    may
    be
    opened
    and
    the
    procedures
    for
    opening
    covers.
    d)
    For
    each
    emission
    source
    used
    in
    the
    manufacture
    of
    pharmaceuticals
    for
    which
    the
    owner
    or
    operator
    of
    a
    pharmaceutical
    manufacturing
    plant
    claims
    emission
    standards
    are
    not
    applicable,
    because
    the
    emissions
    are
    below
    the
    applicability
    cutoffs
    in
    Section
    218.480(à)
    or
    218.480(b),
    the
    owner
    or
    operator
    shall:
    1)
    Maintain
    a
    demonstration
    including
    detailed
    engineering
    calculations
    of
    the
    maximum
    daily
    and
    annual
    emissions
    for
    each
    such
    emission
    source
    showing that the emissions are below the
    applicability
    cutoffs
    in
    Section
    218.480(a)
    or
    218.480(b),
    as
    appropriate,
    for
    the current and
    prior calendar years;
    2)
    Maintain appropriate operating records for each
    such
    emission
    source
    to
    identify
    whether
    the
    applicability
    cutoffs
    in
    Section
    218.480(a)
    or
    218.480(b), as appropriate, are ever exceeded; and
    3)
    Provide
    written
    notification
    to
    the
    Agency
    and
    the
    USEPA
    within
    30
    days
    of
    a
    determination
    that
    such
    an
    emission
    source
    has
    exceeded
    the
    applicability

    146
    cutoffs
    in
    Section
    218.480(a)
    or
    218.480(b),
    as
    appropriate.
    e)
    Records
    required
    under
    subsection
    (a)
    shall
    be
    maintained
    by
    the
    owner
    or
    operator:
    for
    a
    minimum
    of
    two
    years
    after
    the
    date
    on
    which
    they
    are
    made.
    f)
    Copies
    of
    the
    records
    shall
    be
    made
    available
    to
    the
    Agency
    or
    the
    USEPA
    upon
    verbal
    or
    written
    request.
    SUBPART
    V:
    AIR
    OXIDATION
    PROCESSES
    Section 218.521
    Definitions
    In
    addition
    to
    the
    definitions
    of
    35
    Ill.
    Adm.
    Code
    211,
    the
    following
    definitions
    apply
    to
    this
    Subpart:
    “Air
    Oxidation
    Process”:
    any
    unit process including
    ammoxidation and oxychlorination which uses air or a
    combination
    of
    air
    and
    oxygen
    as
    an
    oxidant
    in
    combination
    with
    one
    or
    more
    organic
    reactants
    to
    produce
    one
    or
    more
    organic
    compounds.
    lICost
    Effectiveness”:
    the
    annual
    expense
    for
    cost
    of
    control
    of
    a
    given
    process
    stream
    divided
    by
    the
    reduction
    in
    emissions
    of
    organic
    material
    of
    that
    stream.
    “Flow
    (F)”:
    Vent
    stream
    flowrate
    (scm/mm)
    at
    a
    standard
    temperature
    of
    20°C.
    “Full
    Operating
    Flowrate”:
    Maximum
    operating
    capacity
    of
    the
    facility.
    “Hourly
    Emissions
    (E)”:
    Hourly emissions reported in
    kg/hr
    measured
    at
    full
    operating
    flowrate.
    “Net
    Heating
    Value
    (H)”:
    Vent
    stream
    net
    heating
    value
    (MJ/scm),
    where
    the
    net
    enthalpy
    per
    mole
    of
    offgas
    is
    based
    on
    combustion
    at
    25°C and
    760
    mm
    Hg, but the
    standard temperature for determining the volume
    corresponding
    to one mole is 20°C,as in the definition
    of
    “Flow.”
    “Process
    Vent
    Stream”:
    An
    emission
    stream
    resulting
    from
    an
    air
    oxidation
    process.
    “Total
    Resource
    Effectiveness
    Index
    (TRE)”:
    Cost
    effectiveness
    in
    dollars
    per
    megagram
    of
    controlling
    any
    gaseous
    stream
    vented
    to
    the
    atmosphere
    from
    an
    air
    oxidation
    process
    divided
    by
    $1600/Mg,
    using
    the
    criteria
    and
    methods
    set
    forth
    in
    this
    Subpart
    and

    147
    Appendices
    C
    and
    D.
    Section
    218.525
    Emission
    Limitations
    for
    Air
    Oxidation
    Processes
    a)
    No
    person
    shall
    cause
    or
    allow
    the
    emission
    of
    VON
    from
    any process vent stream unless the process vent stream
    is
    vented
    to
    a
    combustion
    device
    which
    is
    designed
    and
    operated either:
    1)
    To
    reduce
    the
    volatile
    organic
    emissions
    vented
    to
    it with an efficiency of at least ninety eight
    percent
    (98)
    by
    weight;
    or
    2)
    To
    emit
    VOM at
    a
    concentration
    less
    than
    twenty
    parts
    per
    million
    by
    volume,
    dry
    basis.
    b)
    Air
    oxidation
    facilities
    for
    which
    an
    existing
    combustion device is employed to control process VON
    emissions are not required to meet the 98 percent
    emissions limit until the combustion device is replaced
    for other reasons, which shall be considered to
    include, but not be limited to, normal maintenance,
    malfunction,
    accident,
    and
    obsolescence.
    The
    combustion device is considered to be replaced when:
    1)
    All
    of
    the
    device
    is
    replaced;
    or
    2)
    When
    the
    cost
    of
    the
    repair
    of
    the
    device
    or
    the
    cost of replacement of part of the device exceeds
    50
    of the cost of replacing the entire device
    with
    a
    device
    which
    complies.
    c)
    The limitations of subsection
    (a) do not apply to any
    process vent stream or combination of process vent
    streams which has a Total Resource Effectiveness Index
    (TRE) greater than 1.0, as determined by the following
    methods:
    1)
    If an air oxidation process has more than one
    process vent stream, TRE shall be based upon a
    combination
    of
    the
    process
    vent
    streams.
    2)
    TRE
    of a process vent stream shall be determined
    according
    to
    the following equation:
    TRE
    =
    El
    a
    +
    bF’~+
    cF
    +
    dFH
    +
    e(FH)’~
    +
    fF°.53
    where:
    n
    =
    0.88

    148
    TRE
    =
    Total
    resource
    effectiveness
    index.
    F
    =
    Vent stream flowrate (scm/mm), at a
    standard temperature :of 20°C.
    E
    =
    Hourly measured emissions in kg/hr.
    H
    =
    Net heating value of vent stream
    (NJ/scm), where the net enthalpy per
    mole
    of
    offgas
    is
    based
    on
    combustion
    at
    25°C and
    760
    mm
    Hg, but the standard
    temperature for determining the volume
    corresponding
    to
    one
    mole
    is
    20°C,
    as
    in
    the
    definition
    of
    “Flow”.
    a,b,c,d,
    e
    andf
    =
    Coefficients
    obtained
    by
    use
    of
    Appendix
    F.
    3)
    For nonchiorinated process vent streams,
    if the
    net
    heating
    value,
    H,
    is
    greater
    than
    3.6
    NJ/scm,
    F
    shall
    be
    replaced
    by
    F1
    for
    purposes
    of
    calculating
    TRE.
    F1 is
    computed
    as
    follows:
    Fl
    =
    FH
    /
    3.6
    where
    F
    and
    H
    are
    as
    defined
    in
    subsection
    (c) (2).
    4)
    The
    actual
    numerical
    values
    used
    in
    the
    equation
    described
    in
    subsection
    (C)
    (2)
    shall
    be
    determined
    as
    follows:
    A)
    All
    reference
    methods
    and
    procedures
    for
    determining
    the
    flow,
    (F),
    hourly
    emissions,
    (E),
    and
    net
    heating,
    (H),
    value
    shall
    be
    in
    accordance
    with
    Appendix
    C.
    B)
    All
    coefficients
    described
    in
    subsection
    (c)
    (2)
    shall
    be
    in
    accordance
    with
    Appendix
    D.
    Section 218.526
    Testing and Monitoring
    a)
    Upon
    reasonable
    request
    by
    the
    Agency,
    the
    owner
    or
    operator
    of
    an
    air
    oxidation
    process
    shall
    demonstrate
    compliance
    with
    this
    Subpart
    by
    use
    of
    the
    methods
    specified in Appendix C.
    This Section does not limit
    the USEPA’S authority, under the Clean Air Act, to
    require
    demonstrations
    of
    compliance.
    b)
    A person planning to conduct a VON emissions test to
    demonstrate compliance with this Subpart shall notify

    149
    the Agency of that intent not less than 30 days before
    the planned initiation of the tests so that the Agency
    may observe the test.
    ~ection
    218.527
    Compliance
    Date
    Each owner or operator of an emission source subject to 35 Ill.
    Adin. Code 215, Subpart V, as of
    December
    31,
    1987 shall have
    complied
    with
    the
    standards
    and
    limitations
    of
    35
    Ill.
    Adm. Code
    215,
    Subpart
    V8
    by
    December
    31,
    1987.
    SUBPART W:
    AGRICULTURE
    Section 218.541
    Pesticide Exception
    The provisions of Sections 218.301 and 218.302 shall not apply to
    the spraying or use of insecticides, herbicides or other
    pesticides.
    SUBPART X:
    CONSTRUCTION
    Section
    218.561
    Architectural
    Coatings
    No person shall cause or allow the sale or use of any
    architectural
    coating
    containing
    more
    than
    20
    percent
    by
    volume
    of photo—chemically reactive material in containers having a
    capacity of more than one gallon.
    Section
    218.562
    Paving
    Operations
    The
    provisions
    of
    Sections
    218.301
    and
    218.302
    shall
    not
    apply
    to
    the
    application
    of
    paving
    asphalt
    and
    pavement
    marking
    paint
    from
    sunrise
    to
    sunset.
    Section
    218.563
    Cutback
    Asphalt
    a)
    No
    person
    shall
    cause
    or
    allow
    the
    use
    or
    application
    of cutback asphalt for paving,
    resurfacing,
    reconditioning,
    repairing
    or
    otherwise
    maintaining
    a
    roadway
    unless:
    1)
    The use or application of the cutback asphalt
    commences
    on
    or
    after
    October
    1
    of
    any
    year
    and
    such use or application is completed by April 30
    of
    the
    following
    year;
    or
    2)
    The cutback asphalt is a long—life stockpile
    material
    which
    remains
    in
    stock
    after
    April
    30
    of
    each year and as such it may be used until
    depleted
    for
    patching
    potholes
    and
    for
    other
    similar repair work;
    or

    150
    3)
    The cutback asphalt is
    to
    be
    use4
    solely
    as
    an
    asphalt prime coat.
    b)
    Sources
    subject
    to
    this
    Section
    are
    not
    required
    to
    submit
    or
    obtain
    an
    Agency
    approved
    compliance
    plan
    or
    project completion schedule under 35 Ill.
    Adni.
    Code
    201, Subpart H.
    SUBPART
    Y:
    GASOLINE DISTRIBUTION
    Section 218.581
    Bulk
    Gasoline
    Plants
    a)
    Subject to Subsection
    (e),
    no
    person
    may cause
    or
    allow
    the transfer
    of
    gasoline
    from
    a
    delivery
    vessel
    into
    a
    stationary storage tank located at a bulk gasoline
    plant unless:
    1)
    The delivery vessel and the stationary storage
    tank are each equipped with a vapor collection
    system that meets the requirements of subsection
    (d) (4),
    2)
    Each vapor collection system is operating,
    3)
    The delivery vessel displays the appropriate
    sticker pursuant to the requirements of Sections
    218.584
    (“b) or
    (d),
    4)
    The pressure relief valve(s) on the stationary
    storage tank and the delivery vessel are set to
    release at no less than 0.7 psi or the highest
    pressure allowed by state or local fire codes or
    the guidelines of the National Fire Prevention
    Association, and
    5)
    The stationary storage tank is equipped with a
    submerged loading pipe.
    b)
    Subject to subsection
    (f), no person may cause or allow
    the transfer of gasoline from a stationary storage tank
    located at a bulk gasoline plant into a delivery vessel
    unless:
    1)
    The requirements set forth in subsections
    (a) (1)
    through
    (a) (4) are met, and
    2)
    Equipment
    is
    available at the bulk gasoline plant
    to provide for the submerged filling of the
    delivery
    vessel or the delivery vessel is equipped
    for bottom loading.
    C)
    Subject to subsection
    (e), each owner of a stationary

    151
    storage tank located at a bulk gasoline plant shall:
    1)
    Equip each stationary storage tank with a vapor
    control system that meets the requirements of
    subsection
    (a) or
    (b), whichever is applicable,
    2)
    Provide instructions to the operator of the bulk
    gasoline plant describing necessary maintenance
    operations and procedures for prompt notification
    of the owner in case of any malfunction of a vapor
    control system, and
    3)
    Repair,
    replace or modify any worn out or
    malfunctioning component or element of design.
    d)
    Subject to subsection (e), each operator of a bulk
    gasoline plant shall:
    1)
    Maintain and operate each vapor control system in
    accordance with the owner’s instructions,
    2)
    Promptly notify the owner of any scheduled
    maintenance or malfunction requiring replacement
    or repair of a major component of a vapor control
    system, and
    3)
    Maintain gauges, meters or other specified testing
    devices in proper working order,
    4)
    Operate the bulk plant vapor collection system and
    gasoline loading equipment in a manner that
    prevents:
    A)
    Gauge pressure from exceeding 45.7 cm
    (18
    in.)
    of water and vacuum from exceeding 15.2
    cm
    (6
    in.) of water,
    as measured as close as
    possible to the vapor hose connection,
    and
    B)
    A reading equal to or greater than 100
    percent of the lower explosive limit
    (LEL
    measured as propane) when tested in
    accordance with the procedure described in
    “Control of Volatile Organic Compound Leaks
    from Gasoline Tank Trucks and Vapor
    Collection Systems”, Appendix B,
    EPA 450/2-78-051,
    (incorporated by reference
    in Section 218.112), and
    C)
    Avoidable leaks of liquid during loading or
    unloading operations.
    5)
    Provide a pressure tap or equivalent on the bulk

    152
    plant vapor collection system in order to allow
    the determination of compliance with subsection
    (d) (4) (A), and
    6)
    Within 15 business days after discovery of any
    leak by the owner, the operator, the Agency or the
    USEPA, repair and retest a vapor collection system
    which exceeds the limits of subsection
    (d) (4) (A)
    or
    (B).
    e)
    The requirements of subsections
    (a),
    (C)
    and
    (d)
    shall
    not apply to:
    1)
    Any stationary storage tank with a capacity of
    less than 2,177
    1
    (575 gal), or
    2)
    Any bulk gasoline plant whose daily gasoline
    throughput is less than 15,140 1
    (4,000 gal/day)
    on a thirty—day rolling average.
    f)
    The requirements of subsection
    (b)
    shall apply only to
    bulk gasoline plants whose daily gasoline throughput is
    greater than or
    equal
    to 15,140 1
    (4,000 gal/day) on a
    thirty-day rolling average.
    g)
    Any bulk gasoline plant which is ever subject to
    subsections
    (a),
    (b),
    (c), or
    (d)
    shall always be
    subject
    to these paragraphs.
    Section 218.582
    Bulk Gasoline Terminals
    a)
    No person shall cause or allow the transfer of gasoline
    into any delivery vessel from any bulk gasoline
    terminal unless:
    1)
    The bulk gasoline terminal is equipped with a
    vapor control system that limits emission of VON
    to 80 mg/i (0.00067 lbs/gal)
    of gasoline loaded;
    2)
    The vapor control system is operating and all
    vapors displaced in the loading of gasoline to the
    delivery vessel are vented only to the vapor
    control system;
    3)
    There is no liquid drainage from the loading
    device when it is not in use;
    4)
    All loading and vapor return lines are equipped
    with fittings which are vapor tight; and
    5)
    The delivery vessel displays the appropriate
    sticker pursuant to the requirements of Section

    153
    218.584(b)
    or (d); or,
    if the terminal is
    driver—loaded, the terminal owner or operator
    shall be deemed to be in compliance with this
    Section when terminal access authorization is
    limited to those owners and/or operators of
    delivery vessels who have provided a current
    certification as required by Section
    218.584(c) (3).
    b)
    Bulk gasoline terminals were required to take certain
    actions to achieve compliance which are summarized in
    35 Ill.
    Adin. Code 215, Appendix C.
    ~)
    The
    operator
    of
    a
    bulk
    gasoline
    terminal
    shall:
    1)
    Operate the terminal vapor collection system and
    gasoline loading equipment in a manner that
    prevents:
    A)
    Gauge pressure from exceeding 18 inches of
    water and vacuum from exceeding 6 inches of
    water as measured as close as possible to the
    vapor hose connection; and
    B)
    A reading equal to or greater than 100
    percent of the lower explosive limit (LEL
    measured as propane) when tested in
    accordance with the procedure described in
    EPA 450/2-78-051 Appendix B incorporated by
    reference in Section 218.112; and
    C)
    Avoidable leaks of liquid during loading or
    unloading operations.
    2)
    Provide a pressure tap or equivalent on the
    terminal vapor- collection system in order to allow
    the determination of compliance with Section
    218.582(d) (1) (A); and
    3)
    Within 15 business days after discovery of the
    leak by the owner, operator, or the Agency repair
    and retest a vapor collection system which exceeds
    the limits of subsection
    (c) (1) (A) or
    (B).
    Section 218.583
    Gasoline Dispensing Facilities
    a)
    Subject to subsection
    (b), no person shall cause or
    allow the transfer of gasoline from any delivery vessel
    into any stationary storage tank at a gasoline
    dispensing facility unless:
    1)
    The tank is equipped with a submerged loading

    154
    pipe; and
    2)
    The vapors displaced from the storage tank during
    filling are processed by a vapor control system
    that includes one or more of the following:
    A)
    A vapor collection system that meets the
    requirements of subsection
    (d)(4); or
    B)
    A refrigeration-condensation system or any
    other system approved by the Agency and
    approved by the USEPA as a SIP revision, that
    recovers at least 90 percent by weight of all
    vaporized organic material from the equipment
    being controlled;
    and
    C)
    The delivery vessel displays the appropriate
    sticker pursuant to the requirements of
    Section 218.584(b)
    or
    (d).
    b)
    The requirements of subsection
    (a) (2)
    shall not apply
    to transfers of gasoline to a stationary storage tank
    at a gasoline dispensing fiacility if:
    1)
    The tank is equipped with a floating roof,
    or
    other system of equal or better emission control
    approved by the Agency and approved by the USEPA
    as a SIP revision;
    2)
    The tank has a capacity of less than 2000 gallons
    and was in place and operating before January
    1,
    1979; or
    3)
    The tank has a capacity of less than 575 gallons.
    c)
    Subject to subsection
    (b), each owner of a gasoline
    dispensing facility shall:
    1)
    Install all control systems and make all process
    modifications required by subsection
    (a);
    2)
    Provide instructions to the operator of the
    gasoline dispensing facility describing necessary
    maintenance operations and procedures for prompt
    notification of the owner in case of any
    malfunction of a vapor control system; and
    3)
    Repair, replace or modify any worn out or
    malfunctioning component or element of design.
    d)
    Subject to subsection
    (b), each operator of a gasoline
    dispensing facility shall:

    155
    1)
    Maintain and operate each vapor control system in
    accordance with the owner’s instructions;
    2)
    Promptly notify the owner of any scheduled
    maintenance or malfunction requiring replacement
    or repair of a major component of a vapor control
    system;
    3)
    Maintain gauges, meters or other specified testing
    devices in proper working order;
    4)
    Operate the vapor collection system and delivery
    vessel unloading points in a manner that prevents:
    A)
    A reading equal to or greater than 100
    percent of the lower explosive limit
    (LEL
    measured as propane) when tested in
    accordance with the procedure described in
    EPA 450/2-78-051 Appendix B, and
    B)
    Avoidable leaks of liquid during the filling
    of storage tanks; and
    5)
    Within 15 business days after discovery of the
    leak by the owner,
    operator, or the Agency, repair
    and retest a vapor collection system which exceeds
    the limits of subsection
    (d) (4) (A).
    e)
    Gasoline dispensing facilities were required to take
    certain actions to achieve compliance which are
    summarized in 35 Ill. Adm. Code 215, Appendix C.
    Section 218.584
    Gasoline Delivery Vessels
    a)
    Any delivery vessel equipped for vapor control by use
    of vapor collection equipment:
    1)
    Shall have a vapor space connection that is
    equipped with fittings which are vapor tight;
    2)
    Shall have its hatches closed at all times during
    loading or unloading operations, unless a top
    loading vapor recovery system is used;
    3)
    Shall not internally exceed a gauge pressure of 18
    inches of water or a vacuum of 6 inches of water;
    4)
    Shall be designed and maintained to be vapor tight
    at all times during normal operations;
    5)
    Shall not be refilled in Illinois at other than:

    156
    A)
    A bulk gasoline terminal that complies with
    the requirements of Section 218.582 or
    B)
    A bulk gasoline plant that complies with the
    requirements of Section 218.581(b).
    6)
    Shall be tested annually in accordance with Method
    27, 40 CFR 60, Appendix A, incorporated by
    reference in Section 218.105.
    Each vessel must be
    repaired and retested within 15 business days
    after discovery of the leak by the owner,
    operator, or the Agency, when it fails to sustain:
    A)
    A pressure drop of no more than three inches
    of water in five minutes; and
    B)
    A vacuum drop of no more than three inches of
    water in five minutes.
    b)
    Any delivery vessel meeting the requirements of
    subsection
    (a)
    shall have a sticker affixed to the tank
    adjacent to the tank manufacturer’s data plate which
    contains the tester’s name, the tank identification
    number and the date of the test.
    The sticker shall be
    in a form prescribed by the Agency,
    and, for those
    delivery vessels subject to 35 Ill.
    Adm. Code 215 as of
    December 31,
    1987 shall have been displayed no later
    than December 31,
    1987.
    C)
    The owner or operator of a delivery vessel shall:
    1)
    Maintain copies of any test required under
    subsection
    (a) (6)
    for a period of 3 years;
    2)
    Provide copies of these tests to the Agency upon
    request; and
    3)
    Provide annual test result certification to bulk
    gasoline plants and terminals where the delivery
    vessel is loaded.
    d)
    Any delivery vessel which has undergone and passed a
    test in another state which has a USEPA-approved leak
    testing and certification program will satisfy the
    requirements of subsection
    (a).
    Delivery vessels must
    display a sticker, decal or stencil approved by the
    state where tested or comply with the requirements of
    subsection
    (b).
    All such stickers, decals or stencils
    shall have been displayed no later than December 31,
    1987,
    for delivery vessels subject to 35 Ill.
    Adni. Code
    215 as of December 31, 1987.

    157
    Section 218.585
    Gasoline Volatility Standards
    a)
    No person shall sell, offer for
    sale., dispense, supply,
    offer for supply, or transport for use in Illinois
    gasoline whose Reid vapor pressure exceeds the
    applicable limitations set forth in subsections
    (b) and
    (c) during the regulatory control periods, which shall
    be July
    1 to August 31 for retail outlets, wholesale
    purchaser—consumer facilities, and all other
    facilities.
    b)
    The Reid vapor pressure of gasoline, a measure of its
    volatility, shall not exceed 9.5 psi (65.5
    kPa)
    during
    the regulatory control period in 1990 and each year
    thereafter.
    c)
    The Reid vapor pressure of ethanol blend gasolines
    shall not exceed the limitations for gasoline set forth
    in subsection
    (b) by more than 1.0 psi (6.9 kPa).
    Notwithstanding this limitation, blenders of ethanol
    blend gasolines whose Reid vapor pressure is less than
    1.0 psi above the base stock gasoline immediately after
    blending with ethanol are prohibited from adding butane
    or any product that will increase the Reid vapor
    pressure of the blended gasoline.
    d)
    All sampling of gasoline required pursuant to the
    provisions of this Section shall be conducted by one or
    more of the following approved methods or procedures
    which are incorporated by reference in Section 215.105.
    1)
    For manual sampling, ASTN D4057;
    2)
    For automatic sampling, ASTN D4l77;
    3)
    Sampling procedures for Fuel Volatility, 40 CFR 80
    Appendix D.
    e)
    The Reid vapor pressure of gasoline shall be measured
    in accordance with either test method ASTM D323 or a
    modification of ASTM D323 known as the “dry method” as
    set forth in 40
    CFR
    80, Appendix E, incorporated by
    reference in 35 Ill.
    Adni. Code 215.105.
    For gasoline
    oxygenate blends which contain water—extractable
    oxygenates, the Reid vapor pressure shall be measured
    using the
    dry
    method test.
    f)
    The ethanol content of ethanol blend gasolines shall be
    determined by use of one of the approved testing
    methodologies specified in 40
    CFR
    80, Appendix F,
    incorporated by reference in 35
    Ill. Adm. Code 215.105.

    158
    g)
    Any
    alternate to the sampling or testing methods or
    procedures contained in subsections
    :(d),
    (e), and
    (f)
    must be approved by the Agency, which shall consider
    data comparing the performance of the proposed
    alternative to the performance of one or more approved
    test methods or procedures.
    Such data shall accompany
    any request for Agency approval of any alternate test
    procedure.
    If the Agency determines that such data
    demonstrates that the proposed alternative will achieve
    results equivalent to the approved test methods or
    procedures, the Agency shall approve the proposed
    alternative.
    h)
    Each refiner or supplier that distributes gasoline or
    ethanol blends shall:
    1)
    During the regulatory control period,
    state that
    the Reid vapor pressure of all gasoline or ethanol
    blends leaving the refinery or distribution
    facility for use in Illinois complies with the
    Reid vapor pressure limitations set forth in 35
    Ill.
    Adni. Code 215.585(b) and
    (c).
    Any facility
    receiving this gasoline shall be provided with a
    copy of an invoice, bill of lading, or other
    documentation used in normal business practice
    stating that the Reid vapor pressure of the
    gasoline complies with the State Reid vapor
    pressure standard.
    2)
    Maintain records for a period of one year on the
    Reid vapor pressure, quantity shipped and date of
    delivery of any gasoline or ethanol blends leaving
    the refinery or distribution facility for use in
    Illinois.
    The Agency shall be provided with
    copies of such records if requested.
    SUBPART Z:
    DRY
    CLEANERS
    Section 218.601
    Perchloroethylene Dry Cleaners
    The owner or operator of a dry cleaning facility which uses
    perchloroethylene shall:
    a)
    Vent the entire dryer exhaust through a properly
    designed and functioning carbon adsorption system or
    equally effective control device; and
    b)
    Emit no more than 100 ppmv of VON from the dryer
    control device before dilution, or achieve a 90 percent
    average reduction before dilution; and

    159
    c)
    Immediately repair all components found to be leaking
    liquid VON; and
    d)
    Cook or treat all diatomaceous earth filters so that
    the residue contains 25 kg
    (55 lb)
    or less of VON per
    100 kg (220 lb) of wet waste material; and
    e)
    Reduce the VON from all solvent stills to 60 kg
    (132
    lb) or less per 100 kg (220 lb) of wet waste material;
    and
    f)
    Drain all filtration cartridges in the filter housing
    or other sealed container for at least 24 hours before
    discarding the cartridges; and
    g)
    Dry all drained filtration cartridges in equipment
    connected to an emission reduction system or in .a
    manner that will eliminate emission of VON to the
    atmosphere.
    Section 218.602
    Exemptions
    The provisions of Section 218.601 are not applicable to
    perchloroethylene dry cleaning operations which are coin—operated
    or to dry cleaning facilities consuming less than 30 gal per
    month
    (360 gal per year)
    of perchloroethylene.
    Section 218.603
    Leaks
    The presence of leaks shall be determined for purposes of Section
    218.601(c) by a visual inspection of the following: hose
    connections, unions, couplings and valves; machine door gaskets
    and seatings; filter head gasket and seating; pumps; base tanks
    and storage containers; water separators; filter sludge recovery;
    distillation unit; diverter valves; saturated lint from lint
    baskets; and cartridge filters.
    Section 218.604
    Compliance Dates
    Every owner or operator of an emission source previously subject
    to 35 Ill.
    Adni. Code 215, Subpart
    Z,
    shall have complied with its
    standards and limitations in accordance with the applicable dates
    set forth in 35 Ill.
    Adju.
    Code 215.604.
    Section 218.605
    Compliance Plan
    a)
    The owner or operator of an emission source subject to
    this Subpart shall have submitted to the Agency a
    compliance plan, pursuant to 35 Ill.
    Adni. Code 201,
    Subpart H, including a project completion schedule
    where applicable,
    no later than,
    for Section 218.601(a)
    and
    (b), April 21,
    1983.

    160
    b)
    Unless the submitted compliance plan ~orschedule was
    disapproved by the Agency, the owner or operator of a
    facility or emission source may operate the emission
    source according to the plan and schedule as submitted.
    c)
    The plan and schedule shall meet the requirements of 35
    Ill. Adm. Code 201, Subpart H, including specific
    interim dates as required in 35 Ill. Mm. Code 201.242.
    Section 218.606
    Exception to Compliance Plan
    Coin-operated dry cleaning operations and dry cleaning facilities
    consuming less than 30 gal per month
    (360 gal per year) of
    perchloroethylene are not required to submit or obtain an Agency
    approved compliance plan or project completion schedule.
    Section 218.607
    Standards for Petroleum Solvent Dry Cleaners
    a)
    The owner or operator of a petroleum solvent dry
    cleaning dryer shall either:
    1)
    Limit emissions of VON to the atmosphere to an
    average of 3.5 kilograms of VON per 100 kilograms
    dry
    weight of articles dry cleaned, or
    2)
    Install and operate a solvent recovery dryer in a
    manner such that the dryer remains closed and the
    recovery phase
    continues until a final solvent
    flow rate of 50 milliliters per minute is
    attained.
    b)
    The owner or operator of a petroleum solvent filtration
    system shall either:
    1)
    Reduce the VOM content in all filtration wastes to
    1.0 kilogram or less per 100 kilograms dry weight
    of articles dry cleaned, before disposal, and
    exposure to the atmosphere, or
    2)
    Install and operate a cartridge filtration system,
    and drain the filter cartridges in their sealed
    housings for 8 hours or more before their removal.
    Section 218.608
    Operating Practices for Petroleum Solvent Dry
    Cleaners
    In order to minimize fugitive solvent emissions, the owner or
    operator of a petroleum solvent dry cleaning facility shall
    employ good housekeeping practices including the following:
    a)
    General Housekeeping Requirements

    161
    1)
    Equipment containing solvent
    (washers,
    dryers,
    extractors and filters) shall remain closed at all
    times except during load transfer and maintenance.
    Lint filter and button trap covers shall remain
    closed except when solvent—laden material is being
    removed.
    2)
    Cans, buckets, barrels and other containers of
    solvent or of solvent—laden material shall be
    covered except when in use.
    3)
    Solvent-laden material shall be exposed to the
    atmosphere only for the minimum time necessary for
    load transfer.
    b)
    Installation and operation of equipment:
    1)
    All cartridge filters shall be enclosed and
    operated in accordance with the procedures and
    specifications recommended by the manufacturer for
    the cartridge filter.
    After installation, the
    cartridges shall be inspected, monitored and
    maintained in accordance with the manufacturer’s
    recommendations; and
    2)
    Vents on containers for new solvent and for
    solvent-containing waste shall be constructed and
    maintained so as to minimize solvent vapor
    emissions.
    Criteria for the minimization of
    solvent vapor emissions include the elimination of
    solvent buckets and barrels standing open to the
    atmosphere,
    and the repair of gaskets and seals
    that expose solvent—rich environments to the
    atmosphere, to be determined through visual
    inspection.
    Section 218.609
    Program for Inspection and Repair of
    Leaks
    a)
    The owner or operator of a petroleum solvent dry
    cleaning facility shall conduct the following visual
    inspections on a weekly basis:
    1)
    Washers, dryers, solvent filters, settling tanks,
    vacuum stills and containers and conveyors of
    petroleum solvent shall be inspected for visible
    leaks of solvent liquid.
    2)
    Pipes, hoses and fittings shall be inspected for
    active dripping or dampness.

    162
    3)
    Pumps and filters shall be inspected for leaks
    around seals and access covers.
    4)
    Gaskets and seals shall be inspected for wear and
    defects.
    b)
    Leaks of petroleum solvent liquid and vapors shall be
    repaired within three working days of detection,
    unless
    necessary replacement parts are not on site.
    1)
    If necessary, repair parts shall be ordered within
    three working days of detection of the leak.
    2)
    The leak shall be repaired within three days of
    delivery of necessary parts.
    Section 218.610
    Testing and Monitoring
    a)
    Compliance with Sections 218.607(b) (2), 215.608 and
    215.609 shall be determined by visual inspection; and
    b)
    Compliance with Sections 218.607(a) (2) and
    (b) (1)
    shall
    be determined by methods described in EPA—450/3—82—009
    (1982)
    incorporated by reference in Section 218.112.
    c)
    If a control device is used to comply with Section
    218.607(a) (1), then compliance shall be determined
    using 40 CFR 60 Appendix A, Method 25 (1984)
    incorporated by reference in Section 218.112.
    Section 218.611
    Exemption for Petroleum Solvent Dry Cleaners
    The provisions of Sections 218.607 through 218.610 shall not
    apply to petroleum solvent
    dry
    cleaning facilities whose
    emissions of VON do not exceed 91 megagrams
    (100 tons) per year
    in the absence of pollution control equipment or whose emissions
    of VON, as limited by the operating permit, will not exceed 91
    megagrams (100 tons) per year in the absence of pollution control
    equipment.
    Section 218.612
    Compliance Dates
    Owners and operators of emission sources subject to 35 Ill.
    Adin.
    Code 215.607 through 215.609 as of December 31,
    1987 shall have
    complied with the requirements set forth therein no later than
    December 31, 1987.
    Section 218.613
    Compliance Plan
    a)
    The owner or operator of an emission source subject to
    35 Ill. Adm. Code 215.610(a) as of May 31,
    1987 shall
    have submitted to the Agency
    a compliance plan,

    163
    including a project completion schedule where
    applicable,
    no later than Nay 31,
    1987.
    b)
    The plan and schedule shall meet the.requirements of 35
    Ill.
    Adin. Code 201.
    SUBPART AA:
    PAINT AND INK MANUFACTURING
    Section 218.620
    Applicability
    a)
    This subpart shall apply to all paint and ink
    manufacturing plants which:
    1)
    Include process emission sources not subject to
    Subparts
    B,
    E, F (excluding Section 218
    204(1)), H
    excluding Section 218.405),
    Q,
    R,
    5,
    V,
    X, Y or Z
    of this Part;
    and which as a group both:
    A)
    have maximum theoretical emissions of 91 Mg
    (100 tons) or more per calendar year of VON
    if no air pollution control equipment were
    used, and
    B)
    are not limited to less than 91 Mg (100 tons)
    of VON emissions per calendar year in the
    absence of air pollution control equipment,
    through production or capacity limitations
    contained in a federally enforceable
    construction permit or a SIP revision, or
    2)
    Produce more than 7,570,820
    1
    (2,000,000 gal) per
    calendar year of paint or ink formulations, which
    contain less than 10 percent (by weight) water,
    and ink formulations not containing as the primary
    solvents water, Magie oil or glycol.
    b)
    For the purposes of this Subpart, uncontrolled VON
    emissions are the emissions of VON which would result
    if no air pollution control equipment were used.
    Section 218.621
    Exemption for Waterbase Material and
    Heatset—Offset Ink
    The requirements of Sections 218.624 and 218.625 and Section
    218.628(a) shall not apply to equipment while it is being used to
    produce either:
    a)
    paint or ink formulations which contain 10 percent or
    more
    (by weight) water, or
    b)
    inks containing Magie oil and glycol as the primary
    solvent.

    164
    Section 218.623
    Permit Conditions
    No person shall violate any condition in a permit when the
    condition results in exclusion of the plant or an emission source
    from this Subpart.
    Section 218.624
    Open-top Mills, Tanks, Vats or Vessels
    No person shall operate an open—top mill,
    tank, vat or vessel
    with a volume of more than 45 1
    (12 gal) for the production of
    paint or ink unless:
    a)
    The mill,
    tank, vat or vessel is equipped with a cover
    which completely covers the mill, tank, vat or vessel
    opening except for an opening no larger than necessary
    to allow for safe clearance for a mixer shaft.
    Such
    cover shall extend at least 1.27 cm (0.5 in) beyond the
    outer rim of the opening or be attached to the rim.
    b)
    The cover remains closed except when production,
    sampling, maintenance or inspection procedures require
    access.
    c)
    The cover is maintained in good condition such that,
    when in place,
    it maintains contact with the rim of the
    opening for at least 90 percent of the circumference of
    the rim.
    Section 218.625
    Grinding Mills
    a)
    No person shall operate a grinding mill for the
    production of paint or ink which is not maintained in
    accordance with the manufacturer’s specifications.
    b)
    No person shall operate a grinding mill fabricated or
    modified after the effective date of this Subpart which
    is not equipped with fully enclosed screens.
    c)
    The manufacturer’s specifications shall be kept on file
    at the plant by the owner or operator of the grinding
    mill and be made available to any person upon verbal or
    written request during business hours.
    Section 218.626
    Storage Tanks
    a)
    The owner or operator shall equip tanks storing VOL
    with a vapor pressure greater than 10 kPa
    (1.5 psi) at
    20~C(68°F)with pressure/vacuum conservation vents set
    as a minimum at +/—0.2 kPa
    (0.029 psi).
    These controls
    shall be operated at all times.
    An alternative air
    pollution control system may be used if it results in a

    165
    greater emission reduction than these controls.
    Any
    alternative control system can be allàwed only if
    approved by the Agency and approved by the USEPA as a
    SIP revision.
    b)
    Stationary VOL storage containers with a capacity
    greater than 946 1
    (250 gal)
    shall be equipped with a
    submerged-fill pipe or bottom fill.
    These controls
    shall be operated at all times.
    An alternative control
    system can be allowed only if approved by the Agency
    and approved by the USEPA as a SIP revision.
    Section 218.628
    Leaks
    The owner or operator of a paint or ink manufacturing plant
    shall,
    for the purpose of detecting leaks,
    conduct an equipment
    monitoring program as set forth below:
    a)
    Each pump shall be checked by visual inspection each
    calendar week for indications of leaks, that is,
    liquids dripping from the pump seal.
    If there are
    indications of liquids dripping from the pump seal, the
    pump
    shall be repaired as soon as practicable, but no
    later than 15 calendar days after the leak is detected.
    b)
    Any pump, valve, pressure relief valve, sampling
    connection, open—ended valve and flange or connector
    containing a fluid which is at least 10 percent VON by
    weight which appears to be leaking on the basis of
    sight, smell or sound shall be repaired as soon as
    practicable, but no later than 15 calendar days after
    the leak is detected.
    c)
    A weather proof, readily visible tag, in bright colors
    such as red or yellow, bearing an identification number
    and the date on which the leak was detected shall be
    attached to leaking equipment.
    The tag may be removed
    upon repair, that is, when the equipment is adjusted or
    otherwise altered to allow operation without leaking.
    d)
    When a leak is detected, the owner or operator shall
    record the date of detection and repair and the record
    shall be retained at the plant for at least two years
    from the date of each detection or each repair attempt.
    The record shall be made available to any person upon
    verbal or written request during business hours.
    Section 218.630
    Clean Up
    a)
    No person shall clean paint or
    ink
    manufacturing
    equipment with organic solvent unless the equipment
    being cleaned is completely covered or enclosed except

    166
    for an opening no larger than necessary to allow safe
    clearance for proper operation of the cleaning
    equipment, considering the method and materials being
    used.
    b)
    No person shall store organic wash solvent in other
    than closed containers, unless closed containers are
    demonstrated to be a safety hazard, or dispose of
    organic wash solvent in a manner such that more than 20
    percent by weight is allowed to evaporate into the
    atmosphere.
    Section 218.636
    Compliance Schedule
    Every owner or operator of an emission source subject to the
    control requirements of this Subpart shall comply with the
    requirements thereof on and after a date consistent with Section
    218.106.
    Section 218.637
    Recordkeeping and Reporting
    a)
    Upon request by the Agency, the owner or operator of an
    emission source which claims to be exempt from the
    requirements of this Subpart shall submit records to
    the Agency within 30 calendar days from the date of the
    request which document that the emission source is in
    fact exempt from this Subpart.
    •These records shall
    include
    (but are not limited to) the percent water
    (by
    weight)
    in the paint or ink being produced and the
    quantity of Magie oil, glycol and other solvents in the
    ink being produced.
    b)
    Every owner or operator of an emission source which is
    subject to the requirements of this Subpart shall
    maintain all records necessary to demonstrate
    compliance with those requirements at the facility for
    three years.
    SUBPART
    BB:
    POLYSTYRENE
    PLANTS
    Section
    218.875
    Applicability
    of
    Subpart
    BB
    The provisions of this Subpart shall apply to polystyrene plants:
    a)
    Which use continuous processes to manufacture
    polystyrene
    -
    polybutadiene co—polymer;
    and
    b)
    Which fall within Standard Industrial Classification
    Group No.
    282, Industry No. 2821, except that the
    manufacture of polystyrene resins need not be the
    primary manufacturing process at the plant.

    167
    Section 218.877
    Emissions Limitation at Polystyrene Plants
    No person shall cause or allow the emissions of VON from the
    material recovery section to exceed 0.12 kg of. Volatile Organic
    Material per 1000 kg of polystyrene resin produced.
    Section 218.879
    Compliance Date
    Every owner and operator of an emission source subject to 35 Ill.
    Adm. Code 215, Subpart BB, as of December 31,
    1987,
    shall have
    complied with its standards and limitations by December 31, 1987.
    Section 218.881
    Compliance Plan
    a)
    The owner or operator of an emission source formerly
    subject to the requirements of 35 Ill. Mm.
    Code 215
    Subpart BB shall have submitted to the Agency a
    compliance plan in accordance with 35 Ill. Adm. Code
    201, Subpart H, including a project completion schedule
    on or before December 1,
    1987.
    b)
    Unless the submitted compliance plan or schedule was
    disapproved by the Agency, the owner or operator of a
    facility or emission source subject to this Subpart may
    operate the emission source according to the plan and
    schedule as submitted.
    c)
    The plan and schedule shall meet the requirements of 35
    Ill. Mm. Code 201, Subpart H and Section 218.883.
    Section 218.883
    Special Requirements for Compliance Plan
    For sources subject to this Subpart, an approvable compliance
    plan shall include:
    a)
    A description of each process which is subject to an
    emissions limitation;
    b)
    Quantification of the emissions from each process;
    c)
    A description of the procedures and methods used to
    determine the emissions of VOM;
    d)
    A description of the methods which will be used to
    demonstrate compliance with the allowable plantwide
    emission limitation (Section 215.877), including a
    method of inventory, recordkeeping and emission
    calculation or measurement.
    Section 218.886
    Testing and Monitoring
    a)
    Upon a reasonable request by the Agency, the owner or

    168
    operator of a polystyrene plant subject to this Subpart
    shall at his own expense demonstrate compliance by use
    of the following method:
    40 CFR 60, Appendix A, Method
    25
    -
    Determination of Total Gaseous Non—Methane Organic
    Emissions as Carbon (1984), incorporated by reference
    in Section 218.112.
    b)
    A person planning to conduct a VON emissions test to
    demonstrate compliance with this Subpart shall notify
    the Agency of that intent not less than 30 days before
    the planned initiation of the tests so the Agency may
    observe the test.
    SUBPART PP:
    MISCELLANEOUS FABRICATED PRODUCT MANUFACTURING PROCESSES
    Section 218.920
    Applicability
    a)
    The requirements of this Subpart shall apply to a
    plant’s miscellaneous fabricated product manufacturing
    process emission sources which are not included within
    any of the source categories specified in Subparts B,
    E, F,
    H,
    Q,
    R,
    5,
    V,
    X,
    Y or Z if the plant
    is subject
    to this Subpart.
    A plant is subject to this Subpart if
    it contains process emission sources, not regulated by
    Subparts B,
    E, F (excluding Section 218.204(1)), H
    (excluding Section 218.405),
    Q,
    R,
    S,
    V,
    X, Y or Z of
    this Part; which as a group both:
    1)
    have maximum theoretical emissions of 91 Mg (100
    tons) or more per calendar year of VON if no air
    pollution control equipment were used,
    and
    2)
    are not limited to less than 91 Mg
    (100 tons) of
    VON emissions per calendar year in the absence of
    air pollution control equipment,
    through
    production or capacity limitations contained in a
    federally enforceable construction permit or a SIP
    revision.
    b)
    If a plant ceases to fulfill the criteria of subsection
    (a), the requirements of this Subpart shall continue to
    apply to a miscellaneous fabricated products
    manufacturing process emission source which was ever
    subject to the control requirements of Section 218.926.
    C)
    No limits under this Subpart shall apply to emission
    sources with emissions of VON to the atmosphere less
    than or equal to 0.91 Mg (1.0 ton) per calendar year if
    the total emissions from such sources not complying
    with Section 218.926 does not exceed 4.5 Mg (5.0 tons)
    per calendar year.

    169
    d)
    For the purposes of this Subpart, an -emission source
    shall
    be
    considered
    regulated
    by
    a
    Subpart
    if
    it
    is
    subject
    to
    the
    limits
    of
    that
    Subpart.
    An
    emission
    source
    is
    not
    considered
    regulated
    by
    a
    Subpart
    if
    its
    emissions are below the applicability cutoff level or
    if
    the
    source
    is
    covered
    by
    an
    exemption.
    e)
    For the purposes of this Subpart, uncontrolled VOM
    emissions are the emissions of VON which would result
    if no air pollution control equipment were used.
    Section 218.923
    Permit Conditions
    No person shall violate any condition in a permit when the
    condition results in exclusion of the plant or an emission source
    from this Subpart.
    Section 218.926
    Control Requirements
    Every
    owner
    or
    operator
    of
    an
    emission
    source
    subject
    to
    this
    Subpart shall comply with the requirements of subsection
    (a),
    (b)
    or
    (c):
    a)
    Emission capture and control techniques which achieve
    an overall reduction in uncontrolled VON emissions of
    at least 81 percent, or
    b)
    For coating lines, the daily-weighted average VON
    content shall not exceed 0.42 kg VON/i
    (3.5 lbs
    VON/gal) of coating as applied (minus water and any
    compounds which are specifically exempted from the
    definition of VON) during any day.
    Owners and
    operators complying with this Section are not required
    to comply with Section 218.301, or
    C)
    An alternative control plan which has been approved by
    the Agency and approved by the USEPA as a SIP revision.
    Section 218.927
    Compliance Schedule
    Every
    owner
    or
    operator
    of
    an
    emission
    source
    subject
    to
    the
    control requirements of this Subpart shall comply with the
    requirements thereof on and after a date consistent with Section
    218.106.
    Section 218.928
    Testing
    Any
    owncr or operator of a VON emission source which is subject
    to this Gubpart shall domonstrate -compliance with
    ~e ction
    21O.~26
    by using the applicable test methods and procedures specified in
    ~in..
    inc.

    170
    ~
    When in the opinion of the A~encvit ~isnecessary to
    conduct testing to demonstrate compliance with Section
    281.926, the owner or operator Of a :VOM emission source
    subject to the requirements of this Subpart shall,
    at
    his
    own
    extense, conduct such tests in accordance with
    the applicable test methods and procedures specified in
    Section 218.105.
    ~j
    Nothina in this Section shall limit the authority of
    the
    USEPA
    pursuant
    to
    the
    Clean
    Air
    Act.
    as
    amended,
    to
    require testing.
    SUBPART QQ:
    MISCELLANEOUS FORMULATION MANUFACTURING PROCESSES
    Section 218.940
    Applicability
    a)
    The requirements of this Subpart shall apply to a
    plant’s miscellaneous formulation manufacturing process
    emission sources, which are not included within any of
    the source categories specified in Subparts B,
    E,
    F,
    H,
    Q,
    R,
    5, V,
    X,
    Y or Z of this Part if the plant is
    subject to this Subpart.
    A plant is subject to this
    subpart if it contains process emission sources, not
    regulated by Subparts
    B,
    E,
    F (excluding Section
    218.204(1)),
    H
    (excluding
    Section
    218.405),
    Q,
    R,
    5,
    V,
    X,
    Y
    or
    Z of this Part; which as a group both:
    1)
    have maximum theoretical emissions of 91 Mg
    (100
    tons) or more per calendar year of VOM if no air
    pollution control equipment were used,
    and
    2)
    are not limited to less than 91 Mg (100 tons)
    of
    VON emissions per calendar year in the absence of
    air pollution control equipment, through
    production or capacity limitations contained in a
    federally enforceable cOnstruction permit or a SIP
    or FIP revision.
    b)
    If a plant ceases to fulfill the criteria of subsection
    (a), the requirements of this Subpart shall continue to
    apply to a miscellaneous formulation manufacturing
    process emission source which was ever subject to the
    control requirements of Section 218.946.
    c)
    No limits under this Subpart shall apply to emission
    sources with emissions of VON to the atmosphere less
    than or equal to 2.3 Mg
    (2.5 tons) per calendar year if
    the total emissions from such sources not complying
    with this Section does not exceed 4.5 Mg (5.0 tons) per
    calendar year.

    171
    d)
    For the purposes of this Subpart, an emission source
    shall be considered regulated by
    a Subpart if it is
    subject
    to
    the
    limits
    of
    that
    Subpart.
    An
    emission
    source is not considered regulated by a Subpart if its
    emissions are below the applicability cutoff level or
    if the source is covered by an exemption.
    e)
    For the purposes of this Subpart, uncontrolled VON
    emissions are the emissions of VOM which would result
    if no air pollution control equipment were used.
    Section 218.943
    Permit Conditions
    No person shall violate any condition in a permit when the
    condition results in exclusion of the plant or an emission source
    from this Subpart.
    Section 218.946
    Control Requirements
    Every owner or operator of an emission source subject to-this
    Subpart shall comply with the requirements of subsection
    (a) or
    (b)
    below.
    a)
    Emission
    capture
    and
    control
    techniques
    which
    achieve
    an overall reduction in uncontrolled VON emissions of
    at least 81 percent, or
    b)
    An alternative control plan which has been approved by
    the Agency and approved by the USEPA as a SIP revision.
    Section 218.947
    Compliance Schedule
    Every owner or operator of an emission source subject to the
    control requirements of this Subpart shall comply with the
    requirements thereof on and after a date consistent with Section
    218.106.
    Section 218.948
    Testing
    Any
    owner-or
    operator
    of
    a
    Vp?!
    emission
    source
    vhich
    is
    subject
    to this Llubpart shall demonstrate oomplianoe wit-h Cection 210.~46
    by
    using
    the
    applicable
    test
    methods
    and procedures specified in
    Ceotion 210.105.
    ~
    When in the o~inion of the Aaency it is necessary to
    conduct testing to...demonstrate compliance with Section
    218.946. the owner or operator of a
    VON
    emission
    source
    subiect
    to
    the
    reauirements
    of
    this
    Subpart shall, at
    his
    own
    expense.
    conduct
    such
    tests
    in
    accordance
    with
    the
    applicable
    test
    methods
    and
    mrocedures
    specified
    in
    Section 218.105.

    172
    ~
    Nothing j~this Section shall limit t~eauthority of
    the USEPA pursuant to the Clean Air
    Act,
    as amended, to
    reauire
    testing.
    SUBPART
    RR:
    MISCELLANEOUS ORGANIC
    CHEMICAL
    MANUFACTURING
    PROCESSES
    Section 218.960
    Applicability
    a)
    The requirements of this Subpart shall apply to a
    plant’s miscellaneous organic chemical manufacturing
    process emission sources which are not included within
    any of the source categories specified in Subparts B,
    E,
    F, H,
    Q,
    R,
    5, V,
    X,
    Y or Z of this Part,
    if the
    plant
    is
    subject
    to
    this
    Subpart.
    A
    plant
    is
    subject
    to
    this
    Subpart
    if
    it
    contains
    process
    emission
    sources, not regulated by
    Subparts
    B,
    B,
    F (excluding
    Section
    218.204(1)),
    H
    (excluding
    Section
    218.405),
    Q,
    R,
    S,
    V,
    X, Y or Z of this Part; which as a group both:
    1)
    have maximum theoretical emissions of 91 Mg
    (100
    tons)
    or more per calendar year of VON if no air
    pollution control equipment were used,
    and
    2)
    are not limited to less than 91 Mg (100 tons)
    of
    VON emissions per calendar year in the absence of
    air pollution control equipment,
    through
    production or capacity limitations contained in a
    federally enforceable construction permit or a SIP
    revision.
    b)
    If a plant ceases to fulfill the criteria of subsection
    (a), the requirements of this Subpart shall continue to
    apply
    to
    a
    miscellaneous
    organic
    chemical
    manufacturing
    process emission source which was ever subject to the
    control requirements of Section 218.966.
    c)
    No limits under this
    Subpart
    shall apply to emission
    sources
    with
    emissions
    of
    VOM
    to
    the
    atmosphere
    less
    than or
    equal
    to 0.91 Mg (1.0 ton) per calendar year if
    the
    total
    emissions
    from
    such
    sources
    not
    complying
    with
    Section
    218.966
    does
    not
    exceed
    4.5
    Mg
    (5.0
    tons)
    per calendar year.
    d)
    For the purposes of this Subpart, an emission source
    shall
    be
    considered
    regulated
    by
    a
    Subpart if it is
    subject to the limits of that Subpart.
    An emission
    source is not considered regulated by a Subpart if its
    emissions are below the applicability cutoff level or
    if the source is covered by an exemption.
    e)
    For the purposes of this Subpart, uncontrolled VON

    173
    emissions are the emissions of VON which would result
    if no air pollution control equipment were used.
    Lection 218.963
    Permit Conditions
    No person shall violate any condition in a permit when the
    condition results in exclusion of the plant or an emission source
    from this Subpart.
    Section 218.966
    Control Requirements
    Every owner or operator of an emission source subject to this
    Subpart shall comply with the requirements of subsection
    (a) or
    (b) below.
    a)
    Emission capture and control techniques which achieve
    an overall reduction in uncontrolled VON emissions of
    at least 81 percent, or
    b)
    An alternative control plan which has been approved by
    the Agency and approved by the USEPA as a SIP revision.
    Section 218.967
    Compliance Schedule
    Every owner or operator of an emission source subject to the
    control requirements of this Subpart shall comply with the
    requirements of this Subpart on and after a date consistent with
    Section 218.106.
    Section 218.968
    Testing
    Any owner or operator of a VON emission source which is subject
    to this Oubpart shall demonstrate compliance with Cection 210.~66
    by using the applicable test methods and procedures specified in
    Cection 216.105.
    ~j
    When in the opinion of the Aaency it is necessary to
    conduct testing to demonstrate compliance with Section
    218.966. the owner or operator of a VON emission source
    subiect to the reauirements of this Subpart shall. at
    his
    own
    expense.
    conduct
    such
    tests
    in
    accordance
    with
    the applicable test methods and procedures specified in
    Section 218.105.
    ~
    Nothing in this Section shall limit the authority of
    the USEPA pursuant to the Clean Air Act, as amended, to
    reauire
    testing.
    SUBPART TT:
    OTHER EMISSION SOURCES
    Section 218.980
    Applicability

    174
    a)
    The requirements of this Subpart shall apply to a
    plant’s VON emission sources, which are not included
    within any of the source categories specified in
    Subparts B,
    E,
    F,
    H,
    Q,
    R,
    S,
    V,
    X,
    Y,
    2, AA, PP, QQ,
    or RR of this Part, or are not exempted from permitting
    reauirements pursuant to 35 Ill. Mm.
    Code
    201.146.
    if
    the plant is subject to this Subpart.
    A plant is
    subject to this Subpart if it contains process emission
    sources, not regulated by Subparts B,
    E, F (excluding
    Section 218.204(1)), H (excluding Section 218.405),
    Q,
    R,
    5,
    V,
    X,
    ‘1 or 2 of this
    Part,
    which
    as
    a
    group
    both:
    1)
    have maximum theoretical emissions of 91 Mg
    (100
    tons)
    or more per calendar year of VON if no air
    pollution control equipment were used, and
    2)
    are not limited to less than 91 Mg (100 tons)
    of
    VON emissions per calendar year in the absence of
    air pollution control equipment, through
    production or capacity limitations contained in a
    federally enforceable construction or operating
    permit or a SIP revision.
    b)
    If a plant ceases to fulfill the criteria of subsection
    (a), the requirements of this Subpart shall continue to
    apply to an emission source which was ever subject to
    the control requirements of Section 218.986.
    c)
    No limits under this Subpart shall apply to emission
    sources with emissions of VOM to the atmosphere less
    than or equal to 2.3 Mg (2.5 tons) per calendar year if
    the total emissions from such sources not complying
    with Section 218.986 does not exceed 4.5 Mg (5.0 tons)
    per calendar year.
    d)
    For the purposes of this Subpart, an emission source
    shall be considered regulated by a Subpart if it is
    subject to the limits of that Subpart.
    An emission
    source is not considered regulated by a Subpart if its
    emissions are below the applicability cutoff level or
    if the source is covered by an exemption.
    e)
    The control requirements in Subparts QQ, RR, SS and TT
    shall not apply to sewage treatment plants, vegetable
    oil processing plants, coke ovens
    (including by—product
    recovery plants), fuel combustion sources, bakeries,
    barge loading facilities, jet engine test cells,
    pharmaceutical manufacturing, production of polystyrene
    foam insulation board (including storage and extrusion
    of scrap where blowing agent is added to the
    polystyrene resin at the plant), production of
    polystyrene foam packaging (not including storage and

    175
    extrusion of scrap where blowing agent is added to the
    polystyrene resin at the plant), and -iron and steel
    production.
    Section
    218.983
    Permit
    Conditions
    No person shall violate any condition in a permit when the
    condition results in exclusion of the plant or an emission source
    from this Subpart.
    Section 218.986
    Control Requirements
    Every
    owner
    or operator of an emission source subject to this
    Subpart shall comply with the requirements of subsection
    (a),
    (b)
    or
    (c)
    below.
    a)
    Emission capture and control equipment which achieve an
    overall reduction in uncontrolled VON emissions of at
    least 81 percent, or
    b)
    For coating lines, the daily-weighted average VOM
    content shall not exceed 0.42 kg VON!.
    (3.5 lbs
    VOM/gal)
    of
    coating
    (minus
    water
    and
    any
    compounds
    which are specifically exempted from the definition of
    VON) as applied during any day.
    Owners
    and operators
    complying
    with
    this
    Section
    are
    not
    required
    to
    comply
    with
    Section
    218.301,
    or
    c)
    An alternative control plan which has been approved by
    the Agency and approved by the USEPA as a SIP revision.
    Section 218.987
    Compliance Schedule
    Every
    owner
    or operator of an emissions source which is subject
    to this Subpart shall comply with the requirements of this
    Subpart
    on
    and after a date consistent with Section 218.106.
    Section
    218.988
    Testing
    Any
    owno
    to this
    r
    or operator of a VON emission source which
    Cubpart shall demonstrate compliance with Ce
    is subject
    ation
    2l0.~36
    by using the applicable test methods and procedures specified in
    C-action
    213.105.
    When
    in the opinion of the A~encvit is necessary to
    conduct testing to demonstrate comoliance with Section
    218.986.
    the
    owner
    or
    operator
    of
    a
    VON
    emission
    source
    sublect to the reauirements of this Subpart shall, at
    his
    own
    expense,
    conduct
    such
    tests
    in
    accordance
    with
    the annlicable test methods and procedures specified in
    Section 218.105.

    176
    ~
    Nothing in this Section shall limit the authority of
    the USEPA pursuant to the Clean Air Act, as amended, to
    recuire
    testing.
    SUBPART
    UU:
    RECORDKEEPING
    AND
    REPORTING
    FOR
    NON-CTG
    SOURCES
    Section 218.990
    Exempt Emission Sources
    Upon request by the Agency,
    the
    owner
    or operator of an emission
    source which is exempt from the requirements of Subparts PP, QQ,
    RR,
    TT
    or Section 218.208(b) shall submit records to the Agency
    within 30 calendar days from the date of the request that
    document that the emission source is exempt from those
    requirements.
    Section
    218.991
    Subject
    Emission
    Sources
    a)
    Any
    owner or operator of a VON emission source which is
    subject
    to
    the
    requirements
    of Subpart PP,
    QQ, PR or TT
    and complying by the use of emission. capture and
    control equipment shall comply with the following:
    ~.)
    By a date consistent with Section 218.106, or upon
    initial start—up of a new emission source, the
    owner
    or operator of
    the
    subject VON emission
    source shall perform all tests and submit to the
    Agency the
    results
    of all tests and calculations
    ncces~ary
    to demonstrate to the
    Agency
    that
    the
    subject emission source will be in compliance on
    and after a date consistent with Section 218.106,
    or on and after the initial start-up date
    k~
    submitting to the
    Aaencv
    all calculations and
    other supporting data,
    including descriptions and
    results of any tests the
    owner
    or operator may
    have
    performed.
    2)
    On
    and
    after
    a
    date consistent with Section
    218.106, or on and after the initial
    start-up
    date, the owner or operator of
    a
    subject VON
    emission
    source
    shall
    collect
    and
    record
    all
    of
    the following information each day and maintain
    the information at the facility for a period of
    three
    years:
    A)
    Control device monitoring data.
    B)
    A log of operating time for the capture
    system,
    control
    device,
    monitoring
    equipment
    and
    the
    associated
    emission
    source.
    C)
    A maintenance log for the capture system,
    control device and monitoring equipment

    177
    detailing all routine and non-routine
    maintenance
    performed
    including
    dates
    and
    duration of any outages.
    3)
    On and after a date consistent -with Section
    218.106, the owner or operator of a subject VON
    emission
    source
    shall
    notify
    the
    Agency
    in
    the
    following instances:
    A)
    Any
    record showing a violation of
    the
    requirements
    of
    Subpart
    PP,
    QQ, PR or TT
    shall be reported by sending a copy of such
    record to the Agency within 30 days following
    the occurrence of the violation.
    B)
    At least 30 calendar days before changing the
    method of compliance with Subpart PP or TT
    from the use of capture systems and control
    devices to the use of complying coatings, the
    owner or operator. shall comply with all
    requirements
    of subsection
    (b) (1).
    Upon
    changing the method of compliance with
    Subpart PP or TT from the use of capture
    systems and control devices to the use of
    complying coatings, the owner or operator
    shall comply with all requirements of
    subsection
    (b).
    LL
    fl.
    When in the opinion of the Agency it is
    necessary
    to
    conduct
    testina to demonstrate
    com~1iancewith this Subpart. the owner or
    operator
    of
    a
    VON
    emission
    source
    subiect
    to
    the
    requirements
    of
    this
    Subtart shall.
    at
    his own expense. conduct such tests in
    accordance with the applicable test methods
    and
    procedures
    s~ec1fied
    in
    Section
    218.105.
    JJJ.
    Nothing
    in
    this
    Section
    shall
    limit
    the
    authority
    of
    the USEPA oursuant to the Clean
    Air Act. as amended. to recuire testing.
    b)
    Any
    owner
    or
    operator
    of a coating line which is
    subject to the requirements of Subpart PP or TT and
    complying by means of the daily-weighted average VON
    content limitation shall comply with the following:
    1)
    By a date consistent with Section 218.106, or upon
    initial start—up of a coating line subject to
    Subpart PP or TT, the owner or operator of the
    subject coating line shall certify to the Agency
    that the coating line will be in compliance on and
    after a date consistent with Section 218.106, or

    178
    on
    and
    after
    the
    initial
    start-up
    date.
    Such
    certification shall include:
    A)
    The name and identification number
    of
    each
    coating line which will comply by means of
    the
    daily-weighted
    average
    VON
    content
    limitation.
    B)
    The name and identification number of each
    coating
    as
    applied
    on
    each
    coating
    line.
    C)
    The
    weight
    of
    VON
    per
    volume
    and
    the
    volume
    of
    each
    coating
    (minus
    water
    and
    any
    compounds
    which
    are
    specifically
    exempted
    from the definition of VON) as applied each
    day on each coating line.
    D)
    The instrument or method by which the owner
    or
    operator
    will
    accurately
    measure
    or
    calculate the volume of each coating as
    applied each day on each coating line.
    E)
    The
    method
    by
    which
    the
    owner
    or
    operator
    will create and maintain records each day as
    required in subsection
    (b) (2).
    F)
    An
    example
    of
    the
    format
    in
    which
    the
    records
    required
    in
    subsection
    (b) (2)
    will
    be
    kept.
    2)
    On
    and
    after
    a
    date
    consistent
    with
    Section
    218.106, or on and after
    the
    initial start-up
    date,
    the owner or operator of a subject coating
    line shall collect and record all of the following
    information each day for each coating line and
    maintain the information at the facility for a
    period of three years:
    A)
    The
    name
    and
    identification
    number
    of
    each
    coating as applied on each coating line.
    B)
    The weight of VON per volume and the volume
    of each coating (minus water and any
    compounds
    which
    are
    specifically
    exempted
    from the definition of VON) as applied each
    day
    on
    each
    coating
    line.
    C)
    The daily-weighted average VON content of all
    coatings as applied on each coating line as
    defined
    in
    Section
    218.104.
    3)
    On and after a date consistent with Section
    218.106, the owner or operator of a subject

    179
    coating line shall notify the Agency in the
    following instances:
    A)
    Any
    record
    showing
    violation
    of
    the
    requirements of Subpart PP or TT shall be
    reported by sending a copy of such record to
    the Agency and the USEPA within 30 days
    following the occurrence of the violation.
    B)
    At least 30 calendar days before changing the
    method of compliance with Subpart PP or TT
    from the use of complying coatings to the use
    capture systems and control devices, the
    owner or operator shall comply with all
    requirements of subsection
    (a) (1).
    Upon
    changing the method of compliance with
    Subpart PP or TT from the use of complying
    coatings to the use capture systems and
    control devices, the owner or operator shall
    comply with all requirements of subsection
    (a).
    C)
    Any owner or operator of a VON emission source which is
    subject to the requirements of Subpart PP, QQ,
    PR
    or TT
    and complying by means of an alternative control plan
    which has been approved by the Agency and approved by
    the TJSEPA as a SIP revision shall comply with the
    recordkeeping and reporting requirements specified in
    the alternative control plan.

    180
    Appendix A
    List of Chemicals Defining Synthetic Organic
    Chemical and Polymer Manufacturing
    CAS No,
    Chemical
    105—57—7
    Acetal
    75-07-0
    Acetaldehyde
    107—89—1
    Acetaldol
    60-35—5
    Acetamide
    103-84-4
    Acetanilide
    64-19-7
    Acetic acid
    108—24—7
    Acetic anhydride
    67—64-1
    Acetone
    75-86-5
    Acetone cyanohydrin
    75-05-8
    Acetonitrile
    98-86-2
    Acetophenone
    75-36-5
    Acetyl chloride
    74—86—2
    Acetylene
    107—02—8
    Acrolein
    79-06—1
    Acrylamide
    79-10-7
    Acrylic acid
    & esters
    107—13—1
    Acrylonitrile
    124—04—9
    Adipic acid
    111-69-3
    Adiponitrile
    ~b)
    Alkyl naphthalenes
    107—18—6
    Ally.
    alcohol
    107—05—1
    Allyl chloride
    1321-11-5
    Aminobenzoic acid
    111-41-1
    Aminoethylethanolamine
    123-30-8
    p-aminophenol
    628—63-7,
    Amyl
    acetates
    123—92—2
    Ainyl alcohols
    110—58—7
    Amyl amine
    543-59-9
    Amyl chloride
    ll0~6B~7c
    Amyl mercaptans
    1322—06—1
    Amyl phenol
    62—53—3
    Aniline
    142-04—1
    Aniline hydrochloride
    29191—52—4
    Anisidine
    100—66—3
    Anisole
    118-92-3
    Anthranilic acid
    84-65-1
    Anthraquinone
    100—52—7
    Benzaldehyde
    55-21-0
    Benzamide
    71-43-2
    Benzene
    98—48-6
    Benzenedisulfonic acid
    98—11-3
    Benzenesulfonic acid
    134—81—6
    Benzil
    76-93—7
    Benzilic acid
    65—85—0
    Benzoic acid
    119—53—9
    Benzoin

    181
    100-47—0
    Benzonitrile
    119-61-9
    Benzophenone
    98—07—7
    Benzotrichloride
    98—88-4
    Benzoyl chloride
    100—51—6
    Benzyl alcohol
    100-46-9
    Benzylamine
    120-51-4
    Benzyl
    benzoate
    100-44-7
    Benzyl chloride
    98—87-3
    Benzyl
    dichloride
    92—52-4
    Biphenyl
    80-05-7
    Bispheno.
    A
    10-86-1
    Broiuobenzene
    27497—51—4
    Bromonaphthalene
    106-99-0
    Butadiene
    106—98—9
    1—butene
    123-86-4
    n-butyl acetate
    141-32-2
    n-butyl acrylate
    71-36-3
    n-butyl alcohol
    78—92-2
    s—butyl alcohol
    75—65—0
    t-butyl alcohol
    109-73-9
    n-butylamine
    13952—84—6
    s—butylamine
    75-64-9
    t-butylamine
    98-73-7
    p-tert-butyl benzoic acid
    107—88-0
    1,3—butylene glycol
    123-72-8
    n-butyraldehyde
    107-92-6
    Butyric acid
    106-31-0
    Butyric anhydride
    109—74-0
    Butyronitrile
    105—60—2
    Caprolactam
    75-1-50
    Carbon disulfide
    558-13-4
    Carbon tetrabromide
    55-23-5
    Carbon tetrachloride
    9004—35—7
    Cellulose acetate
    79-11-8
    Chloroacetic acid
    108—42—9
    m-chloroaniline
    95-51-2
    o-chloroaniline
    106-47—8
    p-chloroaniline
    35913-09—8
    Chlorobenzaldehyde
    108-90-7
    Chlorobenzene
    118—91-2,
    Chlorobenzoic
    acid
    535—80—8,
    74—11—3c
    2136-81-4,
    Chlorobenzotrichloride
    2136—89—2
    5216—25—1
    132 1-03-5
    Chlorobenzoyl
    chloride
    75—45-6
    Chlorodifluoroethane
    25497-29-4
    Chlorodifluoromethane
    67—66—3
    Chloroform
    25586-43-0
    Chloronaphthalene
    88-73-3
    o—chloronitrobenzene

    182
    100—00-5
    p-chloronitrobenzene
    25167—80-0
    Chlorophenols
    126-99-8
    Chioroprene
    7790—94-5
    Chlorosulfonic acid
    108—41—8
    m-chlorotoluene
    95-49-8
    o-chlorotoluene
    106-43-4
    p-chlorotoluene
    75-72-9
    Chlorotrifluoromethane
    108—39—4
    m—cresol
    95—48—7
    o—cresol
    106—44—5
    p—cresol
    1319-77-3
    Mixed
    cresols
    1319-77—3
    Cresylic
    acid
    4170-30-0
    Crotonaldehyde
    3724-65-0
    Crontonic
    acid
    98—82—8
    Cumene
    80-15-9
    Cuinene
    hydroperoxide
    372-09—8
    Cyanoacetic acid
    506-77-4
    Cyanogen chloride
    108—80—5
    Cyanuric acid
    108-77—0
    Cyanuric
    chloride
    110-82—7
    Cyclohexane
    108—93—0
    Cyclohexanol
    108—94-1
    Cyclohexanone
    110—83—8
    Cyclohexene
    108-91-8
    Cyclohexylamine
    111-78-4
    Cyclooctadiene
    112—30-1
    Decanol
    123—42-2
    Diacetone alcohol
    27576-04—1
    Diaminobenzoic acid
    95—76—1,
    Dichloroaniline
    95—82—9,
    554—00—7,
    608—27—5,
    608—31—1,
    626—43—7,
    27134—27—6,
    5731l—92_9c
    541-73-1
    m-dichlorobenzene
    95-50-1
    o-dichlorobenzene
    106-46-7
    p-dichlorobenzene
    75—71—8
    Dichlorodifluoromethane
    111-44-4
    Dichloroethyl
    ether
    107—06-2
    l,2-dichloroethane
    (EDC)
    96-23-1
    Dichlorohydrin
    26952—23-8
    Dichloropropene
    101—83—7
    Dicyclohexylamine
    109-89-7
    Diethylamine
    111—46—6
    Diethylene glycol
    112-36-7
    Diethylene glycol diethyl ether
    111—96-6
    Diethylene glycol dimethyl ether
    112-34-5
    Diethylene glycol monobutyl ether

    183
    124-17-7
    Diethylerie glycol mononbutyl ether acetate
    111—90-0
    Diethylene glycol monoethyi ether
    112—15-2
    Diethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate
    111-77-3
    Diethylene glycol monomethyl ether
    64—67-5
    Diethyl sulfate
    75-37-6
    Difluoroethane
    25167—70—8
    Diisobutylene
    26761-40—0
    Diisodecyl
    phtha.ate
    -27554—26—3
    Diisooctyl
    phthalate
    674—82—8
    Diketene
    124—40—3
    Dimethylainine
    121-69-7
    N,N-dimethylaniline
    115-10-6
    N,N—dimethyl ether
    68-12—2
    N,N-dimethylformamide
    57-14-7
    Dimethylhydrazine
    77-78—1
    Dimethyl sulfate
    75-18—3
    Dimethyl sulfide
    67-68—5
    Dimethyl sulfoxide
    120-61-6
    Dimethyl terephthalate
    99-34-3
    3,5—dinitrobenzo.ic acid
    51-28—5
    Dinitrophenol
    Dinitrotoluene
    123—91—1
    Dioxane
    646—06—0
    Dioxilane
    122—39-4
    Diphenylamine
    101—84-4
    Diphenyl oxide
    102-08-9
    Diphenyl thiourea
    25265—71-8
    Dipropylene glycol
    25378—22-7
    Dodecene
    28675—17-4
    Dodecylaniline
    27193-86-8
    Dodecylphenol
    106-89-8
    Epichlorohydrin
    64—17—5
    Ethanol
    Ethanolamines
    141—78-6
    Ethyl
    acetate
    141-97-9
    Ethyl acetoacetate
    140—88-5
    Ethyl
    acrylate
    75-04—7
    Ethylamine
    100—41-4
    Ethylbenzene
    74-96-4
    Ethyl
    bromide
    9004-57-3
    Ethylcellulose
    75-00-3
    Ethyl chloride
    105-39-5
    Ethyl chloroacetate
    105-56-6
    Ethylcyanoacetate
    74—85—1
    Ethylene
    96-49-1
    Ethylene
    carbonate
    107-07-3
    Ethylene
    chlorohydrin
    107—15-3
    Ethylenediamine
    106-93-4
    Ethylene
    dibromide
    107—21-1
    Ethylene glycol
    111-55-7
    Ethylene glycol diacetate
    110-71-4
    Ethylene glycol dimethyl ether

    184
    111-76-2
    Ethylene glycol monobutyl ether
    112-07-2
    Ethylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate
    110-80—5
    Ethylene glycol monoethyl ether
    ~.1l-15—9
    Ethylene
    glycol
    monoethyl:.-ether
    acetate
    109-86-4
    Ethylene glycol monoethyl ether
    110-49-6
    Ethylene
    glyco.
    monomethyl
    ether
    acetate
    122-99-6
    Ethylene
    glycol
    monophenyl
    ether
    2807—30-9
    Ethylene glycol monopropyl ether
    75-21-8
    Ethylene
    oxide
    60—29-7
    Ethyl
    ether
    104 -7 6-7
    2-ethylhexanol
    122—51—0
    Ethyl orthoformate
    95-92-1
    Ethyl
    oxalate
    41892—71—1
    Ethyl
    sodium
    oxaloacetate
    50-00-0
    Formaldehyde
    75-12—7
    Forinamide
    64—18—6
    .
    Formic
    acid
    110—17—8
    Fumaric
    acid
    98—01—1
    Furfural
    56-81—5
    Glycerol
    (Synthetic)
    26545-73—7
    Glycerol
    dichlorohydrin
    25791—96—2
    Glycerol
    triether
    56—40—6
    Glycine
    107—22—2
    Glyoxal
    118-74-1
    Hexachlorobenzene
    67-72-1
    Hexachioroethane
    36653—82-4
    Hexadecyl
    alcohol
    124-09-4
    Hexamethylenediamine
    629-11—8
    Hexamethylene
    glycol
    100-97-0
    Hexamethylenetetramine
    74-90-8
    Hydrogen
    cyanide
    123-31-9
    Hydroquinone
    99-96—7
    p-hydroxybenzoic acid
    26760—64—5
    Isoamylene
    78-83—1
    Isobutanol
    110-19-0
    Isobutyl
    acetate
    115-11-7
    Isobutylene
    -
    78-84—2
    Isobutyraldehyde
    79-31—2
    Isobutyric
    acid
    25339—17—7
    Isodecanol
    26952—21—6
    Isooctyl
    alcohol
    78—78—4
    Isopentane
    78—59-1
    Isophorone
    121—91—5
    Isophthalic
    acid
    78—79—5
    Isoprene
    67—63-0
    Isopropanol
    108-21-4
    Isopropyl
    acetate
    75-31-0
    Isopropylamine
    75—29-6
    Isopropyl
    chloride
    25168-06-3
    Isopropylphenol
    463-51—4
    Ketene
    ~b)
    Linear alkyl sulfonate*

    185
    123—01-3
    Linear alkylbenzene
    110-16—7
    Maleic acid
    108-31-6
    Naleic anhydride
    6915—15—7
    Malic acid
    141—79—7
    Nesityl oxide
    121—47-1
    Metanilic acid
    79-41—4
    Methacrylic
    acid
    563—47—3
    Methallyl chloride
    67-56—1
    Methanol
    79-20—9
    Methyl acetate
    105—45-3
    Methyl acetoacetate
    74-89-5
    Methylamine
    100—61—8
    n—methylaniline
    74-83-9
    Methyl bromide
    37365-71-2
    Methyl butynol
    74-87-3
    Methyl chloride
    108-87-2
    Methyl cyclohexane
    1331-22-2
    Methyl cyclohexanone
    75-09—2
    Methylene chloride
    101—77-9
    Methylene dianiline
    101—68—8
    Methylene diphenyl diisocyanate
    78-93-3
    Methyl ethyl ketone
    107—31-3
    Methyl
    formate
    108—11-2
    Methyl isobutyl carbinol
    108—10-1
    Methyl isobutyl ketone
    80-62-6
    Methyl methacrylate
    77-75-8
    Methylpentynol
    98-83—9
    B-methylstyrene
    110—91-8
    Morpholine
    85-47—2
    a-naphthalene sulfonic acid
    120-18—3
    B—naphthalene
    sulfonic
    acid
    90—15—3
    a-naphthol
    135-19-3
    B-naphthol
    75—98—9
    Neopentanoic
    acid
    88-74—4
    o-nitroaniline
    100—01—6
    p-nitroaniline
    91-23—6
    o—nitroanisole
    100-17—4
    p—nitroanisole
    98—95—3
    Nitrobenzene
    Nitrobenzoic
    acid
    (0,
    m
    &
    p)
    79-24-3
    Nitroethane
    75-52-5
    Nitromethane
    88—75—5
    Nitrophenol
    25322—01—4
    Nitropropane
    1321-12-6
    Nitrotoluene
    27215—95—8
    Nonene
    25154-52-3
    Nonylphenol
    27193-28-8
    Octyiphenol
    123-63-7
    Paraldehyde
    115-77-5
    Pentaerythritol
    109-66—0
    n—pentane
    109—67—1
    l—pentene

    186
    127-18-4
    Perchloroethylene
    594—42—3
    Perchloromethyl
    mercaptan
    94-70-2
    o-phenetidine
    156—43—4
    p-phenetidine
    108—95—2
    Phenol
    98—67-9,
    Phenolsulfonic acids
    585—38—6,
    609—46—1,
    133—39—7c
    91—40-7
    Phenyl
    anthranilic
    acid
    ~b)
    Phenylenediamine
    75—44—5
    Phosgene
    85-44-9
    Phthalic
    anhydride
    85-41—6
    Phthalimide
    108—99—6
    b-picoline
    110—85—0
    Piperazine
    9003-29-6,
    Polybutenes
    25322—68-3
    Polyethylene
    glycol
    25322-69-4
    Polypropylene
    glycol
    123—38—6
    Propionaldehyde
    79-09-4
    Propionic acid
    71-23-8
    n-propyl alcohol
    107-10-8
    Propylamine
    540—54-5
    Propyl
    chloride
    115-07-1
    Propylene
    127-00-4
    Propylene
    chlorohydrin
    78-87—5
    Propylene
    dichloride
    57—55-6
    Propylene
    glycol
    75-56-9
    Propylene
    oxide
    110—86—1
    Pyridine
    106—51—4
    Quinone
    108—46—3
    Resorcinol
    27138—57—4
    Resorcylic acid
    69—72—7
    Salicylic
    acid
    127-09-3
    Sodium acetate
    532-32-1
    Sodium
    benzoate
    9004-32-4
    Sodium carboxymethyl cellulose
    3926-62-3
    Sodium chloroacetate
    14 1—53—7
    Sodium
    formate
    139—02—6
    Sodium phenate
    110—44-1
    Sorbic acid
    100—42—5
    Styrene
    110—15—6
    Succinic
    acid
    110—61—2
    Succinitrile
    121—57—3
    Sulfanilic
    acid
    126—33—0
    Sulfolane
    1401-55—4
    Tannic
    acid
    100-21-0
    Terephthalic
    acid
    Tetrachloroethanes
    117-08-8
    Tetrachlorophthalic anhydride
    78-00-2
    Tetraethyllead

    187
    119-64-2
    Tetrahydronaphthalene
    85-43-8
    Tetrahydrophthalic
    anhydride
    75-74-1
    Tetramethyllead
    110-60-1
    Tetramethylenediamine
    110-18—9
    Tetramethylethylenediamine
    108—88-3
    Toluene
    95—80—7
    Toluene—2
    ,
    4—diamine
    584—84—9
    Toluene-2,4-diisocyanate
    26471-62—5
    Toluene diisocyanates
    (mixture)
    1333-07-9
    Toluene sulfonamide
    Toluenesulfonic acids
    98-59-9
    Toluene sulfonyl chloride
    26915—12—8
    Toluidines
    87-61-6,
    Trichlorobenzenes
    108—70—3,
    l2O—82—lc
    7 1—55-6
    1,1,
    l—trichloroethane
    79-00-5
    1,1,2-trichloroethane
    79-01-6
    Trichloroethylene
    75-69-4
    Trichlorofluoromethane
    9 6-18-4
    1,2,
    3-trichloropropane
    76—13-1
    1,1,2-trichloro—l, 2,2—trifluoroethane
    121—44-8
    Triethylamine
    112-27-6
    Triethylene glycol
    112-49-2
    Triethylene
    glycoldimethy.
    ether
    7756-94-7
    Triisobutylene
    7 5-50-3
    Trimethylamine
    57—13—6
    Urea
    108—05—4
    Vinyl acetate
    75-01-4
    Vinyl chloride
    75—35-4
    Vinylidene chloride
    25013—15—4
    Vinyl toluene
    1330-20-7
    Xylenes
    (mixed)
    95-47—6
    o-xylene
    106—42—3
    p—xylene
    1300—71—6
    Xylenol
    1300—73—8
    Xylidine
    ~b)
    methyl tert-butyl ether
    9002-88—4
    Polyethylene
    ~b)
    Polypropylene
    9009-53-6
    Polystyrene
    a)
    CAS
    numbers
    refer
    to
    the
    Chemical
    Abstracts
    Registery
    numbers
    assigned to specific chemicals,
    isomers or mixtures of
    chemicals.
    Some isomers or mixtures that are covered by the
    standards do not have CAS numbers assigned to them.
    The
    standards apply to all of the chemicals listed, whether CAS
    numbers have been assigned or not.
    b)
    No CAS number(s) have been assigned to this chemical, to its
    isomers,
    or
    mixtures
    containing
    these
    chemicals.

    188
    c)
    CAS numbers for some of the isomers are listed:
    the
    standards apply to all of the isomers and mixtures, even if
    CAS
    numbers
    have not been assigned.

    189
    Appendix B
    VON Measurement Techniques for Capture Efficiency
    Procedure Gi
    -
    Captured VOC Emissions
    1.
    INTRODUCTION
    1.1
    Applicability.
    This procedure is applicable for determining
    the volatile organic compounds (VOC) content of captured gas
    streams.
    It is intended to be used as
    -
    a segment in the
    development of liquid/gas or gas/gas protocols for determining
    VOC capture efficiency (CE) for surface coating and printing
    operations.
    The procedure may not be acceptable in certain
    site—specific situations,
    e.g., when:
    (1) direct fired heaters or
    other circumstances affect the quantity of VOC at the control
    device inlet; and
    (2). particulate organic aerosols are formed in
    the process and are present in the captured emissions.
    12
    Principle.
    The amount of VOC captured
    (G)
    is calculated as
    the sum of the products of the VOC content
    (CGJ), the flow rate
    (Q~),and the sample time
    (Tc)
    from each captured emissions
    point.
    1.3
    Estimated
    Measurement
    Uncertainty.
    The
    measurement
    uncertainties are estimated for each captured or fugitive
    emissions point as follows:
    =
    5.5 percent and
    C~
    =
    ±5.0percent.
    Based on these numbers, the probable
    uncertainty for G is estimated at about ±7~4
    percent.
    1.4
    Sampling Requirements.
    A capture efficiency test shall
    consist of at least three sampling runs.
    The sampling time for
    each
    run
    should be at least
    8 hours, unless otherwise approved.
    1.5
    Notes.
    Because this procedure is often applied in highly
    explosive areas, caution and .care should be exercised in choosing
    appropriate equipment and installing and using the equipment.
    Mention of trade names or company products does not constitute
    endorsement.
    All gas concentrations (percent, ppm) are by
    volume,
    unless
    otherwise
    noted.
    2.
    APPARATUS AND REAGENTS
    2.1
    Gas VOC Concentration.
    A schematic of the measurement
    system is shown in Figure
    1.
    The main components are described
    below:
    2.1.1
    Sample Probe.
    Stainless steel, or equivalent.
    The probe
    shall be heated to prevent VOC condensation.
    2.1.2
    Calibration Valve Assembly.
    Three-way valve assembly at
    the outlet of sample probe to direct the zero and calibration

    190
    gases to the analyzer.
    Other methods, such as quick—connect
    lines,
    to route calibration gases to the outlet of the sample
    probe are acceptable.
    2.1.3
    Sample Line.
    Stainless steel or Teflon tubing to
    transport the sample gas to the analyzer.
    The sample line must
    be heated to prevent condensation.
    2.1.4
    Sample Pump.
    A leak-free pump, to pull the sample gas
    through the system at a flow rate sufficient to minimize the
    response time of the measurement system.
    The components of the
    pump that contact the gas stream shall be constructed of
    stainless steel or Teflon.
    The sample pump must be heated to
    prevent condensation.
    2.1.5
    Sample Flow Rate Control.
    A sample flow rate control
    valve and rotameter,
    or equivalent,
    to maintain a constant
    sampling rate within 10 percent.
    The flow rate control valve and
    rotameter must be heated to prevent condensation.
    A control
    valve may also be located on the sample pump bypass loop to
    assist in controlling the sample pressure and flow rate.
    2.1.6
    Sample Gas Manifold.
    Capable. of diverting a portion of
    the sample gas stream to the flame ionization analyzer (FIA),
    and
    the remainder to the bypass discharge vent.
    The manifold
    components shall be constructed of stainless steel or Teflon.
    If
    captured or fugitive emissions are to be measured at multiple
    locations, the measurement system shall be designed to use
    separate sampling probes,
    lines, and pumps for each measurement
    location and a common sample gas manifold and FIA.
    The sample
    gas manifold and connecting lines to the FIA must be heated to
    prevent condensation.
    2.1.7
    organic Concentration Analyzer.
    An FIA with a span value
    of 1
    5 times the• expected concentration as propane; however,
    other span values may be used if it can be demonstrated that they
    would provide more accurate measurements.
    The system shall be
    capable of meeting or exceeding the following specifications:
    2.1.7.1
    Zero Drift.
    Less than ±3Qpercent of the span value.
    2.1.7.2
    Calibration Drift.
    Less than ±3.0percent of the span
    value.
    2.1.7.3
    Calibration Error.
    Less than ±5.0percent of the
    calibration gas value.
    2.1.7.4
    Response Time.
    Less than 30 seconds.
    2.1.8
    Integrator/Data Acquisition System.
    An analog or digital
    device or computerized data acquisition system used to integrate
    the FIA response or compute the average response and record

    191
    measurement data.
    The minimum data sampling frequency for
    computing average or integrated values is one measurement value
    ~very 5 seconds.
    The device shall be capable of recording
    average values at least once per minute.
    2.1.9
    Calibration and Other Gases.
    Gases used for calibration,
    fuel, and combustion air (if required)
    are contained in
    compressed gas cylinders.
    All calibration gases shall be
    traceable to NIST standards and shall be certified by the
    manufacturer to ±1percent of the tag value.
    Additionally, the
    manufacturer of the cylinder should provide a recommended shelf
    life for each calibration gas cylinder over which the
    concentration does not change more than ±2percent from the
    certified value.
    For calibration gas values not generally
    available,
    alternative methods for preparing calibration gas
    mixtures,
    such
    as
    dilution
    systems,
    may
    be
    used
    with
    prior
    approval.
    2.1.9.1
    Fuel.
    A 40 percent H21/60 percent He or 40 percent H2/60
    percent N2 gas mixture is recommended to avoid an oxygen
    synergism effect that reportedly occurs when oxygen concentration
    varies significantly from a mean value.
    2.1.9.2
    Carrier Gas.
    High purity air with less than 1 ppm of
    organic material
    (as propane or carbon equivalent)
    or less than
    0.1
    percent
    of
    the
    span
    value,
    whichever
    is
    greater.
    2.1.9.3
    FIA
    Linearity
    Calibration
    Gases.
    Low—,
    mid—,
    and
    high—range
    gas
    mixture
    standards
    with
    nominal
    propane
    concentrations
    of
    20-30,
    45-55,
    and
    70-80
    percent
    of
    the
    span
    value in air, respectively.
    Other calibration values and other
    span
    values
    may
    be
    used
    if
    it
    can
    be
    shown
    that
    more
    accurate
    measurements
    would
    be
    achieved.
    2.1.10
    Particulate Filter.
    An in—stack or an out-of-stack glass
    fiber filter is recommended if
    exhaust
    gas
    particulate
    loading
    is
    significant.
    An
    out-of-stack
    filter
    must
    be
    heated
    to
    prevent
    any condensation unless it can be demonstrated that no
    condensation occurs.
    2.2
    Captured
    Emissions
    Volumetric
    Flow
    Rate.
    2.2.1
    Method
    2
    or
    2A
    Apparatus.
    For
    determining
    volumetric
    flow
    rate.
    2.2.2
    Method
    3 Apparatus and Reagents.
    For determining
    molecular
    weight
    of
    the
    gas
    stream.
    An
    estimate
    of
    the
    molecular
    weight
    of
    the
    gas
    stream
    may
    be
    used
    if
    it
    can
    be
    justified.
    2.2.3
    Method
    4
    Apparatus
    and
    Reagents.
    For
    determining
    moisture
    content,
    if
    necessary.

    192
    3.
    DETERMINATION OF VOLUMETRIC FLOW RATE OF
    CAPTURED
    EMISSIONS
    3.1
    Locate all points where emissions are captured from the
    affected facility.
    Using Method
    1, determine .the sampling
    points.
    Be sure to check each site for cyclonic or swirling
    flow.
    3.2
    Measure the velocity at each sampling site at least once
    every hour during each sampling run using Method 2 or 2A.
    4.
    DETERMINATION OF VOC CONTENT OF
    CAPTURED
    EMISSIONS
    4.1
    Analysis Duration.
    Measure the VOC responses at each
    captured emissions point during
    the
    entire test run or,
    if
    applicable, while the process is operating.
    If there are
    multiple captured emission locations, design
    a sampling system to
    allow a single FIA to be used to determine the VOC responses at
    all sampling locations.
    4.2
    Gas VOC Concentration.
    -
    4.2.1
    Assemble the sample train as shown in Figure
    1.
    Calibrate
    the PIA according to the procedure in Section 5.1.
    4.2.2
    Conduct a system check according to the procedure in
    Section 5.3.
    4.2.3
    Install the sample probe so that the probe is centrally
    located in the stack, pipe,
    or duct,
    and is sealed tightly at the
    stack port connection.
    4.2.4
    Inject zero gas at the calibration valve assembly.
    Allow
    the measurement system response to reach zero.
    Measure the
    system response time as the time required for the system to reach
    the effluent concentration after the calibration valve has been
    returned to the effluent sampling position.
    4.2.5
    Conduct a system check before and a system drift check
    after each sampling run according to the procedures in Sections
    5.2 and 5.3.
    If the drift check following a run indicates
    unacceptable performance, the
    run
    is not valid.
    The tester may
    elect to perform system drift checks during the run not to exceed
    one drift check per hour.
    4.2.6
    Verify that the sample lines,
    filter, and pump
    temperatures are 120 ~ 5°C.
    4.2.7
    Begin sampling at the start of the test period and
    continue to sample during the entire run.
    Record the starting
    and ending times and any required process information as
    appropriate.
    If multiple captured emission locations are sampled
    using a single FIA, sample at each .location for the same amount

    193
    of time
    (e.g.,
    2 minutes) and continue to switch from one
    location to another for the entire test run.
    Be sure that total
    sampling time at each location is the same at the end of the test
    run.
    Collect at least
    4 separate measurements. from each sample
    point during each hour of testing.
    Disregard the measurements at
    each sampling location until two times the response time of the
    measurement system has elapsed.
    Continue sampling for at least
    1
    minute and record the concentration measurements.
    4.3
    Background Concentration.
    4.3.1
    Locate all NDO’sof the TTE.
    A sampling point shall be
    centrally located outside of the T~Eat
    4
    equivalent diameters
    from each NDO,
    ifpossible.
    If there are more than 6 NDO’s,
    choose 6 sampling points evenly spaced among the NDO’s.
    4.3.2
    Assemble the sample train as shown in Figure 2.
    Calibrate
    the FIA and conduct a system check according to the procedures in
    Sections 5.1 and 5.3.
    NOTE:
    This sample train shall be a
    separate sampling train from the one to measure the captured
    emissions.
    4.3.3
    Position the probe at the sampling location.
    4.3.4
    Determine the response time, conduct the system check and
    sample according to the procedures described in Sections 4.2.4 to
    4.2.7.
    4.4
    Alternative Procedure.
    The direct interface sampling and
    analysis procedure described in Section 7.2 of Method 18 may be
    used to determine the gas VOC concentration.
    The system must be
    designed to collect and analyze at least one sample every 10
    minutes.
    5.
    CALIBRATION
    AND
    QUALITY ASSURANCE
    5.1
    FIA Calibration and Linearity Check.
    Make necessary
    adjustments to the air and fuel supplies for the FIA and ignite
    the
    burner.
    Allow the FIA to warm up for the period recommended
    by
    the
    manufacturer.
    Inject
    a
    calibration
    gas
    into
    the
    measurement
    system
    and
    adjust
    the
    back—pressure
    regulator
    to
    the
    value
    required
    to
    achieve
    the
    flow
    rates
    specified
    by
    the
    manufacturer.
    Inject the zero— and the high—range calibration
    gases and adjust the analyzer calibration to provide the proper
    responses.
    Inject the low- and mid—range gases and record the
    responses of the measurement system.
    The calibration and
    linearity of the system are acceptable if the responses for all
    four gases are within 5 percent of the respective gas values.
    If
    the performance of the system is not acceptable,
    repair or adjust
    the system and repeat the linearity check.
    Conduct a calibration
    and linearity check after assembling the analysis system and
    after a major change is made to the system.

    194
    5.2
    Systems
    Drift
    Checks.
    Select
    the
    calibration
    gas
    that
    most
    closely
    approximates
    the
    concentration
    of
    the
    captured
    emissions
    for
    conducting
    the
    drift
    checks.
    Introduce
    the.
    zero
    and
    calibration
    gas
    at
    the
    calibration
    valve
    assembly
    and
    verify
    that
    the
    appropriate
    gas
    flow
    rate
    and
    pressure
    are
    present
    at
    the
    FIA.
    Record
    the
    measurement
    system
    responses
    to
    the
    zero
    and
    calibration
    gases.
    The
    performance
    of
    the
    system
    is
    acceptable
    if
    the
    difference
    between
    the
    drift
    check
    measurement
    and
    the
    value
    obtained
    in
    Section
    5.1
    is
    less
    than
    3
    percent
    of
    the
    span
    value.
    Conduct
    the
    system
    drift
    checks
    at
    the
    end
    of
    each
    run.
    5.3
    System
    Check.
    Inject
    the
    high
    range
    calibration
    gas
    at
    the
    inlet
    of
    the
    sampling
    probe
    and
    record
    the
    response.
    The
    performance of the system is acceptable if the measurement system
    response is within
    5 percent of the value obtained in Section 5.1
    for
    the
    high
    range
    calibration
    gas.
    Conduct
    a
    system
    check
    before and after each test run.
    5.4
    Analysis
    Audit.
    Immediately
    before
    each
    test
    analyze
    an
    audit
    cylinder
    as
    described
    in
    Section
    5.2.
    The
    analysis
    audit
    must
    agree
    with
    the
    audit
    cylinder
    concentration
    within
    10
    percent.
    6.
    NOMENCLATURE
    A~
    =
    area
    of
    NDO i,
    ft2.
    A,~
    =
    total
    area
    of
    all
    NDO’s
    in
    the
    enclosure,
    ft2.
    CBi
    =
    corrected
    average
    VOC
    concentration
    of
    background
    emissions
    at
    point
    i,
    ppm
    propane.
    C8
    =
    average
    background
    concentration,
    ppm
    propane.
    ~
    =
    corrected
    average
    VOC
    concentration
    of
    captured
    emissions
    at
    point
    j,
    ppm
    propane.
    =
    average
    measured
    concentration
    for
    the
    drift
    check
    calibration
    gas,
    ppm
    propane.
    =
    average
    system
    drift
    check
    concentration
    for
    zero
    concentration
    gas,
    ppm
    propane.
    CH
    =
    actual
    concentration
    of
    the
    drift
    check
    calibration
    gas,
    ppm
    propane.
    C.
    =
    uncorrected
    average
    background
    VOC
    concentration
    measured
    at
    point
    i,
    ppm
    propane.
    C~
    =
    uncorrected
    average
    VOC
    concentration
    measured
    at
    point
    j,
    ppm
    propane.

    195
    total
    VOC
    content
    of
    captured
    emissions,
    kg.
    1(1
    =
    1.830 x 106 kg/(xn3—ppm).
    number of measurement points.
    ~
    =
    average effluent volumetric flow rate corrected to
    standard conditions at captured emissions point
    j,
    m3/min.
    Tc
    =
    total duration of captured emissions sampling run,
    mm.
    7.
    CALCULATIONS
    7.1
    Total VOC Captured Emissions.
    G
    =
    •~
    (C6j
    -
    CB)
    ~
    Tc K1
    Eq.
    1
    7.2
    VOC Concentration of the Captured Emissions at Point
    j.
    C6j
    =
    (C~
    -
    CDO)
    C11
    Eq.
    2
    CDHCDO
    7.3
    Background VOC Concentration at Point
    i.
    C8i
    =
    (C1
    -
    C,~0)
    C11
    Eq.
    3
    CDH~CD0
    7.4
    Average Background Concentration.
    n
    •E
    C01A~
    Eq.
    4
    nA~
    NOTE: If the concentration at each point is within 20 percent of
    the average concentration of all points, the terms “A1” and “A.~”
    may be deleted from Equation 4.

    196
    Procedure G.2
    -
    Captured VOC Emissions (Dilution Technique)
    1.
    INTRODUCTION
    1.1
    Applicability.
    This procedure is applicable for determining
    the volatile organic compounds
    (VOC)
    content
    of captured gas
    streams.
    It
    is
    intended
    to
    be
    used
    as
    a
    segment
    in
    the
    development of a gas/gas protocol in which fugitive emissions are
    measured for determining VOC capture efficiency
    (CE) for surface
    coating and printing operations.
    A dilution system is used to
    reduce the VOC concentration of the captured emission to about
    the same concentration as the fugitive emissions.
    The procedure
    may not be acceptable in certain site—specific situations,
    e.g.,
    when:
    (1) direct fired heaters or other circumstances affect the
    quantity of VOC at the control device inlet; and
    (2) particulate
    organic aerosols are formed in the process and are present in the
    captured emissions.
    1.2
    Principle.
    The amount of VOC captured
    (G)
    is calculated as
    the sum of the products of the VOC content
    (CGJ),
    the flow rate
    and the sampling time
    (Ta) from each captured emissions
    point.
    1.3
    Estimated Measurement Uncertainty.
    The measurement
    uncertainties are estimated for each captured or fugitive
    emissions point as follows:
    =
    ±5~5
    percent and
    CGJ
    =
    ±5
    percent.
    Based on these numbers, the probable uncertainty for G
    is estimated at about ±7•4percent.
    1.4
    Sampling Requirements.
    A capture efficiency test shall
    consist of at least three sampling runs.
    The sampling time for
    each
    run
    should be at least
    8 hours, unless otherwise approved.
    1.5
    Notes.
    Because this procedure is often applied in highly
    explosive areas,
    caution and care should be exeröised in choosing
    appropriate
    equipment
    and
    installing
    and
    using
    the
    equipment.
    Mention of trade names or company products does not constitute
    endorsement.
    All
    gas
    concentrations
    (percent,
    ppm)
    are
    by
    volume,
    unless otherwise noted.
    2.
    APPARATUS AND REAGENTS
    2.1
    Gas VOC Concentration.
    A schematic of the measurement
    system is shown in Figure
    1.
    The main components are described
    below:
    2.1.1
    Dilution System.
    A Kipp in-stack dilution probe and
    controller or similar device may be used.
    The dilution rate may
    be changed by substituting different critical orifices or
    adjustments of the aspirator supply pressure.
    The dilution

    197
    system shall be heated to prevent VOC condensation.
    Note:
    An
    out-of—stack dilution device may be used.
    2.1.2
    Calibration Valve Assembly.
    Three—way:valve assembly at
    the outlet of sample probe to direct the zero and calibration
    gases to the analyzer. Other methods, such as quick—connect
    lines, to route calibration gases to the outlet of the sample
    probe are acceptable.
    2.1.3
    Sample Line.
    Stainless steel or Teflon tubing to
    transport the sample gas to the analyzer.
    The sample line must
    be heated to prevent condensation.
    2.1.4
    Sample
    Pump.
    A leak-free pump, to pull the sample gas
    through the system at a flow rate sufficient to minimize the
    response time of the measurement system.
    The components of the
    pump that contact the gas stream shall be constructed of
    stainless steel or Teflon.
    The sample pump must be heated to
    prevent condensation.
    2.1.5
    Sample Flow Rate Control.
    A sample flow rate control
    valve and rotameter, or equivalent, to maintain a constant
    sampling rate within 10 percent.
    The flow control valve and
    rotameter must be heated to prevent condensation.
    A control
    valve may also be located on the sample pump bypass loop to
    assist in controlling the sample pressure and flow rate.
    2.1.6
    Sample Gas Manifold.
    Capable of diverting a portion of
    the sample gas stream to the flame ionization analyzer (FIA), and
    the remainder to the bypass discharge vent.
    The manifold
    components shall be constructed of stainless steel or Teflon.
    If
    captured or fugitive emissions are to be measured at multiple
    locations, the measurement system shall be designed to use
    separate sampling probes,
    lines, and pumps for each measurement
    location and
    a common sample gas manifold and FIA.
    The sample
    gas manifold and connecting lines, to the FIA. must be heated to
    prevent condensation.
    2.1.7
    Organic Concentration Analyzer.
    An FIA with a span value
    of 1.5 times the expected concentration as propane; however,
    other span values may be used if it can be demonstrated that they
    would provide more accurate measurements..
    The system shall be
    capable of meeting or exceeding the following specifications:
    2.1.7.1
    Zero Drift.
    Less than ±3.0percent of the span value.
    2.1.7.2
    Calibration Drift.
    Less than
    ±3.0
    percent of the span
    value.
    2.1.7.3
    Calibration Error.
    Less than ±5•Øpercent of the
    calibration gas value.

    198
    2.1.7.4
    Response
    Time.
    Less
    than
    30
    seconds.
    2.1.8
    Integrator/Data Acquisition System.
    An analog or digital
    device
    or
    computerized
    data
    acquisition
    system
    used
    to
    integrate
    the FIA response or compute the average response and record
    measurement data.
    The minimum data sampling frequency for
    computing average or integrated values is one measurement value
    every 5 seconds.
    The device shall be capable of recording
    average values at least once per minute.
    2.1.9
    Calibration and Other Gases.
    Gases used for calibration,
    fuel, and combustion air
    (if required) are contained in
    compressed gas cylinders.
    All calibration gases shall be
    traceable to NIST standards and shall be certified by the
    manufacturer to
    ti percent of the tag value.
    Additionally, the
    manufacturer of the cylinder should provide a recommended shelf
    life
    for
    each
    calibration
    gas
    cylinder
    over
    which
    the
    concentration
    does
    not
    change
    more
    than
    ±2percent
    from
    the
    certified value.
    For calibration gas values not generally
    available, alternative methods for preparing ‘calibration gas
    mixtures, such as dilution systems, may be used with prior
    approval.
    2.1.9.1
    Fuel.
    A 40 percent H2/60 percent He or 40 percent H2/60
    percent
    N2
    gas
    mixture
    is recommended to avoid an oxygen
    synergism
    effect
    that
    reportedly
    occurs
    when
    oxygen
    concentratior
    varies significantly from a mean value.
    2.1.9.2
    Carrier Gas and Dilution Air Supply.
    High purity air
    with less than 1 ppm of organic material (as propane or carbon
    equivalent)
    or less than 0.1 percent of the span value, whichevei
    is greater.
    2.1.9.3
    FIA
    Linearity
    Calibration
    Gases.
    Low—,
    mid—,
    and
    high—range gas mixture standards with nominal propane
    concentrations of 20-30, 45-55, and 70-80 percent of the span
    value in air, respectively.
    Other calibration values and other
    span values may be used if it can be shown that more accurate
    measurements
    would
    be
    achieved.
    2.1.9.4
    Dilution Check Gas.
    Gas mixture standard containing
    propane in air, approximately half the span value after dilution,
    2.1.10
    Particulate
    Filter.
    An
    in-stack
    or
    an
    out-of-stack
    glas5
    fiber
    filter
    is
    recommended
    if
    exhaust
    gas
    particulate
    loading
    iE
    significant.
    An
    out-of—stack filter must be heated to prevent any condensation
    unless it can be demonstrated that no condensation occurs.
    2.2
    Captured Emissions Volumetric Flow Rate.
    2.2.1
    Method
    2 or 2A Apparatus.
    For determining volumetric flo’~

    199
    rate.
    2.2.2
    Method
    3 Apparatus and Reagents.
    For determining
    molecular weight of the gas stream.
    An estimate of the molecular
    weight of the gas stream may be used if it can be justified.
    2.2.3
    Method
    4 Apparatus and Reagents.
    For determining moisture
    content,
    if necessary.
    3.
    DETERMINATION OF VOLUMETRIC FLOW RATE OF
    CAPTURED
    EMISSIONS
    3.1
    Locate all points where emissions are captured from the
    affected facility. Using Method
    1, determine the sampling points.
    Be sure to check each site for cyclonic or swirling flow.
    3.2
    Measure the velocity at each sampling site at least once
    every hour during each sampling run using Method
    2 or 2A.
    4.
    DETERMINATION OF VOC CONTENT OF
    CAPTURED
    EMISSIONS
    4.1
    Analysis Duration.
    Measure the VOC responses at each
    captured
    emissions
    point
    during
    the
    entire
    test
    run
    or,
    if
    applicable,
    while the process is operating.
    If there are a
    multiple captured emissions locations, design a sampling system
    to allow a single FIA to be used to determine the VOC responses
    at all sampling locations.
    4.2
    Gas VOC Concentration.
    4.2.1
    Assemble the sample train as shown in Figure
    1.
    Calibrate
    the FIA according to the procedure in Section 5.1.
    4.2.2
    Set the dilution ratio and determine the dilution factor
    according
    to
    the
    procedure
    in
    Section
    5.3.
    4.2.3
    Conduct a system check according to the procedure in
    Section 5.4.
    4.2.4
    Install the sample probe so that the probe is centrally
    located in the stack,
    pipe, or duct, and is sealed tightly at the
    stack port connection.
    4.2.5
    Inject zero gas at the calibration valve assembly.
    Measure the system response time as the time required for the
    system to reach the effluent concentration after the calibration
    valve has been returned to the effluent sampling position.
    4.2.6
    Conduct a system check before and a system drift check
    after
    each
    sampling
    run
    according
    to
    the
    procedures
    in
    Sections
    5.2 and 5.4.
    If the drift check following a run indicates
    unacceptable
    performance,
    the
    run
    is
    not
    valid.
    The
    tester
    may
    elect to perform system drift cheq~sduring the
    run
    not to exceed

    200
    one drift check per hour.
    4.2.7
    Verify that the sample lines, filter, and pump
    temperatures are 120 ~ 5°C.
    4.2.8
    Begin sampling at the start of the test period and
    continue to sample during the entire run.
    Record the starting
    and ending times and any required process information as
    appropriate.
    If multiple captured emission locations are sampled
    using a single FIA, sample at each location for the same amount
    of time (e.g.,
    2 minutes) and continue to switch from one
    location to another for the entire test run.
    .
    Me sure that total
    sampling
    time
    at
    each
    location
    is
    the
    same-at
    the
    end
    of
    the
    test
    run.
    Collect at least
    4 separate measurements from each sample
    point
    during
    each
    hour
    of
    testing.
    Disregard
    the
    measurements
    at
    each sampling location until two times the response time of the
    measurement
    system
    has
    elapsed.
    Continue
    sampling
    for
    at-least
    1
    minute and record the concentration measurements.
    4.3
    Background Concentration.
    4.3.1
    Locate all NDO’s of the TTE.
    A sampling point shall be
    centrally ~1ocatedoutside of the TTE at 4 equivalent diameters
    from each
    NDO,
    if possible.
    If there are more than 6 NDO’s,
    choose
    6 sampling points evenly spaced among the NDO’s.
    4.3.2
    Assemble the sample train as shown in Figure
    2.
    Calibrate
    the FIA and conduct a system check according to the procedures in
    Sections 5.1 and 5.4.
    4.3.3
    Position the probe at the sampling location.
    4.3.4
    Determine the response time,
    conduct the system check and
    sample according to the procedures described in Sections 4.2.4 to
    4.2.8
    4.4
    Alternative Procedure.
    The direct interface sampling and
    analysis procedure described in Section 7.2 of Method 18 may be
    used to determine the gas VOC concentration.
    The system must be
    designed to collect and analyze at least one sample every 10
    minutes.
    5.
    CALIBRATION
    AND
    QUALITY ASSURANCE
    5.1
    FIA
    Calibration
    and
    Linearity
    Check.
    Make
    necessary
    adjustments to the air and fuel supplies for the P1k and ignite
    the burner.
    Allow the FIA to warm up for the period recommended
    by the manufacturer.
    Inject a calibration gas into the
    measurement system after the dilution system and adjust the back-
    pressure regulator to the value required to achieve the flow
    rates specified by the manufacturer.
    Inject the zero— and the
    high-range calibration gases and adjust the analyzer calibration

    201
    to provide the proper responses.
    Inject the low- and mid—range
    gases
    and
    record
    the
    responses
    of
    the
    measurement
    system.
    The
    calibration and linearity of the system are acceptable if the
    responses for all four gases are within
    5 percent of the
    respective
    gas
    values.
    If
    the
    performance
    of
    the system is not
    acceptable,
    repair or adjust the system and repeat
    the
    linearity
    check.
    Conduct a calibration and linearity check after
    assembling the analysis system and after a major change is made
    to the system.
    5.2
    Systems Drift Checks.
    Select the calibration gas that most
    closely approximates the concentration of the diluted captured
    emissions for conducting the drift checks.
    Introduce the
    zero
    and calibration gas at the calibration valve assembly and verify
    that the appropriate gas flow rate and pressure are present at
    the FIA.
    Record the measurement system responses to the zero and
    calibration gases.
    The performance of the system is acceptable
    if the difference between the drift check measurement and ‘the
    value obtained in Section 5.1 is less than
    3 percent of the span
    value.
    Conduct the system drift check at the end of each run.
    5.3
    Determination of Dilution Factor.
    Inject the dilution check
    gas into the measurement system before the dilution system and
    record the response.
    Calculate the.dilution factor using
    Equation 3.
    5.4
    System Check.
    Inject the high range calibration gas at the
    inlet to the sampling probe while the dilution air is turned off.
    Record the response.
    The performance of the system is acceptable
    if the measurement system response is within
    5 percent of the
    value obtained in Section 5.1 for the high range calibration gas.
    Conduct a system check before and after each test run.
    5.5
    Analysis Audit.
    Immediately before each test analyze an
    audit ~cylinderas described in Section 5.2.
    The analysis audit
    must agree with the audit cylinder concentration within 10
    percent.
    6.
    NOMENCLATURE
    A1
    =
    area of
    NDO
    i,
    ft2.
    =
    total area of all NDO’s in the enclosure,
    ft2.
    CA
    =
    actual concentration of the dilution check gas, ppm
    propane.
    C~i
    =
    corrected average VOC concentration of background
    emissions at point
    i, ppm propane.
    C8
    =
    average background concentration, ppm propane.

    202
    =
    average measured concentration for the drift check
    calibration gas, ppm propane.
    CDO
    =
    average system drift check concentration for zero
    concentration gas, ppm propane.
    CH
    =
    actual concentration of the drift check calibration gas,
    ppm propane.
    C1
    =
    uncorrected average background VOC concentration
    measured at point
    i, ppm propane.
    C1
    =
    uncorrected average VOC concentration measured at point
    j,
    ppm propane.
    CM =measured concentration of the dilution check gas, ppm
    propane.
    DF
    =
    dilution factor.
    G
    =
    total VOC content of captured emissions,
    kg.
    =
    1..830 x 10 6 kg/ (m3-ppm).
    n
    =
    number of measurement points.
    Q6j
    =
    average effluent volumetric flow rate corrected to
    standard conditions at captured emissions point
    j,
    1n3/min.
    Tc
    =
    total duration of capture efficiency sampling run, mm.
    7.
    CALCULATIONS
    7.1
    Total VOC Captured Emissions.
    G
    =
    *
    9~
    C~jQG~T~K1
    Eq.
    1
    7.2
    VOC Concentration of the Captured Emissions at Point
    j.
    CGj
    =
    DF
    (C1
    -
    CDO)
    C~
    Eq.
    2
    CDHCDO
    7.3
    Dilution Factor.
    Eq.
    3
    CM
    7.4
    Background VOC Concentration at Point
    i.

    203
    C9i
    =
    (C~
    -
    CDO)
    C~
    Eq.
    4
    CDHCDO
    7.5
    Average Background Concentration.
    I,
    ~
    C~A1
    C8-~l
    Eq.
    5
    nA~
    NOTE:
    If the concentration at each point is within 20 percent of
    the average concentration of all points, the terms “A1” and “Au”
    may be deleted from Equation 4.
    Procedure F.2
    -
    Fugitive VOC Emissions from Building Enclosures
    1.
    INTRODUCTION
    1.1
    Applicability.
    This procedure is applicable for determining
    the fugitive volatile organic compounds
    (VOC) emissions from a
    building enclosure (BE).
    It is intended to be used as a segment
    in the development of liquid/gas or gas/gas protocols for
    determining VOC capture efficiency
    (CE)
    for surface coating and
    printing operations.
    1.2
    Principle.
    The total amount of fugitive VOC emissions
    (F8)
    from the BE is calculated as the
    sum
    of the products of the VOC
    content
    (CFJ)
    of each fugitive emissions point, its flow rate
    (QF~)’and time
    (TF).
    1.3
    Measurement Uncertainty.
    The measurement uncertainties are
    estimated for each fugitive emissions point as follows:
    QFj
    =
    ±5.0percent and
    CF.
    =
    ±5.0percent.
    Based on these numbers, the
    probable uncertain~yfor FB is estimated at about ±11.2percent.
    1.4
    Sampling Requirements.
    A capture efficiency test shall
    consist of at least three sampling runs.
    The sampling time for
    each run should be at least
    8 hours, unless otherwise approved.
    1.5
    Notes.
    Because this procedure is often applied in highly
    explosive areas, caution and care should be exercised in choosing
    appropriate equipment and installing and using the equipment.
    Mention of trade names or company products does not constitute
    endorsement.
    All gas concentrations
    (percent, ppm) are by
    volume,
    unless otherwise noted.
    2.
    APPARATUS AND REAGENTS
    2.1
    Gas VOC Concentration.
    A schematic of the measurement
    system is shown in Figure
    1.
    The main components are described
    below:

    204
    2.1.1
    Sample Probe.
    Stainless steel, or equivalent.
    The probe
    shall be heated to prevent VOC condensation.
    2.1.2
    Calibration Valve Assembly.
    Three-way~alveassembly at
    the outlet of sample probe to direct the zero’and calibration
    gases to the analyzer.
    Other methods, such as quick—connect
    lines, to route calibration gases to the outlet of
    the
    sample
    probe are acceptable.
    2.13
    Sample Line.
    Stainless steel or Teflon tubing to
    transport the sample gas to the analyzer.
    The sample line must
    be heated to prevent condensation.
    2.1.4
    Sample
    Pump.
    A
    leak-free
    pump,
    to
    pull
    the
    sample
    gas
    through the system at a flow rate sufficient to minimize the
    response time of the measurement system.
    The components of the
    pump that contact the gas streamshall be constructed of stainless
    steel or Teflon.
    The sample pump must be heated to prevent
    condensation.
    2.1.5
    Sample Flow Rate Control.
    A sample flow rate control
    valve and rotameter,
    or equivalent,
    to maintain a constant
    sampling rate within 10 percent.
    The flow rate control valve and
    rotameter must be heated to prevent condensation.
    A control
    valve may also be located on the sample pump bypass loop to
    assist in controlling the sample pressure and flow rate.
    2.1.6
    Sample Gas Manifold.
    Capable of diverting a portion of
    the sample gas stream to the flame ionization analyzer (FIA),
    and
    the remainder to the bypass discharge vent.
    The manifold
    components shall be constructed of stainless steel or Teflon.
    If
    emissions are to be measured at multiple locations, the
    measurement system shall be designed to use separate sampling
    probes,
    lines,
    and pumps for each measurement location and a
    common sample gas manifold and FIA.
    The sample gas manifold must
    be heated to prevent condensation.
    2.1.7
    Organic Concentration Analyzer.
    An P1k with a span value
    of 1.5 times the expected concentration as propane; however,
    other
    span
    values
    may
    be
    used
    if
    it
    can
    be
    demonstrated
    that
    they
    would
    provide
    more
    accurate
    measurements.
    The
    system
    shall
    be
    capable of meeting or exceeding the following specifications:
    2.1.7.1
    Zero
    Drift.
    Less than ±3.0percent of the span value.
    2.1.7.2
    Calibration Drift.
    Less
    than
    ±3.0 percent
    of
    the
    span
    value.
    2.1.7.3
    Calibration
    Error.
    Less
    than
    ±5.0 percent
    of
    the
    calibration gas value.
    2.1.7.4
    Response Time.
    Less
    than
    30
    seconds.

    205
    2.1.8
    Integrator/Data Acquisition System.
    An analog or digital
    device or computerized data acquisition system used to integrate
    the FIA response or compute the average response and record
    measurement data.
    The minimum data sampling frequency for
    computing average or integrated values is one measurement value
    every 5 seconds.
    The device shall be capable of recording
    average values at least once per minute.
    2.1.9
    Calibration and Other Gases.
    Gases used for calibration,
    fuel,
    and combustion air
    (if required) are contained in
    compressed gas cylinders.
    All calibration gases shall be
    traceable to NIST standards and shall be certified by the
    manufacturer to ±1percent of the tag value.
    Additionally, the
    manufacturer of the cylinder should provide a recommended shelf
    life for each calibration gas cylinder over which the
    concentration does not change more than ±2
    percent
    from
    the
    certified value.
    For calibration gas values not generally
    available, alternative methods for preparing calibration gas
    mixtures, such as dilution systems, may be used with prior
    approval.
    2.1.9.1
    Fuel.
    A 40 percent H2/60 percent He or 40 percent H2/60
    percent N2 gas mixture is recommended to avoid an oxygen
    synergism effect that reportedly occurs when oxygen concentration
    varies significantly from a mean value.
    2.1.9.2
    Carrier Gas.
    High purity air with less than 1 ppm of
    organic material
    (propane or carbon equivalent) or less than 0.1
    percent of the span value, whichever is greater.
    2.1.9.3
    FIA Linearity Calibration Gases.
    Low-,
    mid—, and
    high—range gas mixture standards with nominal propane
    concentrations of 20—30,
    45-55,
    and 70-80 percent of the span
    value in air, respectively.
    Other calibration values and other
    span values may be used if it can be shown that more accurate
    measurements would be achieved.
    2.1.10
    Particulate
    Filter
    An
    in-stack
    or
    an
    out-of—stack
    glass
    fiber filter is recommended if exhaust gas particulate loading is
    significant.
    An out-of-stack filter must be heated to prevent
    any condensation unless it can be demonstrated that no
    condensation occurs.
    2.2
    Fugitive Emissions Volumetric Flow Rate.
    2.2.1
    Flow Direction Indicators.
    Any means of indicating inward
    or outward flow, such as light plastic film or paper streamers,
    smoke tubes, filaments,
    and sensory perception.
    2.2.2
    Method
    2 or 2A Apparatus.
    For determining volumetric flow
    rate.
    Anemometers or similar devices calibrated according to the

    206
    manufacturer’s instructions may be used when low velocities are
    present.
    Vane anemometers
    (Young—maximum response propeller),
    specialized pitots with electronic manometers
    (e.g., Shortridge
    Instruments Inc., Airdata Multimeter 860) are .~Commercially
    available with measurement thresholds of 15 and
    8 mpm
    (50 and
    25
    fpnt), respectively.
    2.2.3
    Method
    3 Apparatus and Reagents.
    For determining
    molecular weight of the gas stream.
    An estimate of the molecular
    weight of the gas stream may be used if it can be justified.
    2.2.4
    Method
    4 Apparatus and Reagents.
    For determining moisture
    content,
    if necessary.
    3.
    DETERMINATION OF VOLUMETRIC FLOW RATE
    OF FUGITIVE EMISSIONS
    3.1
    Preliminary Determinations.
    The purpose of this exercise is
    to determine which exhaust points should be measured for
    volumetric flow rates and VOC concentrations.
    3.1.1
    Forced Draft Openings.
    Identify all forced draft
    openings.
    Determine the volumetric flow rate according to Method
    2.
    3.1.2
    NDO’s Exhaust Points.
    The NDO’s in the roof of a facility
    are considered to be exhaust points.
    Determine volumetric flow
    rate from these NDO’s.
    Divide the cross—sectional area according
    to Method
    1 using 12 equal areas.
    Use the appropriate velocity
    measurement devices, e.g., propeller anemometers.
    3.1.3
    Other NDO’s.
    3.1.3.1
    This step is optional.
    Determine the exhaust flow rate,
    including that of the control device, from the enclosure and the
    intake air flow rate.
    If the exhaust flow rate divided by the
    intake air flow rate is greater than 1.1,
    then
    all other NDO’s
    are not considered to be significant exhaust points.
    3.1.3.2
    If the option above is not taken,
    identify all other
    NDO’s and other potential points through which fugitive emissions
    may escape the enclosure.
    Then use the following criteria to determine whether flow rates
    and VOC concentrations need to be measured:
    3.1.3.2.1
    Using the appropriate flow direction indicator,
    determine the flow direction.
    An NDO with zero or inward flow is
    not an exhaust point.
    3.1.3.2.2
    Measure the outward volumetric flow rate from the
    remainder of the NDO’s.
    If the collective flow rate is 2
    percent, or less,
    of the flow rate from Sections 3.1.1 and 3.1.2,
    then these NDO’s, except those within two equivalent diameters

    207
    (based
    on
    NDO opening) from VOC sources, may be considered to be
    non—exhaust points.
    3.1.3.2.3
    If the percentage calculated in Section 3.1.3.2.2 is
    greater than 2 percent, those NDO’s (except those within two
    equivalent diameters from VOC sources) whose volumetric flow rate
    total
    2 percent of the flow rate from Sections 3.1.1 and 3.1.2
    may be considered as non-exhaust points.
    All remaining NDO’s
    shall be measured for volumetric flow rate and VOC concentrations
    during the CE test.
    3.1.3.2.4
    The tester may choose to measure VOC concentrations at
    the forced exhaust points and the NDOts.
    If the total
    VOC
    emissions from the NDO’s are less than 2 percent of the emissions
    from
    the
    forced
    draft
    and
    roof
    NDO’s, then these NDO’s may be
    eliminated from further consideration.
    3.2
    Determination of Flow Rates.
    3.2.1
    Measure the volumetric flow rate at all locations
    identified as exhaust points in Section 3.1.
    Divide each exhaust
    opening into
    9 equal areas for rectangular openings and 8 for
    circular
    openings.
    3.2.2
    Measure the velocity at each site at least once every hour
    during each sampling
    run
    using Method 2 or 2A,
    if applicable, or
    using the low velocity instruments in Section 2.2.2.
    4.
    DETERMINATION OF VOC CONTENT OF FUGITIVE EMISSIONS
    4.1
    Analysis Duration.
    Measure the VOC responses at each
    fugitive emission point during the entire test run or,
    if
    applicable, while the process is operating.
    If there are
    multiple emissions locations,
    design a sampling system to allow a
    single FIA to be used to determine the VOC responses at all
    sampling locations.
    4.2
    Gas VOC Concentration.
    4.2.1
    Assemble the sample train as shown in Figure 1.
    Calibrate
    the FIA and conduct a system check according to the procedures in
    Sections 5.1 and 5.3, respectively.
    4.2.2
    Install the sample probe so that the probe is centrally
    located in the stack, pipe, or duct, and is sealed tightly at the
    stack port connection.
    4.2.3
    Inject zero gas at the calibration valve assembly.
    Allow
    the measurement system response to reach zero.
    Measure the
    system response time as the time required for the system to reach
    the effluent concentration after the calibration valve has been
    returned to the effluent sampling position.

    208
    4.2.4
    Conduct
    a
    system check before and
    a system drift check
    after each sampling run according to the procedures in Sections
    5.2 and 5.3.
    If the drift check following a run indicates
    unacceptable performance,
    the
    run
    is not valid.
    The tester may
    elect
    to
    perform
    drift
    checks
    during
    the
    run
    not
    to
    exceed
    one
    drift check per hour.
    4.2.5
    Verify that the sample lines, filter, and pump
    temperatures are 120
    ±50c.
    4.2.6
    Begin sampling at the start of the test period and
    continue
    to
    sample
    during
    the
    entire
    run.
    Record the starting
    and ending times and any required process information as
    appropriate.
    If multiple emission locations are sampled using a
    single FIA, sample at each location for the same amount of time
    (e.g.,
    2 minutes) and continue to switch from one location to
    another for the entire test run.
    Be sure that total sampling
    time at each location is the same at the end of the test run.
    Collect at least
    4 separate measurements from each sample point
    during each hour of testing.
    Disregard the response measurements
    at each sampling location until two times the response time of
    the measurement system has elapsed.
    Continue sampling for at
    least
    1 minute and record the concentration measurements.
    4.3
    Alternative Procedure
    The direct interface sampling and
    analysis procedure described in Section 7.2 of Method 18 may be
    used to determine the gas VOC concentration.
    The system must be
    designed to collect and analyze at least one sample every 10
    minutes.
    5.
    CALIBRATION AND QUALITY ASSURANCE
    5.1
    FIA Calibration and Linearity Check.
    Make necessary
    adjustments to the air and fuel supplies for the FIA and ignite
    the burner.
    Allow the FTh to warm up for the period recommended
    by the manufacturer.
    Inject a calibration gas into the
    measurement system and adjust the back—pressure regulator to the
    value required to achieve the flow rates specified by the
    manufacturer.
    Inject the zero- and the high-range calibration
    gases and adjust the analyzer calibration to provide
    the
    proper
    responses.
    Inject
    the
    low-
    and
    mid-range
    gases
    and
    record
    the
    responses of the measurement system.
    The calibration and
    linearity of the system are acceptable if the responses for all
    four gases are within 5 percent of the respective gas values.
    If
    the performance of the system is not acceptable,
    repair or adjust
    the system and repeat the linearity check.
    Conduct a calibration
    and linearity check after assembling the analysis system and
    after a major change is made to the system.
    5.2
    Systems Drift Checks.
    Select the calibration gas that most
    closely approximates the concentration of the captured emissions

    209
    for conducting the drift checks.
    Introduce the zero and
    calibration gas at the calibration valve assembly and verify that
    the appropriate gas flow rate and pressure are present at the
    FIA.
    Record the measurement system responses ~tothe zero and
    calibration gases.
    The performance of thesystem is acceptable
    if the difference between the drift check measurement and the
    value obtained in Section 5.1 is less than
    3 percent of the span
    value.
    Conduct a system drift check at the end of each run.
    5.3
    System Check.
    Inject the high range calibration gas at the
    inlet of the sampling probe and record the response.
    The
    performance of the system is acceptable if the measurement system
    response is within 5 percent of the value obtained in Section 5.1
    for the high range calibration gas.
    Conduct a system check
    before each test run.
    5.4
    Analysis Audit.
    Immediately before each test analyze an
    audit cylinder as described in Section 5.2.
    The analysis audit
    must agree with the audit cylinder concentration within 10
    percent.
    6.
    NOMENCLATURE
    ~H
    =
    average measured concentration for the drift check
    calibration gas, ppm propane.
    C0O
    =
    average system drift check concentration for zero
    concentration gas, ppm propane.
    =
    corrected average VOC concentration of fugitive
    emissions at point
    j,
    ppm propane.
    CH
    =
    actual concentration of the drift check calibration
    gas, ppm propane.
    ci
    =
    uncorrected average VOC concentration measured at
    point
    j,
    ppm propane.
    F8
    =
    total VOC content of fugitive emissions from the
    building,
    kg.
    1.830 x 106 kg/(m3—ppm).
    number of measurement points.
    average effluent volumetric flow rate corrected to
    standard conditions at fugitive emissions point
    j,
    m3/min.
    TF
    =
    total duration of capture efficiency sampling run,
    mm.

    210
    7.
    CALCULATIONS
    7.1
    Total VOC Fugitive Emissions From the Building.
    n
    F8
    =
    •E
    C~jQf~TF K1
    Eq.
    1
    j=1
    7.2
    VOC Concentration of the Fugitive Emissions at Point
    j.
    =
    (C~
    C~,0)
    C~
    Eq.
    2
    CDH~CD0
    Procedure F.1
    Fugitive VOC Emissions from Temporary Enclosures
    1.
    INTRODUCTION
    1.1
    Applicability.
    This procedure is applicable for determining
    the fugitive volatile organic compounds
    (VOC)
    emissions from a
    temporary total enclosure (TTE).
    It is intended to be used as a
    segment in the development of liquid/gas or gas/gas protocols for
    determining VOC capture efficiency
    (CE)
    for surface coating and
    printing operations.
    1.2
    Principle.
    The amount of fugitive VOC emissions
    (F)
    from
    the TTE is calculated as the sum of the products of the VOC
    content
    (CFJ),
    the flow rate
    (QF;)’ and the sampling time
    (TF)
    from
    each fugitive emissions point.
    1.3
    Estimated Measurement Uncertainty.
    The measurement
    uncertainties are estimated for each fugitive emission point as
    follows:
    QFJ
    =
    ±5~5
    percent and CF~
    =
    ±5~Ø
    percent.
    Based on
    these numbers, the probable uncertainty for F is estimated at
    about ±7•4percent.
    1.4
    Sampling Requirements.
    A capture efficiency test shall
    consist of at least three sampling runs.
    The sampling time for
    each run should be at least
    8 hours, unless otherwise approved.
    1.5
    Notes.
    Because this procedure is often applied in highly
    explosive areas,
    caution and care should be exercised in choosing
    appropriate equipment and installing and using the equipment.
    Mention of trade names or company products does not constitute
    endorsement.
    All gas concentrations (percent, ppm) are by
    volume, unless otherwise noted.
    2.
    APPARATUS AND REAGENTS
    2.1
    Gas VOC Concentration.
    A schematic of the measurement
    system
    is shown in Figure 1.
    The main components are described

    211
    below:
    2.1.1
    Sample Probe.
    Stainless steel, or equivalent.
    The probe
    shall be heated to prevent VOC condensation.
    2.1.2
    Calibration Valve Assembly.
    Three—way valve assembly at
    the outlet of sample probe to direct the zero and calibration
    gases to the analyzer.
    Other methods, such as quick—connect
    lines, to route calibration gases to the outlet of the sample
    probe are acceptable.
    2.1.3
    Sample Line.
    Stainless steel or Teflon tubing to
    transport the sample gas to the analyzer.
    The sample line must
    be heated to prevent condensation.
    2.1.4
    Sample Pump.
    A leak-free pump, to pull the sample gas
    through the system at a flow rate suffiöient to minimize the
    response time of themeasurement system.
    The components of the
    pump that contact the gas stream shall be constructed of
    stainless steel or Teflon.
    The sample pump must be heated to
    prevent condensation.
    2.1.5
    Sample Flow Rate Control.
    A sample flow rate control
    valve and rotameter, or equivalent, to maintain a constant
    sampling rate within 10 percent.
    The flow control valve and
    rotameter must be heated to prevent condensation.
    A control
    valve may also be located on the sample pump bypass loop to
    assist in controlling the sample pressure and flow rate.
    2.1.6
    Sample Gas Manifold.
    Capable of diverting a portion of
    the sample gas stream to the flame ionization analyzer (FIA),
    and
    the remainder to the bypass discharge vent.
    The manifold
    components shall be constructed of stainless steel or Teflon.,
    If
    emissions are to be measured at multiple locations,
    the
    measurement system shall be designed to use separate sampling
    probes,
    lines,
    and
    pumps for each measurement location and a
    common sample gas manifold and FIA.
    The sample gas manifold and
    connecting lines to the FIA must be heated to prevent
    condensation.
    2.1.7
    Organic Concentration Analyzer.
    An FIA with a span value
    of 1.5 times the expected concentration as propane; however,
    other span values may be used if it can be demonstrated that they
    would provide more accurate measurements.
    The system shall be
    capable of meeting or exceeding the following specifications:
    2.1.7.1
    Zero Drift.
    Less than ±3.0percent of the span value.
    2.1.7.2
    Calibration Drift.
    Less than ±3.0percent of the span
    value.
    2.1.7.3
    Calibration Error.
    Less than ±50percent of the

    212
    calibration gas value.
    2.1.7.4
    Response Time.
    Less than 30 seconds.
    2.1.8
    Integrator/Data Acquisition System.
    An analog or digital
    device or computerized data acquisition system used to integrate
    the FIA response or compute the average response and record
    measurement data.
    The minimum data sampling frequency for
    computing average or integrated values is one measurement value
    every
    5 seconds.
    The device shall be capable of recording
    average values at least once per minute.
    2.1.9
    Calibration and Other Gases.
    Gases used for calibration,
    fuel,
    and combustion air
    (if required) are contained in
    compressed gas cylinders.
    All calibration gases shall be
    traceable to NIST standards and shall be certified by the
    manufacturer to ±1percent of the tag value.
    Additionally, the
    manufacturer of the cylinder should provide a recommended shelf
    life for each calibration gas cylinder over which the
    concentration does not change more than ±2percent from
    the
    certified value.
    For calibration gas values notgenerally
    available, alternative methods for preparing calibration gas
    mixtures, such as dilution systems, may be used with prior
    approval.
    2.1.9.1
    Fuel.
    A 40 percent H2/60 percent He or 40 percent H2/60
    percent
    N2 gas mixture is recommended to avoid an oxygen
    synergism effect that reportedly occurs when oxygen concentration
    varies significantly from a mean value.
    2.1.9.2
    Carrier Gas.
    High
    purity air with less than
    1 ppm of
    organic material
    (as propane or carbon equivalent)
    or less than
    0.1 percent of the span value, whichever is greater.
    2.1.9.3
    FIA Linearity Calibration Gases.
    Low—, mid—,
    and
    high—range gas mixture standards with nominal propane
    concentrations of
    20-30,
    45-55,
    and 70—80 percent of the span
    value in air, respectively.
    Other calibration values and other
    span values may be used if it can be shown
    that
    more
    accurate
    measurements would be achieved.
    2.1.10
    Particulate Filter.
    An in-stack or an out-of—stack glass
    fiber filter is recommended if exhaust gas particulate loading is
    significant.
    An out-of-stack filter must be heated to prevent
    any condensation unless it can be demonstrated that no
    condensation occurs.
    2.2
    Fugitive Emissions Volumetric Flow Rate.
    2.2.1
    Method
    2 or 2A Apparatus.
    For determining volumetric flow
    rate.

    213
    2.2.2
    Method
    3 Apparatus and Reagents.
    For determining
    molecular weight of the gas stream.
    An estimate of the molecular
    weight of the gas stream may be used if it can be justified.
    2.2
    3
    Method
    4 Apparatus and Reagents.
    For determining moisture
    content,
    if necessary.
    2.3
    Temporary Total Enclosure.
    The criteria for designing a TTE
    are discussed in Procedure T.
    3.
    DETERMINATION OF VOLUMETRIC FLOW RATE OF FUGITIVE EMISSIONS
    3.1
    Locate all points where emissions are exhausted from the
    TTE.
    Using Method 1, determine the sampling points.
    Be sure to
    check each site for cyclonic or swirling flow.
    3.2
    Measure the velocity at each sampling site at least once
    every hour during each sampling run using Method
    2 or 2A.
    4.
    DETERMINATION OF VOC CONTENT OF FUGITIVE EMISSIONS
    4.1
    Analysis Duration.
    Measure the VOC responses at each
    fugitive emission point during the entire test run or,
    if
    applicable, while the process is operating.
    If there are
    multiple emission locations,
    design a sampling system to allow a
    single FIA to be used to determine the VOC responses at all
    sampling locations.
    4.2
    Gas VOC Concentration.
    4.2.1
    Assemble the sample train as shown in Figure 1.
    Calibrate
    the FIA and conduct a system check according to the procedures in
    Sections 5.1 and 5.3, respectively.
    4.2.2
    Install the sample probe so that the probe is centrally
    located in the stack, pipe, or duct, and is sealed tightly at the
    stack port connection.
    4.2.3
    Inject zero gas at the calibration valve assembly.
    Allow
    the measurement system response to reach zero.
    Measure the
    system response time as the time required for the system to reach
    the effluent concentration after the calibration valve has been
    returned to the effluent sampling position.
    4.2.4
    Conduct a system check before and a system drift check
    after each sampling run according to the procedures in Sections
    5.2 and 5.3.
    If the drift check following a run indicates
    unacceptable performance, the run is not valid.
    The tester may
    elect to perform system drift checks during the run not to exceed
    one drift check per hour.
    4.2.5
    Verify that the sample lines,
    filter, and pump

    214
    temperatures are 120 ±5CC.
    4.2.6
    Begin sampling at the start of the test period and
    ,continue to sample during the entire run.
    Record the starting
    and ending times and any required process information as
    appropriate.
    If multiple emission locations are sampled using a
    single FIA, sample at each location for the same amount of time
    (e.g.,
    2 minutes) and continue to switch from one location to
    another for the entire test run.
    Be sure that total sampling
    time at each location is the same at the end of the test run.
    Collect at least
    4 separate measurements from each sample point
    during each hour of testing.
    Disregard the response measurements
    at each sampling location until two times the response time of
    the measurement system has elapsed.
    Continue sampling for at
    least 1 minute and record the concentration measurements.
    4.3
    Background Concentration.
    4.3.1
    Determination of VOC Background Concentration.
    4.3.1.1
    Locate all NDO’s of the TTE.
    A sampling point shall be
    centrally located outside of the TTE at 4 equivalent diameters
    from each NDO,
    if possible.
    If there are more than 6 NDO’s,
    choose 6 sampling points evenly spaced among the NDO’s.
    4.3.1.2
    Assemble the sample train as shown in Figure
    2.
    Calibrate the FIA and conduct a system check according to the
    procedures in Sections 5.1 and 5.3.
    4.3.1.3
    Position the probe at the sampling location.
    4.3.1.4
    Determine the response time,
    conduct the system check
    and sample according to the procedures described in Sections
    4.2.3 to 4.2.6.
    4.4
    Alternative Procedure.
    The direct interface sampling and
    analysis procedure described-in Section 7.2 of Method 18 may be
    used to determine the gas VOC concentration.
    The system must be
    designed to collect and analyze at least one sample every 10
    minutes.
    5.
    CALIBRATION AND QUALITY ASSURANCE
    5.1
    FIA Calibration and Linearity Check.
    Make necessary
    adjustments to the air and fuel supplies for the FIA and ignite
    the burner.
    Allow the FIA to warm up for the period recommended
    by the manufacturer.
    Inject a calibration gas into the
    measurement system and adjust the back—pressure regulator to the
    value required to achieve the flow rates specified by the
    manufacturer.
    Inject the zero- and the high—range calibration
    gases and adjust the analyzer calibration to provide the proper
    responses.
    Inject the low- and mid—range gases and record the
    responses of the measurement system.
    The calibration and

    215
    linearity of the system are acceptable if the responses for all
    four gases are within
    5 percent of the respective gas values.
    If
    the performance of the system is not acceptable,
    repair or adjust
    the system and repeat the linearity check.
    Conduct a calibration
    and linearity check after assembling the analysis system and
    after a major change is made to the system.
    5.2
    Systems Drift Checks.
    Select the calibration gas
    concentration that most closely approximates that of the fugitive
    gas emissions to conduct the
    drift checks.
    Introduce the zero
    and calibration gas at the calibration valve assembly and verify
    that the appropriate gas flow rate and pressure are present at
    the FIA.
    Record the measurement system responses to the zero and
    calibration gases.
    The performance of the system is acceptable
    if the difference between the drift check measurement and the
    value obtained in Section 5.1 is less than
    3 percent of the span
    value.
    Conduct a system drift check at the end of each run.
    5.3
    System Check.
    Inject the high range calibration gas at the
    inlet of the sampling probe and record the response.
    The
    performance of the system is acceptable if the measurement system
    response is within
    5 percent of the value obtained in Section 5.1
    for the high range calibration gas.
    Conduct a system check
    before each test run.
    5.4
    Analysis Audit.
    Immediately before each test analyze an
    audit cylinder as described in Section 5.2.
    The analysis audit
    must agree with the audit cylinder concentration within 10
    percent.
    6.
    NOMENCLATURE
    area of
    NDO
    i,
    ft2.
    total area of all NDO’s in the enclosure,
    ft2.
    =
    corrected average VOC concentration of background
    emissions at point
    i, ppm propane.
    C8
    =
    average background concentration, ppm propane.
    ~H
    =
    average measured concentration for the drift check
    calibration gas, ppm propane.
    =
    average system drift check concentration for zero
    concentration gas, ppm propane.
    =
    corrected average VOC concentration of fugitive
    emissions at point
    j,
    ppm propane.
    =
    actual concentration of the drift check calibration
    gas, ppm propane.

    216
    C.
    =
    uncorrected
    average background VOC concentration at
    point
    i, ppm propane.
    =
    uncorrected average VOC concentration measured at
    point
    j,
    ppm propane.
    F
    =
    total VOC content of fugitive emissions,
    kg.
    K1
    =
    1.830 x 106 kg/ (m3—ppm).
    n
    =
    number of measurement points.
    QF~
    =
    average effluent volumetric flow rate corrected to
    standard conditions at fugitive emissions point
    j,
    m3/min.
    =
    total duration of fugitive emissions sampling run,
    mm.
    7.
    CALCULATIONS
    7.1
    Total VOC Fugitive Emissions.
    F
    =
    9::
    (CFj
    C8)
    QF~~
    11
    Eq.
    1
    7.2
    VOC Concentration of the Fugitive Emissions at Point
    j.
    CFj
    =
    (C~
    CDO)
    C1~
    Eq.
    2
    ;H-CDO

    217
    7.3
    Background VOC Concentration at Point i.
    C0i
    =
    (C~
    -
    CD0)
    C11
    Eq.
    3
    CDH
    C00
    7.4
    Average Background Concentration.
    ~
    C81A~
    Eq.
    5
    nAN
    NOTE:
    If the concentration at each point is within 20 percent of
    the average concentration of all points, the terms
    “As” and “AW”
    may be deleted from Equation 4.
    Procedure L
    -
    VOC Input
    1.
    INTRODUCTION
    1.1
    Applicability.
    This procedure is applicable for determining
    the input of volatile organic compounds
    (VOC).
    It is intended to
    be used as a segment in the development of liquid/gas protocols
    for determining VOC capture efficiency
    (CE) for surface coating
    and printing operations.
    1.2
    Principle.
    The amount of VOC introduced to the process
    (L)
    is the sum of the products of the weight
    (W)
    of each VOC
    containing liquid
    (ink, paint, solvent, etc.) used and its VOC
    content
    (V).
    A sample of each VOC containing liquid is analyzed
    with a flame ionization analyzer
    (FIA) to determine V.
    1.3
    Estimated Measurement Uncertainty.
    The measurement
    uncertainties are estimated for each VOC containing liquid as
    follows:
    W
    =
    ±2.0percent and V
    =
    ±12.0percent.
    Based on these
    numbers, the probable uncertainty for L is estimated at about
    ±12.2percent for each VOC containing liquid.
    1.4
    Sampling Requirements.
    A capture efficiency test shall
    consist of at least three sampling runs.
    The sampling time for
    each run should be at least
    8 hours, unless otherwise approved.
    1.5
    Notes.
    Because this procedure is often applied in highly
    explosive areas,
    caution and care should be exercised in choosing
    appropriate equipment and installing and using the equipment.
    Mention of trade names or company products does not constitute
    endorsement.
    All gas concentrations (percent, ppm) are by
    volume, unless otherwise noted.

    218
    2.
    APPARATUS
    AND REAGENTS
    2.1
    Liquid Weight.
    2.1.1
    Balances/Digital Scales.
    To weigh drums of VOC containing
    liquids to within 0.2 lb.
    2. 1.2
    Volume Measurement Apparatus (Alternative).
    Volume
    meters,
    flow meters, density measurement equipment,
    etc., as
    needed to achieve same accuracy as direct weight measurements.
    2.2
    VOC Content
    (Flame Ionization Analyzer Technique).
    The
    liquid sample analysis system is shown in Figures 1 and 2.
    The
    following equipment is required:
    2.2.1
    Sample Collection Can.
    An appropriately sized metal can
    to be used to collect VOC containing materials.
    The can must be
    constructed in such a way that it can be grounded to the coating
    container.
    2.2.2
    Needle Valves.
    To control gas flow.
    2.2.3
    Regulators.
    For carrier gas and calibration gas
    cylinders.
    2.2.4
    Tubing.
    Teflon or stainless steel tubing with diameters
    and lengths determined by connection requirements of equipment.
    The tubing between the sample oven outlet and the FIA shall be
    heated to maintain a temperature of
    120 ±5’C.
    2.2.5
    Atmospheric Vent.
    A tee and 0— to 0.5—liter/mm
    rotameter
    placed in the sampling line between the carrier gas cylinder and
    the VOC sample vessel to release the excess carrier gas.
    A
    toggle valve placed between the tee and the rotameter facilitates
    leak tests of the analysis system.
    2.2.6
    Thermometer.
    Capable of measuring the temperature of the
    hot water bath to within l~C.
    2.2.7
    Sample Oven.
    Heated enclosure, containing calibration gas
    coil heaters,
    critical orifice, aspirator, and other liquid
    sample analysis components,
    capable of maintaining a temperature
    of 120 ±5’C.
    2.2.8
    Gas Coil Heaters.
    Sufficient lengths of stainless steel
    or Teflon tubing to allow zero and calibration gases to be heated
    to the sample oven temperature before entering the critical
    orifice or aspirator.
    2.2.9
    Water Bath.
    Capable of heating and maintaining a sample
    vessel temperature of 100 ±5°C.

    219
    2.2.10
    Analytical Balance.
    To measure ±0.001~g.
    2.2.11
    Disposable Syringes.
    2-cc or 5-cc.
    2.2.12
    Sample Vessel.
    Glass, 40—ml septum vial.
    A separate
    vessel is needed for each sample.
    2.2.13
    Rubber Stopper.
    Two-hole stopper to accommodate 3.2-mm
    (1/8-in.) Teflon tubing, appropriately sized to fit the opening
    of the sample vessel.
    The rubber stopper should be wrapped in
    Teflon tape to provide a tighter seal and to prevent any reaction
    of the sample with the rubber stopper.
    Alternatively, any
    leak-free closure fabricated of non—reactive materials and
    accommodating the necessary tubing fittings may be used.
    2.2.14
    Critical Orifices.
    Calibrated critical orifices capable
    of providing constant flow rates from 50 to 250 ml/min at known
    pressure drops.
    Sapphire orifice assemblies
    (available from
    O’Keefe Controls Company) and glass capillary tubing have been
    found to be adequate for this application.
    2.2.15
    Vacuum
    Gauge.
    0—
    to
    760—mm
    (0-
    to
    30—in.)
    Hg
    U—Tube
    manometer or vacuum gauge.
    2.2.16
    Pressure
    Gauge.
    Bourdon
    gauge
    capable
    of
    measuring
    the
    maximum air pressure at the aspirator inlet
    (e.g.,
    100 psig).
    2.2.17
    Aspirator.
    A device capable of generating sufficient
    vacuum at the sample vessel to create critical flow through the
    calibrated orifice when sufficient air pressure is present at the
    aspirator inlet.
    The aspirator must also provide sufficient
    sample pressure to operate the FIA.
    The sample is also mixed
    with the dilution gas within the aspirator.
    2.2.18
    Soap Bubble Meter.
    Of an appropriate size to calibrate
    the critical orifices in the system.
    2.2.19
    Organic Concentration Analyzer.
    An FIA with a span value
    of 1.5 times the expected concentration as propane; however other
    span values may be used if it can be demonstrated that they would
    provide more accurate measurements.
    The system shall be capable
    of meeting or exceeding the following specifications:
    2.2.19.1
    Zero Drift.
    Less than ±3.0percent of the span value.
    2.2.19.2
    Calibration Drift.
    Less than ±3.0percent of span
    value.
    2.2.19.3
    Calibration Error.
    Less than ±5.0percent of the
    calibration gas value.

    220
    2.2.20
    Integrator/Data Acquisition System.
    An analog or digital
    device or computerized data acquisition system used to integrate
    the FIA response or compute the average response and record
    jneasurement data.
    The minimum data sampling frequency for
    computing average or integrated values is one measurement value
    every 5 seconds.
    The device shall be capable of recording
    average values at least once per minute.
    2
    2
    21
    Chart Recorder (Optional).
    A chart recorder or similar
    device is recommended to provide a continuous analog display of
    the measurement results during the liquid sample analysis.
    2.2.22
    Calibration
    and
    Other
    Gases.
    For
    calibration,
    fuel,
    and
    combustion air (if required) contained in compressed gas
    cylinders.
    All calibration gases shall be traceable to
    NIST
    standards and shall be certified by the manufacturer to ±1
    percent of the tag value.
    Additionally, the manufacturer of the
    cylinder should provide a recommended shelf life for each
    calibration gas cylinder over which the concentration does not
    change more than±2percent from the certified value.
    For
    calibration gas values not generally available,
    alternative
    methods for preparing calibration gas mixtures, such as dilution
    systems, may be used with prior approval.
    2.2.22.1
    Fuel.
    A 40 percent H2/60 percent He or 40 percent
    H2/60 percent N2 gas mixture is recommended to avoid an oxygen
    synergism effect thatreportedly occurs when oxygen concentration
    varies significantly from a mean value.
    2.2.22.2
    Carrier Gas.
    High purity air with less than
    1 ppm of
    organic material (as propane)
    or less than 0.1 percent of the
    span value, whichever is greater.
    2.2.22.3
    FIA Linearity Calibration Gases.
    Low-, mid-,
    and
    high-range gas mixture standards with nominal propane
    concentrations of
    20—30,
    45-~5,
    and 70—80 percent of the span
    value in air, respectively.
    Other calibration values and other
    span values may be used if it can be shown that more accurate
    measurements would be achieved.
    2.2.22.4
    System Calibration Gas.
    Gas mixture standard
    containing propane in air, approximating the undiluted VOC
    concentration expected for the liquid samples.
    3.
    DETERMINATION OF LIQUID INPUT WEIGHT
    3.1
    weight Difference.
    Determine the amount of material
    introduced to the process as the weight difference of the feed
    material before and after each sampling run.
    In determining the
    total
    VOC
    containing liquid usage, account for:
    (a) the initial
    (beginning)
    VOC
    containing
    liquid
    mixture;
    (b) any solvent added
    during the test run;
    (C)
    any coating added during the test run;

    221
    and
    (d)
    any residual
    VOC
    containing liquid mixture remaining at
    the end of the sample run.
    3.1.1
    Identify all points where VOC containing liquids are
    introduced to the process.
    To obtain an accurate measurement of
    VOC containing liquids, start with an empty fountain (if
    applicable).
    After completing the run, drain the liquid in the
    fountain back into the liquid drum (if possible), and weigh the
    drum again.
    Weigh the VOC containing liquids to tO.5 percent of
    the total weight
    (full)
    or ±0.1percent of the total weight of
    VOC containing liquid used during the sample run, whichever is
    less.
    If
    the
    residual
    liquid
    cannot
    be
    returned
    to
    the
    drum,
    drain the fountain into a preweighed empty drum to determine the
    final weight of the
    liquid.
    3.1.2
    If it is not possible to measure a single representative
    mixture, then weigh the various components separately
    (e.g.,
    if
    solvent is added during the sampling run, weigh the solvent
    before it is added to the mixture).
    If a fresh drum of VOC
    containing liquid is needed during the run, then weigh both the
    empty drum and fresh drum.
    3.2
    Volume Measurement (Alternative).
    If direct weight
    measurements are not feasible, the -tester may use volume meters
    and flow rate meters (and density measurements) to determine the
    weight of liquids used if it can be demonstrated that the
    technique produces results equivalent to the direct weight
    measurements.
    If a single representative mixture cannot be
    measured, measure the components separately.
    4.
    DETERMINATION OF VOC CONTENT IN INPUT LIQUIDS
    4.1
    Collection of Liquid Samples.
    4.1.1
    Collect a 100-mi or larger sample of the VOC containing
    liquid mixture at each application location at the beginning and
    end of each test run.
    A separate sample should be taken of each
    VOC
    containing
    liquid
    added to the application mixture during the
    test
    run.
    If
    a
    fresh
    drum is needed during the sampling run,
    then obtain a sample from the fresh drum.
    4.1
    2
    When collecting the sample, ground the sample container to
    the coating drum.
    Fill
    the sample container as close to the rim
    as possible to minimize the amount of headspace.
    4.1.3
    After the sample is collected,
    seal the container so the
    sample cannot leak out or evaporate.
    4.1.4
    Label the container to identify clearly the contents.
    4.2
    Liquid Sample VOC Content.

    222
    4.2.1
    Assemble the liquid VOC content analysis system as shown
    in Figure
    1.
    4.2.2
    Permanently identify all of the critical orifices that may
    be used.
    Calibrate each critical orifice under the expected
    operating conditions
    (i.e.,
    sample vacuum and temperature)
    against a volume meter as described in Section 5.3.
    4.2.3
    Label and tare the sample vessels
    (including the stoppers
    and caps)
    and the syringes.
    4.2.4
    Install an empty sample vessel and perform a leak test of
    the system.
    Close the carrier gas valve and atmospheric vent and
    evacuate the sample vessel to 250 mm
    (10 in.) Hg absolute or less
    using the aspirator.
    Close the toggle valve at the inlet
    f-o the
    aspirator and observe the vacuum for at least one minute.
    Ef
    there is any change in the sample pressure, release the vacuum,
    adjust or repair the apparatus as necessary and repeat the leak
    test.
    4.2.5
    Perform the analyzer calibration and linearity checks
    according to the procedure in Section 5.1.
    Record the responses
    to each of the calibration gases and the back—pressure setting of
    the FIA.
    4.2.6
    Establish the appropriate dilution ratio by adjusting the
    aspirator air supply or substituting critical orifices.
    Operate
    the aspirator at a vacuum of at least 25
    mm
    (1 in.) Hg greater
    than the vacuum necessary to achieve critical flow.
    Select the
    dilution ratio so that the maximum response of the FIA to the
    sample does not exceed the high—range calibration gas.
    4.2.7
    Perform system calibration checks at two levels by
    introducing compressed gases at the inlet to the sample vessel
    while the aspirator and dilution devices are operating.
    Perform
    these checks using the carrier gas (zero concentration) and the
    system calibration gas.
    If the response to the carrier gas
    exceeds ±Q5percent of span,
    clean or repair the apparatus and
    repeat the check.
    Adjust the dilution ratio as necessary to
    achieve the correct response to the upscale check, but do not
    adjust the analyzer calibration.
    Record the identification of
    the orifice, aspirator air supply pressure, FIA back—pressure,
    and the responses of the FIA to the carrier and system
    calibration gases.
    4.2.8
    After completing the above checks,
    inject the system
    calibration gas for approximately 10 minutes.
    Time the exact
    duration of the gas injection using a stopwatch.
    Determine the
    area under the FIA response curve and calculate the system
    response factor based on the sample gas flow rate,
    gas
    concentration, and the duration of the injection as compared to

    223
    the integrated response using Equations 2 and 3.
    4.2.9
    Verify that the sample oven and sample line temperatures
    are 120 t5°Cand that the water bath temperature is 100 t5°C.
    4.2.10
    Fill a tared syringe with approximately 1 g of the VOC
    containing
    liquid
    and weigh it.
    Transfer the liquid to a tared
    sample vessel.
    Plug the sample vessel to minimize sample loss.
    Weigh the sample vessel containing the liquid to determine the
    amount of sample actually received.
    Also,
    as a quality control
    check, weigh the empty syringe to determine the amount of
    material delivered.
    The two coating sample weights should agree
    within ±0.02g.
    If not, repeat the procedure until an acceptable
    sample is obtained.
    4.2.11
    Connect the vessel to the analysis system.
    Adjust the
    aspirator supply pressure to the correct value.
    Open the valve
    on the carrier gas supply to the sample vessel and adjust it to
    provide a slight excess flow to the atmospheric vent.
    As soon as
    the initial response of the
    FIA
    begins to decrease, immerse the
    sample vessel in the water bath.
    (Applying heat to the sample
    vessel too soon may cause the FID response to exceed the
    calibrated range of the instrument, and thus invalidate the
    analysis.)
    4.2.12
    Continuously measure and record the response of the
    FIA
    until all of the volatile material has been evaporated from the
    sample and the instrument response has returned to the baseline
    (i.e., response less than 0.5 percent of the span value).
    Observe the aspirator supply pressure, FIA back—pressure,
    atmospheric vent,
    and other system operating parameters during
    the run; repeat the analysis procedure if any of these parameters
    deviate from the values established during the system calibration
    checks in Section 4.2.7.
    After each sample perform the drift
    check described in Section 5.2.
    If the drift check results are
    acceptable, calculate the VOC content of the sample using the
    equations in Section 7.
    Integrate the area under the FIA
    response curve, ordetermine the average concentration response
    and the duration of sample analysis.
    5.
    CALIBRATION AND
    QUALITY ASSURANCE
    5.1
    FIA Calibration and Linearity Check.
    Make necessary
    adjustments to the air and fuel supplies for the FIA and ignite
    the burner.
    Allow the FIA to warm up for the period recommended
    by the manufacturer.
    Inject a calibration gas into the
    measurement system and adjust the back-pressure regulator to the
    value required to achieve the flow rates specified by the
    manufacturer.
    Inject the zero— and the high—range calibration
    gases and adjust the analyzer calibration to provide the proper
    responses.
    Inject the low- and mid—range gases and record the
    responses of the measurement system.
    The calibration and

    224
    linearity of the system are acceptable if the responses for all
    four
    gases
    are
    within
    5
    percent
    of
    the
    respective
    gas
    values.
    If
    the performance of the system is not acceptable, repair or adjust
    the system and repeat the linearity check.
    Conduct a calibration
    and linearity check after assembling the analysis system and
    after a major change is made to the system.
    5.2
    Systems Drift Checks.
    After each sample, repeat the system
    calibration
    checks
    in
    Section
    4.2.7
    before
    any
    adjustments
    to
    the
    FIA or measurement system are made.
    If the zero or calibration
    drift exceeds ±3percent of the span value, discard the result
    and repeat the analysis.
    5.3
    Critical Orifice Calibration.
    5.3.1
    Each critical orifice must be calibrated at the specific
    operating conditions that it will be used.
    Therefore,
    assemble
    all components of the
    liquid
    sample analysis system as shown in
    Figure
    3.
    A stopwatch is also required.
    5.3.2
    Turn on the sample oven, sample line, and water bath
    heaters and allow the system to reach the proper operating
    temperature.
    Adjust the aspirator to a vacuum of 380 mm
    (15 in.)
    Hg vacuum.
    Measure the time required for one soap bubble to move
    a known distance and record barometric pressure.
    5.3.3
    Repeat the calibration procedure at a vacuum of 406 mm
    (16
    in.) Hg and at 25-mm
    (1-in.) Hg intervals until three consecutive
    determinations provide the same flow rate.
    Calculate the
    critical flow rate for the orifice in mi/mm
    at standard
    conditions.
    Record the vacuum necessary to achieve critical
    flow.
    6.
    NOMENCLATURE
    AL =
    area under the response curve of the
    liquid
    sample,
    area count.
    area under the response curve of the calibration
    gas, area count.
    =
    actual concentration of system calibration gas, ppm
    propane.
    1.830
    x
    l09
    g/(ml—ppm).
    total VOC content of liquid input,
    kg.
    mass of
    liquid
    sample delivered to the sample
    vessel,
    g.
    flow rate through critical orifice, ml/min.

    226
    Procedure T
    Criteria for and Verification of a Permanent or
    Temporary Total Enclosure
    1.
    INTRODUCTION
    1.1
    Applicability.
    This procedure is used to determine whether
    a permanent or temporary enclosure meets the criteria of a total
    enclosure.
    1.2
    Principle.
    An enclosure is evaluated against a set of
    criteria.
    If the criteria are met and if all the exhaust gases
    are ducted to a control device, then the volatile organic
    compounds
    (VOC)
    capture efficiency
    (CE)
    is assumed to be 100
    percent and CE need not be measured.
    However,
    if part of the
    exhaust gas stream is not ducted to a control device, CE must be
    determined.
    2.
    DEFINITIONS
    2.1
    Natural Draft Opening
    (NDO)
    --
    Any permanent opening in the
    enclosure that remains open during operation of the facility and
    is not connected to a duct in whicha fan is installed.
    2.2
    Permanent Total Enclosure (PTE)
    --
    A permanently installed
    enclosure that completely surrounds a source of emissions such
    that
    all
    VOC
    emissions
    are
    captured
    and
    contained
    for
    discharge
    through
    a
    control device.
    2.3
    Temporary Total Enclosure (TTE)
    —-
    A temporarily installed
    enclosure
    that
    completely
    surrounds
    a
    source
    of
    emissions
    such
    that all VOC emissions are captured and contained for discharge
    through ducts that allow for the accurate measurement of VOC
    rates.
    3.
    CRITERIA
    OF
    A
    TEMPORARY
    TOTAL
    ENCLOSURE
    3.1
    Any NDO
    shall
    be
    at
    least
    4
    equivalent
    opening
    diameters
    from each VOC emitting point.
    3.2
    Any exhaust point from the enclosure shall be at least 4
    equivalent duct or hood diameters from each NDO.
    3.3
    The total area of all NDO’s shall not exceed 5 percent of
    the surface area of the enclosure’s four walls, floor, and
    ceiling.
    3.4
    The average facial velocity (FV) of air through all NDO’s
    shall be at least 3,600 rn/hr
    (200 fpm).
    The direction of air
    through all NDO’s shall be into the enclosure.

    225
    RF =
    liquid
    analysis
    system
    response
    factor,
    g/area
    count.
    =
    total gas injection time for system calibration gas
    during integrator calibration, mm.
    =
    final VOC fraction of VOC containing liquid
    j.
    V1j
    =
    initial VOC fraction of VOC containing liquid
    j.
    V~j
    =
    VOC fraction of VOC containing liquid
    j
    added during
    the run.
    V
    =
    VOC fraction of liquid sample.
    W~j
    =
    weight of VOC containing liquid
    j
    remaining at end
    of the run, kg.
    W1j
    =
    weight of VOC containing liquid
    j at beginning of
    the run, kg.
    W~j
    =
    weight of VOC containing liquid
    j
    added during the
    run, kg.
    7.
    CALCULATIONS
    7.1
    Total VOC Content of the Input VOC Containing Liquid.
    I,
    n
    n
    L
    =
    •E
    V1j
    WFj
    -
    ~
    V,J ~
    +
    Z
    V~~jW~j
    Eq.
    1
    j=l
    j1
    7.2
    Liquid Sample Analysis System Response Factor for Systems
    Using Integrators, Grams/Area Counts.
    q T~K
    RF=
    ________
    Eq.
    2
    7.13
    VOC Content of the Liquid Sample.
    ALRF
    Eq.
    3
    V=
    ________
    ML

    227
    3.5
    All access doors and windows whose areas are not included
    Section 3.3 and are not included in the calculation in Section
    3.4 shall be closed during routine operation oi the process.
    4.
    CRITERIA OF A PERMANENT
    TOTAL
    ENCLOSURE
    4.1
    Same as Sections 3.1 and 3.3
    3.5.
    4.2
    All VOC emissions must be captured and contained for
    discharge through a control device.
    5.
    PROCEDURE
    5.1
    Determine the equivalent diameters of the NDO’s and
    determine the distances from each VOC emitting point to all
    NDO’s.
    Determine the equivalent diameter of each exhaust duct or
    hood and its distance to all NDO’s.
    Calculate the distances in
    terms of equivalent diameters.
    The number of equivalent
    diameters shall be at least 4.
    5.2
    Measure the total area
    (As) of the enclosure and the total
    area
    (A.,~) of all NDO’s of the enclosure.
    Calculate the NDO to
    enclosure area ratio
    (NEAR) as follows:
    NEAR
    =
    A,IJAt
    The NEAR must be
    0.05.
    5.3
    Measure the volumetric flow rate, corrected to standard
    conditions,of each gas stream exiting the enclosure through an
    exhaust duct or hood using EPA Method 2.
    In some cases
    (e.g.,
    when the building is the enclosure),
    it may be necessary to
    measure the volumetric flow rate, corrected to standard
    conditions, of each gas stream entering the enclosure through a
    forced makeup air duct using Method 2.
    Calculate FV using the
    following equation:
    where:
    Q0
    =
    the sum of the volumetric flow from all gas streams
    exiting the enclosure through an exhaust duct or
    hood.
    Q~
    =
    the sum of the volumetric flow from all gas streams
    into the enclosure through a forced makeup air duct;
    zero,
    if there is no forced makeup air into the
    enclosure.
    =
    total area of all NDO’s in enclosure.

    228
    The FV shall be at least 3,600 rn/hr
    (200 fpm).
    5.4
    Verify that the direction of air flow through all NDO’s is
    inward.
    Use streamers, smoke tubes, tracer gases, etc.
    Strips
    of plastic wrapping film have been found to be effective.
    Monitor the direction of air flow at intervals of at least 10
    minutes for at least
    1 hour.
    6.
    QUALITY ASSURANCE
    6.1
    The success of this protocol lies in designing the T~Eto
    simulate the conditions that exist without the TTE, i.e., the
    effect of the TTE on the normal flow patterns around the affected
    facility or the amount of fugitive VOC emissions should be
    minimal.
    The TTE must enclose the application stations, coating
    reservoirs,
    and all areas from the application station to the
    oven.
    The oven does not have to be enclosed if it is under
    negative pressure.
    The NDO’s of the temporary enclosure and a
    fugitive exhaust fan must be properly sized and placed.
    6.2.
    Estimate the ventilation rate of the TTE that best
    simulates
    the
    conditions
    that
    exist
    without
    the
    TTE,
    i.e., the
    effect of the TTE on the normal flow patterns around the affected
    facility or the amount of fugitive VOC emissions should be
    minimal.
    Figure 1 may be used as an aid.
    Measure the
    concentration
    (CG) and flow rate
    (Q6)
    of the captured gas stream,
    specify a safe concentration
    (CF)
    for the fugitive gas stream,
    estimate the CE, and then use the plot in Figure 1 to determine
    the
    volumetric flowrate of the fugitive gas stream
    (QF)•
    A
    fugitive VOC emission exhaust fan that has a variable flow
    control is desirable.
    6.2.1
    Monitor the concentration of VOC into the capture device
    without the TTE.
    To minimize the effect of temporal variation on
    the captured emissions, the baseline measurement should be made
    over
    as
    long
    a
    time
    period
    as
    practical.
    However,
    the
    process
    conditions must be the same for the measurement in Section 6.2.3
    as they are for this baseline measurement.
    This may require
    short measuring times for this quality control check before and
    after the construction of the TTE.
    6.2.2
    After the TTE is constructed, monitor the VOC
    concentration inside the TTE.
    This concentration shall not
    continue to increase and must not exceed the safe level according
    to OSHA requirements for permissible exposure limits.
    An
    increase in VOC concentration indicates poor TTE design or poor
    capture efficiency.
    6.2.3
    Monitor the concentration of VOC into the capture device
    with the TTE.
    To limit the effect of the TTE on the process, the
    VOC concentration with and without the TTE must be within ±10
    percent.
    If the measurements do not agree, adjust the

    229
    ventilation rate from the TTE until they agree within 10 percent.

    230
    Appendix C
    Reference Methods and Procedures
    Introduction
    This Appendix presents the reference methods and procedures
    required for implementing Reasonably Available Control Technology
    (RACT).
    Methods and procedures are identified for two types of
    ACT implementation:
    a)
    Determination of VOC destruction efficiency for evaluating
    compliance with the 98 weight percent VOC reduction or 20
    ppmv emission limit specified in Sections 215.520 through
    215.527; and
    b)
    Determination of offgas flowrate, hourly emissions and stream
    net heating value for calculating TRE.
    All reference methods identified in this Appendix refer to the
    reference methods specified at 40 CFR 60, Appendix A,
    incorporated by reference in Section 215.105.
    VOC DESTRUCTION EFFICIENCY DETERMINATION
    The following reference methods and procedures are required for
    determining compliance with the percent destruction efficiency
    specified in Sections 215.520 through 215.527.
    a)
    Reference Method
    1 or lA for selection of the sampling site.
    The control device inlet sampling site for determination of
    vent
    stream
    molar
    composition
    or
    total
    organic
    compound
    destruction efficiency shall be prior to the inlet of any
    control device and after all recovery devices.
    b)
    Reference Methods
    2,
    2A, 2C or 2D for determination of the
    volumetric flowrate.
    c)
    Reference Method
    3 to measure oxygen concentration of the air
    dilution correction.
    The emission sample shall be corrected
    to 3 percent oxygen.
    d)
    Reference Method 18 to determine the concentration of total
    organic compounds (minus methane and ethane)
    in the control
    device outlet and total organic compound reduction efficiency
    of the control device.
    TRE
    DETERMINATION
    The following reference methods and procedures are required for
    determining the offgas flowrate, hourly emissions,
    and the net
    heating value of the gas coinbusted to calculate the vent stream
    TRE.

    231
    a)
    Reference Method
    1 or 1A for selection of the sampling site.
    The sampling site for the vent stream flowrate and molar
    composition determination prescribed in
    (b) and
    (c)
    shall be
    prior to the inlet of any combustion device, prior to any
    post—reactor dilution of the stream with air and prior to any
    post—reactor introduction of halogenated compounds into the
    vent stream.
    Subject to the preceding restrictions on the
    sampling
    site,
    it
    shall
    be
    after
    the
    final
    recovery
    device.
    If any gas stream other than the air oxidation vent stream is
    normally conducted through the recovery system of the
    affected facility, such stream shall be rerouted or turned
    off while the vent stream is sampled, but shall be routed
    normally prior to the measuring of the initial value of the
    monitored parameters for determining compliance with the
    recommended RACT.
    If the air oxidation vent stream is
    normally routed through any equipment which is not a part of
    the air oxidation process as defined in 35 Ill. Adm. Code
    211.122, such equipment shall be bypassed by the vent stream
    while the vent stream is sampled, but shall not be bypassed
    during the measurement of the initial value of the monitored
    parameters for determining compliance with Subpart V.
    b)
    The molar composition of the vent stream shall be determined
    using the following methods:
    1)
    Reference Method 18 to measure the concentration of all
    organics, including those containing halogens, unless a
    significant portion of the compounds of interest are
    polymeric (high molecular weight), can polymerize before
    analysis or have low vapor pressures,
    in which case
    Reference Method 25(a)
    shall be used.
    2)
    ASTM D1946-67
    (reapproved 1977),
    incorporated by
    reference in Section 215.105, to measure the
    concentration of carbon monoxide and hydrogen.
    3)
    Reference Method
    4 to measure the content of water vapor,
    if
    necessary.
    c)
    The volumetric flowrate shall be determined using Reference
    Method
    2, 2A, 2C or 2D,
    as appropriate.
    d)
    The net heating value of the vent stream shall be calculated
    using the following equation:
    n
    H=K
    S
    CiHi
    i=l

    232
    Where:
    H
    =
    Net heating value of the sample, MJ/scm, where the
    net enthalpy per mole of offgas is based on
    combustion at 25°Cand
    760 mm Hg,
    but the standard
    temperature for determining the volume corresponding
    to one mole is 20°C,as in the definition of F (vent
    stream flowrate) below.
    K
    =
    Constant,
    1.740 x 107
    (1/ppm)
    (mole/scm) (MJ/kcal)
    where standard temperature for mole/scm is
    20C.
    Ci
    =
    Concentration of sample component i, reported on a
    wet basis,
    in ppm, as measured by Reference Method
    18
    or
    ASTM D1946—67
    (reapproved 1977),
    incorporated
    by reference in Section 215.105.
    Hi
    =
    Net heat of combustion of sample component i,
    kcal/mole based on combustion at 25 C and 760 mm Hg.
    If
    published values are not available or cannot be
    calculated,
    the heats of combustion of vent stream
    components are required to be determined using AST1~!
    D2382-76,
    incorporated by reference in Section
    215. 105.
    e)
    The emission rate of total organic compounds in the process
    vent
    stream
    shall
    be
    calculated
    using
    the following equation:
    n
    E=K
    F
    S
    CiMi
    i=l
    Where:
    E
    =
    Emission rate of total organic compounds (minus
    methane and ethane) in the sample in kg/hr.
    K
    =
    Constant 2.494 x 106
    (1/ppm)
    (mole/scm)
    (kg/g)
    (inin/hr), where standard temperature for
    (mole/scm)
    is 20°C.
    Mi
    =
    Molecular weight of sample component i (g/mole).
    F
    =
    Vent stream flowrate (scm/mm), at a standard
    temperature of 20°C.
    f)
    The total vent stream concentration (by volume)
    of compounds
    containing halogens
    (ppmv, by compound) shall be summed from
    the individual concentrations of compounds containing

    233
    halogens
    which
    were
    measured
    by
    Reference
    Method
    18.

    234
    Appendix D
    Coefficients for the Total Resource Effectiveness
    Index
    (TRE) Equation
    This Appendix contains values for the total resource
    effectiveness index
    (TRE) equation in Subpart V.
    If a flow rate falls exactly on the boundary between the
    indicated ranges, the operator shall use the row in which the
    flow
    rate
    is
    maximum.
    COEFFICIENTS FOR TRE EQUATION
    FOR CHLORINATED PROCESS VENT
    STREAMS
    WITH
    NET
    HEATING
    VALUE LESS THAN
    OR EQUAL TO 3.5 WI/scm
    FLOW RATE
    (scm/mm)
    Mm.
    Max.
    a
    b
    0.0
    13.5
    48.73
    13.5
    700.
    42.35
    700.
    1400.
    84.38
    1400.2100.
    126.41
    2100.
    2800.
    168.44
    2800.3500.
    210.47
    FLOW RATE
    (scm/mm)
    Mm.
    Max.
    a
    c
    d
    e
    f
    0.
    0.
    0.
    0.0245
    0.
    0.0346
    0.
    0.0424
    0.
    0.0490
    0.
    0.0548
    0.
    0.404
    —0.1632
    0.624
    0.404
    —0.1632
    0.678
    0.404
    —0.1632
    0.712
    0.404
    —0.1632
    0.747
    0.404
    —0.1632
    0.758
    0.404
    —0.1632
    COEFFICIENTS FOR
    TRE EQUATION
    FOR CHLORINATED PROCESS
    VENT
    STREAMS
    WITH
    NET HEATING VALUE GREATER
    THAN 3.5 WI/scm
    b
    c
    d
    e
    f
    0.
    13.5
    47.76
    0.
    —0.292
    0.
    0.
    0.
    13.5
    700.
    41.58
    0.605 —0.292
    0.
    0.
    0.0245
    700.
    1400.
    82.84
    0.658 —0.292
    0.
    0.
    0.0346
    1400.2100.
    123.10
    0.691
    —0.292
    0.
    0.
    0.0424
    2100.2800.
    165.36
    0.715 —0.292
    0.
    0.
    0.0490
    2800. 3500.
    206.62
    0.734 —0.292
    0.
    0.
    0.0548

    235
    COEFFICIENTS FOR TRE EQUATION
    FOR NONCHLORINATED PROCESS VENT
    STREAMS
    WITH
    NET
    HEATING VALUE
    LESS THAN
    OR EQUAL TO 0.48 MJ/scn~
    FLOW RATE
    (scm/mm)
    Mm.
    Max.
    0.
    13.5
    19.05
    0.
    13.5
    1350.
    16.61
    0.0245
    1350.2700.
    32.91
    0.0346
    2700.4050.
    49.21
    0.0424
    COEFFICIENTS FOR
    TRE
    EQUATION FOR NONCHLORINATED
    PROCESS
    VENT STREAMS
    WITH NET HEATING VALUE
    GREATER
    THAN 0.48 AND LESS THAN OR
    EQUAL TO 1.9
    WI/scm
    FLOW
    RATE
    (scm/mm)
    Mm.
    Max.
    a
    0.
    13.5
    19.74
    0.
    0.
    13.5 1350.
    18.30
    0.
    0.0245
    1350. 2700.
    36.28
    0.
    0.0346
    2700.4050.
    54.26
    0.
    0.0424
    a
    b
    c
    d
    e
    f
    0.
    0.113
    —0.214
    0.239
    0.113
    —0.214
    0.260
    0.113
    —0.214
    0.273
    0.113
    —0.214
    0.
    0.
    0.
    0.
    b
    c
    d
    e
    f
    0.
    0.400
    —0.202
    0.138
    0.400
    —0.202
    0.150
    0.400
    —0.202
    0.158
    0.400
    —0.202

    236
    COEFFICIENTS FOR TRE EQUATION FOR NONCHLORINATED
    PROCESS VENT STREAMS WITH NET
    HEATING
    VALUE
    GREATER ThAN 1.9
    AND
    LESS THAN OR
    EQUAL TO 3.6 MJ/scm
    FLOW RATE
    (scm/mm)
    Mm.
    Max.
    a
    b
    c
    d
    e
    f
    .0
    13.5
    15.24
    0.
    0.033
    0.
    0.
    0.
    13.5 1190.
    13.63
    0.157
    0.033
    0.
    0.
    0.0245
    1190.2380.
    26.95
    0.171
    0.033
    0.
    0.
    0.0346
    2380. 3570.
    40.27
    0.179
    0.033
    0.
    0.
    0.0424
    COEFFICIENTS FOR
    TRE EQUATION
    FOR NONCHLORINATED PROCESS VENT
    STREAMS
    WITH
    NET HEATING VALUE GREATER THAN 3.6 MG/scm
    FLOW
    RATE
    (scm/mm)
    Mm.
    Max.
    a
    b
    c
    d
    e
    f
    0.
    13.5
    15.24
    0.
    0.
    0.0090
    0.
    0.
    13.5 1190.
    13.63
    0.
    0.
    0.0090
    0.0503
    0.0245
    1190.
    2380.
    26.95
    0.
    0.
    0.0090
    0.0546
    0.0346
    2380. 3570.
    40.27
    0.
    0.
    0.0090
    0.0573
    0.0424
    IT IS SO
    ORDERED.
    3.
    Marlin and J.D. Dumelle were not present.
    I, Dorothy M.
    Gunn, Clerk of the Illinois Pollution Control
    Board, hereby certif
    that the above Opinion and Order was
    adopted on the
    /
    day of
    ________________,
    1991, by a vote
    of
    5—O
    Dorothy
    M.,~unn,
    CXerk
    Illinois
    Pbllution
    Control
    Board

    Back to top